Cisco Systems Mds 9500 Series Installation Manual

MDS 9500 Series to the manual 34b5288c-c8b8-43a6-a43c-dd09d9a4251d

2015-01-05

: Cisco-Systems Cisco-Systems-Mds-9500-Series-Installation-Manual-202414 cisco-systems-mds-9500-series-installation-manual-202414 cisco-systems pdf

Open the PDF directly: View PDF .
Page Count: 288 [warning: Documents this large are best viewed by clicking the View PDF Link!]

Cisco MDS 9500 Series Hardware Installation Guide

Send documentation comments to mdsfeedback-doc@cisco.com.

Americas Headquarters

Cisco Systems, Inc.

170 West Tasman Drive

San Jose, CA 95134-1706

USA

http://www.cisco.com

Tel: 408 526-4000

800 553-NETS (6387)

Fax: 408 527-0883

Cisco MDS 9500 Series Hardware

Installation Guide

October 2008

Text Part Number: OL-17467-02

Send documentation comments to mdsfeedback-doc@cisco.com.

THE SPECIFICATIONS AND INFORMATION REGARDING THE PRODUCTS IN THIS MANUAL ARE SUBJECT TO CHANGE WITHOUT NOTICE. ALL

STATEMENTS, INFORMATION, AND RECOMMENDATIONS IN THIS MANUAL ARE BELIEVED TO BE ACCURATE BUT ARE PRESENTED WITHOUT

WARRANTY OF ANY KIND, EXPRESS OR IMPLIED. USERS MUST TAKE FULL RESPONSIBILITY FOR THEIR APPLICATION OF ANY PRODUCTS.

THE SOFTWARE LICENSE AND LIMITED WARRANTY FOR THE ACCOMPANYING PRODUCT ARE SET FORTH IN THE INFORMATION PACKET THAT

SHIPPED WITH THE PRODUCT AND ARE INCORPORATED HEREIN BY THIS REFERENCE. IF YOU ARE UNABLE TO LOCATE THE SOFTWARE LICENSE

OR LIMITED WARRANTY, CONTACT YOUR CISCO REPRESENTATIVE FOR A COPY.

The following information is for FCC compliance of Class A devices: This equipment has been tested and found to comply with the limits for a Class A digital device, pursuant

to part 15 of the FCC rules. These limits are designed to provide reasonable protection against harmful interference when the equipment is operated in a commercial

environment. This equipment generates, uses, and can radiate radio-frequency energy and, if not installed and used in accordance with the instruction manual, may cause

harmful interference to radio communications. Operation of this equipment in a residential area is likely to cause harmful interference, in which case users will be required

to correct the interference at their own expense.

The following information is for FCC compliance of Class B devices: The equipment described in this manual generates and may radiate radio-frequency energy. If it is not

installed in accordance with Cisco’s installation instructions, it may cause interference with radio and television reception. This equipment has been tested and found to

comply with the limits for a Class B digital device in accordance with the specifications in part 15 of the FCC rules. These specifications are designed to provide reasonable

protection against such interference in a residential installation. However, there is no guarantee that interference will not occur in a particular installation.

Modifying the equipment without Cisco’s written authorization may result in the equipment no longer complying with FCC requirements for Class A or Class B digital

devices. In that event, your right to use the equipment may be limited by FCC regulations, and you may be required to correct any interference to radio or television

communications at your own expense.

You can determine whether your equipment is causing interference by turning it off. If the interference stops, it was probably caused by the Cisco equipment or one of its

peripheral devices. If the equipment causes interference to radio or television reception, try to correct the interference by using one or more of the following measures:

• Turn the television or radio antenna until the interference stops.

• Move the equipment to one side or the other of the television or radio.

• Move the equipment farther away from the television or radio.

• Plug the equipment into an outlet that is on a different circuit from the television or radio. (That is, make certain the equipment and the television or radio are on circuits

controlled by different circuit breakers or fuses.)

Modifications to this product not authorized by Cisco Systems, Inc. could void the FCC approval and negate your authority to operate the product.

The Cisco implementation of TCP header compression is an adaptation of a program developed by the University of California, Berkeley (UCB) as part of UCB’s public

NOTWITHSTANDING ANY OTHER WARRANTY HEREIN, ALL DOCUMENT FILES AND SOFTWARE OF THESE SUPPLIERS ARE PROVIDED “AS IS” WITH

ALL FAULTS. CISCO AND THE ABOVE-NAMED SUPPLIERS DISCLAIM ALL WARRANTIES, EXPRESSED OR IMPLIED, INCLUDING, WITHOUT

LIMITATION, THOSE OF MERCHANTABILITY, FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE AND NONINFRINGEMENT OR ARISING FROM A COURSE OF

DEALING, USAGE, OR TRADE PRACTICE.

IN NO EVENT SHALL CISCO OR ITS SUPPLIERS BE LIABLE FOR ANY INDIRECT, SPECIAL, CONSEQUENTIAL, OR INCIDENTAL DAMAGES, INCLUDING,

WITHOUT LIMITATION, LOST PROFITS OR LOSS OR DAMAGE TO DATA ARISING OUT OF THE USE OR INABILITY TO USE THIS MANUAL, EVEN IF CISCO

OR ITS SUPPLIERS HAVE BEEN ADVISED OF THE POSSIBILITY OF SUCH DAMAGES.

CCDE, CCENT, Cisco Eos, Cisco Lumin, Cisco Nexus, Cisco StadiumVision, Cisco TelePresence, Cisco WebEx, the Cisco logo, DCE, and Welcome to the Human Network

are trademarks; Changing the Way We Work, Live, Play, and Learn and Cisco Store are service marks; and Access Registrar, Aironet, AsyncOS, Bringing the Meeting To

You, Catalyst, CCDA, CCDP, CCIE, CCIP, CCNA, CCNP, CCSP, CCVP, Cisco, the Cisco Certified Internetwork Expert logo, Cisco IOS, Cisco Press, Cisco Systems,

Cisco Systems Capital, the Cisco Systems logo, Cisco Unity, Collaboration Without Limitation, EtherFast, EtherSwitch, Event Center, Fast Step, Follow Me Browsing,

FormShare, GigaDrive, HomeLink, Internet Quotient, IOS, iPhone, iQuick Study, IronPort, the IronPort logo, LightStream, Linksys, MediaTone, MeetingPlace,

MeetingPlace Chime Sound, MGX, Networkers, Networking Academy, Network Registrar, PCNow, PIX, PowerPanels, ProConnect, ScriptShare, SenderBase, SMARTnet,

Spectrum Expert, StackWise, The Fastest Way to Increase Your Internet Quotient, TransPath, WebEx, and the WebEx logo are registered trademarks of Cisco Systems, Inc.

and/or its affiliates in the United States and certain other countries.

All other trademarks mentioned in this document or website are the property of their respective owners. The use of the word partner does not imply a partnership relationship

between Cisco and any other company. (0809R)

Cisco MDS 9500 Series Hardware Installation Guide

Send documentation comments to mdsfeedback-doc@cisco.com.

Cisco MDS 9500 Series Hardware Installation Guide

OL-17467-02

CONTENTS

New and Changed Information ix

Preface xv

Audience xv

Organization xv

Conventions xvi

Related Documentation

The documentation set for the Cisco MDS 9000 Family includes the following documents. To find a

document online, use the Cisco MDS NX-OS Documentation Locator at:

http://www.cisco.com/en/US/docs/storage/san_switches/mds9000/roadmaps/doclocater.htm.

Release Notes

• Cisco MDS 9000 Family Release Notes for Cisco MDS NX-OS Releases

• Cisco MDS 9000 Family Release Notes for Storage Services Interface Images

• Cisco MDS 9000 Family Release Notes for Cisco MDS 9000 EPLD Images

Compatibility Information

• Cisco MDS 9000 NX-OS Hardware and Software Compatibility Information

• Cisco MDS 9000 Family Interoperability Support Matrix

• Cisco MDS Storage Services Module Interoperability Support Matrix

• Cisco MDS NX-OS Release Compatibility Matrix for Storage Service Interface Images

Regulatory Compliance and Safety Information

• Regulatory Compliance and Safety Information for the Cisco MDS 9000 Family

Hardware Installation

• Cisco MDS 9124 Multilayer Fabric Switch Quick Start Guide

• Cisco MDS 9500 Series Hardware Installation Guide

• Cisco MDS 9200 Series Hardware Installation Guide

• Cisco MDS 9100 Series Hardware Installation Guide

Varning!

Denna varningssymbol signalerar fara. Du befinner dig i en situation som kan

leda till personskada. Innan du utför arbete på någon utrustning måste du vara

medveten om farorna med elkretsar och känna till vanligt förfarande för att

förebygga skador. Se förklaringar av de varningar som förkommer i denna

publikation i dokumentet Regulatory Compliance and Safety Information

(Efterrättelse av föreskrifter och säkerhetsinformation), vilket medföljer

denna anordning.

Send documentation comments to mdsfeedback-doc@cisco.com.

xix

Cisco MDS 9500 Series Hardware Installation Guide

OL-17467-02

Preface

Cisco Fabric Manager

• Cisco MDS 9000 Family Fabric Manager Quick Configuration Guide

• Cisco MDS 9000 Family Fabric Manager Configuration Guide

• Cisco MDS 9000 Family Fabric Manager Database Schema

• Cisco MDS 9000 Family Data Mobility Manager Configuration Guide

Command-Line Interface

• Cisco MDS 9000 Family Software Upgrade and Downgrade Guide

• Cisco MDS 9000 Family Storage Services Module Software Installation and Upgrade Guide

• Cisco MDS 9000 Family CLI Quick Configuration Guide

• Cisco MDS 9000 Family CLI Configuration Guide

• Cisco MDS 9000 Family Command Reference

Intelligent Storage Networking Services Configuration Guides

• Cisco MDS 9000 Family Data Mobility Manager Configuration Guide

• Cisco MDS 9000 Family Storage Media Encryption Configuration Guide

• Cisco MDS 9000 Family Secure Erase Configuration Guide - For Cisco MDS 9500 and 9200 Series

Troubleshooting and Reference

• Cisco MDS 9000 Family Troubleshooting Guide

• Cisco MDS 9000 Family MIB Quick Reference

• Cisco MDS 9000 Family SMI-S Programming Reference

• Cisco MDS 9000 Family System Messages Reference

Installation and Configuration Note

• Cisco MDS 9000 Family SSM Configuration Note

• Cisco MDS 9000 Family Port Analyzer Adapter Installation and Configuration Note

• Cisco 10-Gigabit X2 Transceiver Module Installation Note

• Cisco MDS 9000 Family CWDM SFP Installation Note

• Cisco MDS 9000 Family CWDM Passive Optical System Installation Note

Send documentation comments to mdsfeedback-doc@cisco.com.

Cisco MDS 9500 Series Hardware Installation Guide

OL-17467-02

Preface

Obtaining Documentation, Obtaining Support, and Security

Guidelines

For information on obtaining documentation, submitting a service request, and gathering additional

information, see the monthly What’s New in Cisco Product Documentation, which also lists all new and

revised Cisco technical documentation, at:

http://www.cisco.com/en/US/docs/general/whatsnew/whatsnew.html

Subscribe to the What’s New in Cisco Product Documentation as a Really Simple Syndication (RSS) feed

and set content to be delivered directly to your desktop using a reader application. The RSS feeds are a free

service and Cisco currently supports RSS version 2.0.

CHAPTER

Send documentation comments to mdsfeedback-doc@cisco.com.

1-1

Cisco MDS 9500 Series Hardware Installation Guide

OL-17467-02

Product Overview

The Cisco MDS 9500 Multilayer Director elevates the standard for director-class switches. Providing

industry-leading availability, scalability, security, and management, the Cisco MDS 9500 Series allows

deployment of high-performance SANs with lowest total cost of ownership. Layering a rich set of

intelligent features onto a high-performance, protocol-agnostic switch fabric, the Cisco MDS 9500

Series of Multilayer Directors addresses the stringent requirements of large data-center storage

environments: uncompromisingly high availability, security, scalability, ease of management, and

transparent integration of new technologies.

The Cisco MDS 9500 Series includes the Cisco MDS 9513 Director, the Cisco MDS 9509 Director, and

the Cisco MDS 9506 Director, which all provide the following high availability features:

• Redundant Supervisor-2 modules with associated external crossbar modules for the Cisco MDS

9513 Director.

• Redundant Supervisor-2 modules with associated integrated crossbar modules for the Cisco MDS

9509 and 9506 Directors.

• Redundant Supervisor-1 modules with dual switching fabrics for the Cisco MDS 9509 and 9506

Directors.

• Optional hot-swappable switching or services modules.

• Switching module port interfaces that support field-replaceable, hot-swappable, form-factor

pluggable X2 transceivers.

• Switching module port interfaces that support field-replaceable, hot-swappable, small form-factor

pluggable (SFP) and Enhanced small form-factor pluggable (SFP+) transceivers.

• Redundant and hot-swappable power supplies and fan modules.

• Power and cooling management and environmental monitoring.

• Nondisruptive code load and activation.

• Redundant and self-monitoring system clocks.

For more information about high availability features, redundant supervisor operation, and how to

configure the Cisco MDS 9500 Series, see the Cisco MDS 9000 Family CLI Configuration Guide and

the Cisco MDS 9000 Family Fabric Manager Configuration Guide.

The Cisco MDS 9500 Series supports the following hot-swappable, field-replaceable modules:

• 48-port 8-Gbps Fibre Channel switching module (DS-X9248-96K9)

• 24-port 8-Gbps Fibre Channel switching module (DS-X9224-96K9)

• 4/44-port 8-Gbps Host-Optimized Fibre Channel switching module (DS-X9248-48K9)

Send documentation comments to mdsfeedback-doc@cisco.com.

1-2

Cisco MDS 9500 Series Hardware Installation Guide

OL-17467-02

Chapter 1 Product Overview

Chassis

• 48-port 4-Gbps Fibre Channel switching module (DS-X9148)

• 24-port 4-Gbps Fibre Channel switching module (DS-X9124)

• 12-port 4-Gbps Fibre Channel switching module (DS-X9112)

• 4-port 10-Gbps Fibre Channel switching module (DS-X9704)

• 32-port 2-Gbps Fibre Channel switching module (DS-X9032)

• 16-port 2-Gbps Fibre Channel switching module (DS-X9016)

• 18/4-port Multiservice (MSM-18/4) module (DS-X9304-18K9)

• 18/4-port Multiservice FIPS (MSFM-18/4) module (DS-X9304-18FK9)

• 14/2-port Multiprotocol Services (MPS-14/2) module (DS-X9302-14K9)

• 8-port IP Storage Services (IPS-8) module (DS-X9308-SMIP)

• 4-port IP Storage Services (IPS-4) module (DS-X9304-SMIP)

• Storage Services Module (SSM) (DS-X9032-SSM)

• Advanced Services Module (ASM) (DS-X9032-SMV)

• Caching Services Module (CSM) (DS-X9560-SMC)

This chapter includes the following sections:

• Chassis, page 1-2

• Backplane and Clock Modules, page 1-8

• Cisco MDS Fibre Channel Switch for IBM Blade Center, page 1-9

• Power Supplies, page 1-9

• Fan Modules, page 1-16

• Supervisor Modules, page 1-16

• Crossbar Modules, page 1-25

• Cisco MDS 9000 Series Module Compatibility, page 1-27

• Port Index Availability, page 1-28

• Switching Modules, page 1-32

• Services Modules, page 1-41

• Supported Transceivers, page 1-55

Chassis

This section describes the different chassis offerings in the Cisco MDS 9500 Series:

• Cisco MDS 9513 Director, page 1-3

• Cisco MDS 9509 Director, page 1-6

• Cisco MDS 9506 Director, page 1-7

Send documentation comments to mdsfeedback-doc@cisco.com.

1-3

Cisco MDS 9500 Series Hardware Installation Guide

OL-17467-02

Chapter 1 Product Overview

Chassis

Cisco MDS 9513 Director

The Cisco MDS 9513 Director is a 13-slot Fibre Channel switch. The front panel consists of 13

horizontal slots, where slots 1 to 6 and slots 9 to 13 are reserved for switching and services modules only,

and slots 7 and 8 are for Supervisor-2 modules only. A variable speed fan tray, with 15 individual fans,

is located on the front left panel of the chassis.

The Cisco MDS 9513 Director uses a midplane. Modules exist on both sides of the plane. (See

Figure 1-1.) The Cisco MDS 9513 Director supports the following:

• Two Supervisor-2 modules that reside in slots 7 and 8.

• Switching and storage services modules. (See the “Port Index Availability” section on page 1-28 for

possible configurations.)

• One hot-swappable front panel fan tray with redundant individual fans.

• Two power supplies located at the rear of the chassis. The power supplies are redundant by default

and can be configured to be combined if desired.

• Two crossbar modules located at the rear of the chassis.

• One hot-swappable fan module for the crossbar modules located at the rear of the chassis.

• Two hot-swappable clock modules located at the rear of the chassis.

Note The Cisco MDS 9513 Director does not support the Advanced Services Module (ASM) or the Caching

Services Module (CSM).

Send documentation comments to mdsfeedback-doc@cisco.com.

1-4

Cisco MDS 9500 Series Hardware Installation Guide

OL-17467-02

Chapter 1 Product Overview

Chassis

Figure 1-1 Cisco MDS 9513 Chassis Front Panel View

The rear of the chassis supports two vertical, redundant power supplies, two clock modules, two vertical,

redundant, external crossbar modules, and a variable speed fan tray with two individual fans located

above the crossbar modules. (See Figure 1-2.)

1Switching or services modules in slots 1–6 3Switching or services modules in slots 9–13

2Supervisor-2 modules in slots 7 and 8 4Fan tray

144465

Send documentation comments to mdsfeedback-doc@cisco.com.

1-5

Cisco MDS 9500 Series Hardware Installation Guide

OL-17467-02

Chapter 1 Product Overview

Chassis

Figure 1-2 Rear Panel 9513 Chassis

1Power supplies 4Air vent panels

2crossbar module fans 5Clock module1

1. Clock modules are located inside the air vent panel. You must remove the air vent panel to access the clock modules.

3crossbar modules

144426

Send documentation comments to mdsfeedback-doc@cisco.com.

1-6

Cisco MDS 9500 Series Hardware Installation Guide

OL-17467-02

Chapter 1 Product Overview

Chassis

Cisco MDS 9509 Director

The Cisco MDS 9509 Director has a 9-slot chassis as shown in Figure 1-3, and it supports the following:

• Redundant Supervisor-2 modules with associated internal crossbar modules.

• Up to two Supervisor-1 modules that provide a switching fabric, plus a console port, COM1 port,

and a MGMT 10/100 Ethernet port on each module. Slots 5 and 6 are reserved for the supervisor

modules.

• Seven slots for optional modules that can include up to seven switching modules or six IPS modules.

• Two power supplies located in the front of the chassis. The power supplies are redundant by default

and can be configured to be combined if desired.

• One hot-swappable fan module with redundant fans.

Figure 1-3 Cisco MDS 9509 Chassis

1Switching or services modules in

slots 1–4

5Fan module

2Supervisor module in slot 5 6Power supply 1

3Redundant supervisor module in

slot 6

7ESD socket

4Switching or services modules in

slots 7–9

8Power supply 2 (redundant)

91692

Send documentation comments to mdsfeedback-doc@cisco.com.

1-7

Cisco MDS 9500 Series Hardware Installation Guide

OL-17467-02

Chapter 1 Product Overview

Chassis

Cisco MDS 9506 Director

The Cisco MDS 9506 Director has a 6-slot chassis as shown in Figure 1-4, and it supports the following:

• Up to two Supervisor-1 modules that provide a switching fabric, with a console port, COM1 port,

and a MGMT 10/100 Ethernet port on each module. Slots 5 and 6 are reserved for the supervisor

modules.

• Four slots for optional modules that can include up to four switching modules or three IPS modules.

• Two power supplies located in the back of the chassis. The power supplies are redundant by default

and can be configured to be combined if desired.

• Two power entry modules (PEMs) in the front of the chassis for easy access to power supply

connectors and switches.

• One hot-swappable fan module with redundant fans.

Figure 1-4 Cisco MDS 9506 Chassis

1Switching or services modules in slots 1–4 4ESD Socket

2Supervisor modules in slots 5 and 6 5Power supplies (in back)

3Fan module 6Location of power entry modules (PEMs) --

one PEM shown and one filler panel shown.

91580

Send documentation comments to mdsfeedback-doc@cisco.com.

1-8

Cisco MDS 9500 Series Hardware Installation Guide

OL-17467-02

Chapter 1 Product Overview

Backplane and Clock Modules

The Cisco MDS 9500 Series includes one or more clock modules that are accessible from the back of

the chassis. The Cisco MDS 9513 and 9509 Directors have two field-replaceable clock modules for

redundancy and failover. The Cisco MDS 9506 Director has one field-replaceable clock module. In the

unlikely event of a clock module failure, the Cisco MDS 9500 Series generates an error message and a

switchover from one clock module to the other, causing the system to reset automatically. Cisco

recommends that the failed clock module be replaced during a maintenance window. See the “Removing

and Installing Clock Modules” section on page 2-76 for information on replacing clock modules.

There are two LEDs per clock module. Figure 1-5 shows the upper and lower LEDs.

Figure 1-5 Clock Module LEDs

1Lower LEDs 2Upper LEDs

Ta b l e 1-1 Clock LEDs for the Cisco MDS 9500 Series Directors

LED Status Description

Upper LED Green Clock module is active and in use.

Off Clock module is in standby mode.

Lower LED Green Power supply is on and working properly.

Red Power supply is not in a stable state. If this

indication continues after initial power on, check

that all connections are secure.

Off Normal operation or power supply is turned off.

181336

CLOCK A CLOCK B

Send documentation comments to mdsfeedback-doc@cisco.com.

1-9

Cisco MDS 9500 Series Hardware Installation Guide

OL-17467-02

Chapter 1 Product Overview

Cisco MDS Fibre Channel Switch for IBM Blade Center

The Cisco MDS Fibre Channel Bladeswitch for IBM BladeCenter is designed for IBM BladeCenter

environments. The Cisco MDS Fibre Channel Bladeswitch is based on the Cisco MDS 9000 Family SAN

switching technology, which integrates the Cisco MDS 9000 Family of switches and directors into a

blade-switch architecture. The advanced architecture of the Cisco MDS Fibre Channel Bladeswitch for

IBM BladeCenter, along with 4-Gb technology, provides outstanding performance between

Bladeswitches and the rest of the Fibre Channel infrastructure.

The Cisco MDS Fibre Channel Bladeswitch for IBM BladeCenter provides 4-Gb Fibre Channel

performance to blade-server switching. It also provides network intelligence features such as virtual

SANs (VSANs), quality of service (QoS), and N-port interface virtualization (NPIV). It also offers

nondisruptive software upgrades and on-demand port activation and is the most complete embedded

Fibre Channel switching available for the IBM BladeCenter, BladeCenter-T, and BladeCenter-H

platforms.

The Cisco MDS Fibre Channel Bladeswitch for IBM BladeCenter provides up to 20 nonblocking 1-, 2-,

and 4-Gb Fibre Channel ports that are available in two configurations: 7 internal ports and 3 external

ports, or 14 internal ports and 6 external ports. Each port provides line-rate performance up to 4-Gb

without any performance loss for integrated features such as VSANs, QoS, or Network Address

Translation (NAT). The Cisco MDS Fibre Channel Bladeswitch for IBM BladeCenter supports up to 16

VSANs per blade switch.

Each external port on the Cisco MDS FC Bladeswitch for IBM BladeCenter also provides line-rate

performance up to 4-Gb for Inter-Switch Links (ISLs) or additional device connectivity such as storage

or host bus adapters (HBAs).

The Cisco NX-OS software provides role-based access control (RBAC) for management access of the

Cisco Fibre Channel Bladeswitch for IBM BladeCenter command-line interface (CLI) and Simple

Network Management Protocol (SNMP). For more information, see the Cisco 9000 Family Command

Reference.

Power Supplies

The Cisco MDS 9500 Series supports dual hot-swappable power supplies, each of which is capable of

supplying sufficient power to the entire chassis should one power supply fail. The power supplies

monitor their output voltage and provide status to the supervisor modules. To prevent the unexpected

shutdown of an optional module, the power management software only allows a module to power up if

adequate power is available.

The power supplies can be configured to be redundant or combined. By default, they are configured as

redundant, so that if one fails, the remaining power supply can still power the entire system. For

information about how to configure the power supplies, see the Cisco MDS 9000 CLI Family

Configuration Guide.

Send documentation comments to mdsfeedback-doc@cisco.com.

1-10

Cisco MDS 9500 Series Hardware Installation Guide

OL-17467-02

Chapter 1 Product Overview

Power Supplies

Cisco MDS 9513 Power Supplies

The Cisco MDS 9513 Director supports the 6000-W AC power supply (AC input). (See Figure 1-6.)

Figure 1-6 Cisco MDS 9513 Power Supply

1Power supply switch 3Power Supply LEDs

2AC power connection

144466

Send documentation comments to mdsfeedback-doc@cisco.com.

1-11

Cisco MDS 9500 Series Hardware Installation Guide

OL-17467-02

Chapter 1 Product Overview

Power Supplies

Table 1-2 describes the LEDs for the Cisco MDS 9513 Director power supplies.

Ta b l e 1-2 LEDs for the Cisco MDS 9513 Director Power Supplies

LED Status Description

Input 1 OK Green AC input at greater than 85 V is good and power

supply is functioning normally if two single 110 V

or one single 220 V are connected.

Off Power supply is turned off or power is not

connected.

Input 2 OK Green AC input at greater than 85 V is good and power

supply is functioning normally if two single 110 V

or one single 220 V are connected.

Off Power supply is turned off or power is not

connected.

INPUT 1 = 220VAC Green AC input is good at greater than 168 V and power

supply should function normally.

Off AC input is 163 V or less or power is not

connected.

INPUT 2 = 220VAC Green AC input is good at greater than 168 V and power

supply should function normally.

Off AC input is 163 V or less or power is not

connected.

FAN OK Green Power supply fans are operating properly.

Off Fan is not operating or power supply is off.

OUTPUT FAIL Red Power supply is not in a stable state. If this

indication continues after initial power on, check

that all connections are secure, including the

system fan tray.

Off Normal operation or power supply is turned off.

Send documentation comments to mdsfeedback-doc@cisco.com.

1-12

Cisco MDS 9500 Series Hardware Installation Guide

OL-17467-02

Chapter 1 Product Overview

Power Supplies

Cisco MDS 9509 Power Supplies

The Cisco MDS 9509 Director supports the following types of power supplies:

• 4000-W AC power supply (AC input and DC output)

The 4000-W AC power supply has a permanently attached power cable, and it requires 220-VAC

input. (See Figure 1-7.)

• 3000-W AC power supply (AC input)

The 3000-W AC power supply requires 220 VAC to deliver 3000 W of power. If powered with

110 VAC, it delivers only 1400 W. (See Figure 1-8.)

• 2500-W AC power supply (AC input and DC output)

The 2500-W AC power supply requires 220 VAC to deliver 2500 W of power. If powered with 110

VAC, it delivers only 1300 W. (See Figure 1-9.)

• 2500-W DC power supply (DC input and DC output)

The 2500-W DC power supply requires positive, negative, and ground wires. (See Figure 1-10).

Figure 1-7 4000-W AC Power Supply for the Cisco MDS 9509 Director

1AC power connection 4Power supply switch

2Power supply LEDs 5Permanent power cable

3Captive screws

99370

INPUT

FAN

OUTPUT

FAIL

Send documentation comments to mdsfeedback-doc@cisco.com.

1-13

Cisco MDS 9500 Series Hardware Installation Guide

OL-17467-02

Chapter 1 Product Overview

Power Supplies

Figure 1-8 3000-W AC Power Supply for the Cisco MDS 9509 Director

1AC power connection 4Power supply LEDs

2Power cable 5Captive screws

3Power supply switch

144986

5 5

Send documentation comments to mdsfeedback-doc@cisco.com.

1-14

Cisco MDS 9500 Series Hardware Installation Guide

OL-17467-02

Chapter 1 Product Overview

Power Supplies

Figure 1-9 2500-W AC Power Supply for the Cisco MDS 9509 Director

Figure 1-10 2500-W DC Power Supply for the Cisco MDS 9509 Director

1AC power connection 4Captive screws

2Cable retention device 5Power supply LEDs

3Power supply switch

94992

INPUT

FAN

OUTPUT

FAIL

1Terminal block cover 4Power supply switch

2Power supply LEDs 5Terminal block

3Captive screw

99360

INPUT

FAN

OUTPUT

FAIL

Send documentation comments to mdsfeedback-doc@cisco.com.

1-15

Cisco MDS 9500 Series Hardware Installation Guide

OL-17467-02

Chapter 1 Product Overview

Power Supplies

Cisco MDS 9506 Power Supplies

The Cisco MDS 9506 Director supports the following types of power supplies:

• 1900-W AC power supply (AC input and DC output)

• 1900-W DC power supply (DC input and DC output)

Power is supplied to the Cisco MDS 9506 power supplies though PEMs in the front of the chassis. The

AC power requires an AC PEM, and the DC power requires a DC PEM.

The 1900-W AC and DC power supplies are similar in appearance (see Figure 1-11), except for the label

that indicates whether the power supply is AC or DC.

Figure 1-11 Cisco MDS 9506 Power Supply (1900-W AC or DC)

Table 1-3 describes the power supply LEDs for the Cisco MDS 9509 and 9506 Directors.

1Power supply LEDs 2Captive screws

INPUT OK

FAN OK

OUTPUT FAIL

94996

Ta b l e 1-3 Power Supply LEDs for the Cisco MDS 9509 and 9506 Directors

LED Status Description

Input OK Green AC input is good and power supply is functioning

normally.

Off Power supply is turned off or is not seated

properly in the chassis.

Fan OK Green Power supply fans are operating properly.

Off Fan is not operating or power supply is off.

Output Fail Red Power supply is not in a stable state. If this

indication continues after initial power on, check

that all connections are secure, including the

system fan tray.

Off Normal operation or power supply is turned off.

Send documentation comments to mdsfeedback-doc@cisco.com.

1-16

Cisco MDS 9500 Series Hardware Installation Guide

OL-17467-02

Chapter 1 Product Overview

Fan Modules

The Cisco MDS 9513 Director has a front panel fan tray with 15 fans with an abrupt stop-to-fan rotation

safety feature after power is disconnected or the fan tray is removed from the midplane. The Cisco MDS

9509 Director has a front panel fan module with nine fans and the Cisco MDS 9506 Director has a front

panel fan module with six fans.

Sensors on the supervisor module monitor the internal air temperature. If the air temperature exceeds a

preset lower-level threshold, the environmental monitor displays warning messages. If the air

temperatures exceeds a preset higher-level threshold, the switch will shut down.

If one or more fans within the module fail, the Fan Status LED turns red and the module must be

replaced. If the higher-level temperature threshold is not exceeded, the switch continues to run for five

minutes after the fan module is removed. This allows you to swap out a fan module without having to

bring the system down. For information on how to replace a fan module, see the “Removing and

Installing Fan Modules” section on page 2-68.

The fan module has one status LED that indicates the following conditions:

• Green—Fan module is operating normally.

• Red—One or more fans failed. Fan module should be replaced.

• Off—Fan module is not properly seated in the chassis or power supply has failed.

Caution The Cisco MDS 9000 Family switches have internal temperature sensors that are capable of shutting

down the system if the temperature at different points within the chassis exceed certain safety thresholds.

To be effective, the temperature sensors require the presence of airflow; therefore, in the event a fan

module is removed from the chassis, the Cisco MDS 9000 Family switches will be shut down after five

minutes to prevent potentially undetectable overheating. However, the switches will shut down sooner if

the higher-level temperature threshold is exceeded.

The Cisco MDS 9513 Director also has crossbar module fan trays located at the back of the chassis.

There is one fan per crossbar module. There is one LED that provides operational status. Figure 1-2

shows the fan status LED on the Cisco MDS 9513 Director. To replace these fan modules, see the

“Removing and Installing Fan Modules” section on page 2-68.

Supervisor Modules

The Cisco MDS 9500 Series supports two types of supervisor modules: Supervisor-1 and Supervisor-2

modules. Both the supervisor modules provide the control and management functions for the Cisco MDS

9500 Series. The Cisco MDS 9500 Series supports two supervisor modules for redundancy. In the event

of an internal component failure, the standby supervisor module takes over, if installed. This section

discusses the following modules:

• Supervisor-2 Modules, page 1-17 (DS-X9530-SF2-K9)

• Supervisor-1 Modules, page 1-21 (DS-X9530-SF1-K9)

Note The internal bootflash installed on the modules are not field-replaceable units. Do not remove or replace

internal bootflash on the modules. Modifying the factory installed bootflash is not supported.

Send documentation comments to mdsfeedback-doc@cisco.com.

1-17

Cisco MDS 9500 Series Hardware Installation Guide

OL-17467-02

Chapter 1 Product Overview

Supervisor Modules

Supervisor-2 Modules

The Cisco MDS 9500 Series offers redundant, hot-swappable, Supervisor-2 modules. (See Figure 1-12.)

Supervisor-2 modules can be used in the Cisco MDS 9509 and 9506 Directors in slots 5 and 6.

Supervisor-2 modules must be used in slots 7 and 8 of the Cisco MDS 9513 Director.

Supervisor-2 modules provide an integrated crossbar switching fabric to connect all the switching

modules when used in a Cisco MDS 9509 or 9506 Director. Single fabric configurations provide

720-Gbps full duplex speed with 80-Gbps full duplex bandwidth per switching module. Dual fabric

configurations provide 1.4-Tbps speed with 160-Gbps full duplex bandwidth per switching module. This

integrated crossbar switching fabric is disabled when a Supervisor-2 module is installed in a Cisco MDS

9513 Director. The Cisco MDS 9513 Director supports two external crossbar modules located at the rear

of the chassis that handle this function. (For more information, see the “Crossbar Modules” section on

page 1-25.)

Figure 1-12 Cisco MDS 9500 Series Supervisor-2 Module

The main functions and components of the Supervisor-2 modules are as follows:

• Control and Management

• Processor

• Port Interfaces

• LEDs on the Supervisor-2 Module

1Status, System, Active, and Power

Management LEDs1

1. See Table 1-4 on page 1-20 for status LED descriptions.

6CompactFlash LED

2Reset button 7CompactFlash eject button

3Console port 8CompactFlash slot

4MGMT 10/100/1000 Ethernet port

(with integrated Link and Activity

LEDs)

9USB ports

5COM1 serial port

144472

7 8

4 95

2 6

Send documentation comments to mdsfeedback-doc@cisco.com.

1-18

Cisco MDS 9500 Series Hardware Installation Guide

OL-17467-02

Chapter 1 Product Overview

Supervisor Modules

Control and Management

The Supervisor-2 modules provide the following control and management features:

• A redundant central arbiter that provides traffic control and access fairness.

• A nondisruptive restart of a single failing process on the same supervisor.

A service running on the Supervisor-2 module keeps track of the high availability policy of each

process and issues a restart when a process fails. The type of restart issued is based on the process’s

capability:

–

Warm or stateful (state is preserved)

–

Cold or stateless (state is not preserved)

• A nondisruptive switchover from the active Supervisor-2 to a redundant standby without loss of

traffic.

If the Supervisor-2 module has to be restarted, then the secondary Supervisor-2 (which is

continuously monitoring the primary) takes over. Once a switchover has occurred and the failed

Supervisor-2 has been replaced or restarted, operation does not switch back to the original primary

Supervisor-2, unless it is forced to switch back or another failure occurs.

Processor

The Supervisor-2 module has a processor running at 1.4 GHz. It contains a PowerPC class processor and

offers the following memory specifications:

Port Interfaces

The Supervisor-2 module provides the following port interfaces:

• RS-232 (EIA/TIA-232) console port with an RJ-45 connection that you can use to:

–

Configure the Cisco MDS 9500 Series from the CLI

–

Monitor network statistics and errors

–

Configure SNMP agent parameters

• RS-232 COM1 port with a DB-9 connector, which can be attached to a modem.

• Front panel triple speed (10/100/1000) management port with CTS function. This port is used as an

out-of-band management port. There are two LEDs associated with it. The Link LED on the left side

indicates the link status and the Activity LED on the right side blinks when there is traffic going

through this port.

Memory Bytes

DRAM 1 GB

1 internal CompactFlash card1

1. The card stores software images.

512 MB

1 external CompactFlash slot2

2. The slot is for optional cards to store additional images, and for configuration, debugging, and

syslog information.

NA3

3. NA = not applicable.

Send documentation comments to mdsfeedback-doc@cisco.com.

1-19

Cisco MDS 9500 Series Hardware Installation Guide

OL-17467-02

Chapter 1 Product Overview

Supervisor Modules

• Two USB ports provide a simple interface allowing you to connect to different devices supported by

Cisco MDS NX-OS. On the double decker connector, USB port 1 is on the lower position and port 2

is on the upper position.

• Supervisor CPU subsystem based on Motorola PowerPC 7447.

• Reset button that resets the Supervisor-2 without cycling the power.

• External CompactFlash slot for an optional CompactFlash card provides a convenient way to boot

different images, back up the image, or store running-configuration data. The optional card can be

used for storing additional software images and configuration, debugging, and syslog information.

There is one LED that blinks when accessing this CompactFlash.

Caution Use only the CompactFlash devices that are certified for use with Cisco MDS 9000 switches and are

formatted using Cisco MDS 9000 switches. Using CompactFlash devices that are uncertified or are

formatted using other platforms may result in errors.

LEDs on the Supervisor-2 Module

The front panel on the supervisor module has the following LEDs:

• Status LED

• System LED

• Active LED

• Power Management LED

• MGMT 10/100/1000 Ethernet port LEDs (at right of the port):

–

Link LED (on top)

–

Activity LED (on bottom)

• CompactFlash LED for external CompactFlash card

The front panel on the Supervisor-2 module also includes a reset button (see Figure 1-13).

The LEDs on the Supervisor-2 module indicate the status of the Supervisor-2 module, power supplies,

and fan module. Table 1-4 provides more information about these LEDs.

Figure 1-13 Supervisor-2 Module LEDs

144808

Send documentation comments to mdsfeedback-doc@cisco.com.

1-20

Cisco MDS 9500 Series Hardware Installation Guide

OL-17467-02

Chapter 1 Product Overview

Supervisor Modules

Ta b l e 1-4 LEDs for the Cisco MDS 9500 Series Supervisor-2 Modules

LED Status Description

Status Green All diagnostics pass. The module is operational

(normal initialization sequence).

Orange One of the following occurs:

• The module is booting or running diagnostics

(normal initialization sequence).

• An over-temperature condition occurred (a minor

threshold was exceeded during environmental

monitoring).

Red One of the following occurred:

• The diagnostic test failed. The module is not

operational because a fault occurred during the

initialization sequence.

• An over-temperature condition occurred (a major

threshold was exceeded during environmental

monitoring).

System Green All chassis environmental monitors are reporting OK.

Orange One of the following occurred:

• The power supply failed or the power supply fan

failed.

• Incompatible power supplies are installed.

• The redundant clock failed.

Red The temperature of the supervisor module exceeded

the major threshold.

Active Green The Supervisor-2 module is operational and active.

Orange The Supervisor-2 module is in standby mode.

Power

Management

Green Sufficient power is available for all modules.

Orange Sufficient power is not available for all modules.

MGMT

10/100/1000

Ethernet Link

LED

Green Link is up.

Off No link.

MGMT 10/100

Ethernet

Activity LED

Green Traffic is flowing through port.

Off No link or no traffic.

CompactFlash Green The external CompactFlash card is being accessed.

Off No activity.

Send documentation comments to mdsfeedback-doc@cisco.com.

1-21

Cisco MDS 9500 Series Hardware Installation Guide

OL-17467-02

Chapter 1 Product Overview

Supervisor Modules

Supervisor-1 Modules

The Cisco MDS 9509 and 9506 Directors support up to two Supervisor-1 or Supervisor-2 modules that

can be installed in slots 5 and 6 only. The main functions and components of the Supervisor-1 modules

are as follows:

• Control and Management, page 1-21

• Crossbar Switching Fabric, page 1-22

• Processor, page 1-22

• Port Interfaces, page 1-22

• LEDs on the Supervisor-1 Module, page 1-23

Note Supervisor-1 is not supported on the Cisco MDS 9513 Director.

Figure 1-14 shows a Cisco MDS 9500 Series Supervisor-1 module.

Figure 1-14 Cisco MDS 9500 Series Supervisor-1 Module

Control and Management

The supervisor modules provide the following control and management features:

• A redundant central arbiter that provides traffic control and access fairness.

• A nondisruptive restart of a single failing process on the same supervisor.

A kernel service running on the supervisor module keeps track of the high availability policy of each

process and issues a restart when a process fails. The type of restart issued is based on the process’s

capability:

–

Warm or stateful (state is preserved)

–

Cold or stateless (state is not preserved)

1Status, System, Active, and Pwr

Mgmt LEDs1

1. See Table 1-5 on page 1-24 for status LED descriptions.

6CompactFlash LED

2Reset button 7CompactFlash eject button

3Console port 8CompactFlash slot

4MGMT 10/100 Ethernet port (with

integrated Link and Activity LEDs)

9Asset tag

5COM1 serial port

77688

3 4 5 7 8

Send documentation comments to mdsfeedback-doc@cisco.com.

1-22

Cisco MDS 9500 Series Hardware Installation Guide

OL-17467-02

Chapter 1 Product Overview

Supervisor Modules

If the kernel service cannot perform a warm restart of the process, it issues a cold restart.

• A nondisruptive switchover from the active supervisor to a redundant standby without loss of traffic.

If the supervisor module has to be restarted, then the secondary supervisor (which is continuously

monitoring the primary) takes over. Once a switchover has occurred and the failed supervisor has

been replaced or restarted, operation does not switch back to the original primary supervisor, unless

it is forced to switch back or another failure occurs.

Crossbar Switching Fabric

The Cisco MDS 9500 Series supervisor modules provide an integrated crossbar switching fabric to

connect all the switching modules. Single fabric configurations provide 720-Gbps full duplex speed with

80-Gbps full duplex bandwidth per switching module. Dual fabric configurations provide 1.4-Tbps

speed with 160-Gbps full duplex bandwidth per switching module.

The Cisco MDS 9500 Series supports redundant supervisor modules. Upon power up with slots 5 and 6

active, the supervisors negotiate to determine which one is active and which is the standby supervisor.

Each supervisor exchanges its own status and updates the signal quality error (SQE) status periodically.

If the active supervisor becomes disabled, the standby supervisor switches over to become the active

supervisor.

Dual supervisor modules provide dual crossbar switching fabrics for redundancy.

Processor

The Supervisor-1 module contains a Pentium III class processor. It has the following memory

specifications:

Port Interfaces

The Supervisor-1 module provides the following port interfaces:

• RS-232 (EIA/TIA-232) console port with an RJ-45 connection that you can use to:

–

Configure the Cisco MDS 9500 Series from the CLI

–

Monitor network statistics and errors

–

Configure SNMP agent parameters

• MGMT 10/100 Ethernet port with an RJ-45 connection that provides network management

capabilities.

• RS-232 COM1 port with a DB-9 connector, which can be attached to a modem.

Memory Bytes

DRAM 1 GB

1 internal CompactFlash card1

1. The card stores software images.

512 MB

1 external CompactFlash slot2

2. The slot is for optional cards to store additional images, and for configuration, debugging, and

syslog information.

NA3

3. NA = not applicable.

Send documentation comments to mdsfeedback-doc@cisco.com.

1-23

Cisco MDS 9500 Series Hardware Installation Guide

OL-17467-02

Chapter 1 Product Overview

Supervisor Modules

• CompactFlash slot for an optional CompactFlash card. The optional card can be used for storing

additional software images and configuration, debugging, and syslog information.

Caution Use only the CompactFlash devices that are certified for use with Cisco MDS switches and are formatted

using Cisco MDS switches. Using CompactFlash devices that are uncertified or are formatted using

other platforms may result in errors.

LEDs on the Supervisor-1 Module

The front panel on the Supervisor-1 module has the following LEDs:

• Status LED

• System LED

• Active LED

• Power Management LED

• MGMT 10/100 Ethernet port LEDs (at top of port):

–

Link LED (on left)

–

Activity LED (on right)

• CompactFlash LED for external CompactFlash card

The front panel on the supervisor module also includes a reset button (see Figure 1-15).

The LEDs on the Supervisor-1 module indicate the status of the Supervisor-1 module, power supplies,

and fan module. Table 1-5 provides more information about these LEDs.

Figure 1-15 Supervisor-1 Module LEDs

144853

Send documentation comments to mdsfeedback-doc@cisco.com.

1-24

Cisco MDS 9500 Series Hardware Installation Guide

OL-17467-02

Chapter 1 Product Overview

Supervisor Modules

Ta b l e 1-5 LEDs for the Cisco MDS 9500 Series Supervisor Modules

LED Status Description

Status Green All diagnostics pass. The module is operational

(normal initialization sequence).

Orange One of the following occurs:

• The module is booting or running diagnostics

(normal initialization sequence).

• An over-temperature condition occurred (a minor

threshold was exceeded during environmental

monitoring).

Red One of the following occurs:

• The diagnostic test failed. The module is not

operational because a fault occurred during the

initialization sequence.

• An over-temperature condition occurred (a major

threshold was exceeded during environmental

monitoring).

System1

1. The System and Pwr Mgmt LEDs on a redundant supervisor module are synchronized to the

active supervisor module.

Green All chassis environmental monitors are reporting OK.

Orange One of the following occurs:

• The power supply failed or the power supply fan

failed.

• Incompatible power supplies are installed.

• The redundant clock failed.

Red The temperature of the supervisor module exceeded

the major threshold.

Active Green The supervisor module is operational and active.

Orange The supervisor module is in standby mode.

Pwr Mgmt1Green Sufficient power is available for all modules.

Orange Sufficient power is not available for all modules.

MGMT 10/100

Ethernet Link

LED

Green Link is up.

Off No link.

MGMT 10/100

Ethernet

Activity LED

Green Traffic is flowing through port.

Off No link or no traffic.

CompactFlash Green The external CompactFlash card is being accessed.

Off No activity.

Send documentation comments to mdsfeedback-doc@cisco.com.

1-25

Cisco MDS 9500 Series Hardware Installation Guide

OL-17467-02

Chapter 1 Product Overview

Crossbar Modules

The Cisco MDS 9513 Director supports two external crossbar modules located at the rear of the chassis.

Each Supervisor-2 module has an associated external crossbar module for redundancy. The Supervisor-2

module in slot 7 is associated with crossbar module 1 and Supervisor-2 in slot 8 is associated with

crossbar module 2. Redundant crossbar modules act in an active-active method, where each switching

module forwards traffic across both crossbar fabrics based on the intended destination. The traffic load

is shared across both crossbar modules. Each crossbar fabric channel connects to a fabric interface ASIC

on the switching modules through serial links on the midplane. Each Supervisor-2 processor also has a

20-Gbps (40-Gbps FDX) link to each crossbar fabric for participating in management and control

protocols and for in-band diagnostics.

The LEDs on the crossbar modules indicate the status of the crossbar modules. Table 1-6 provides more

information about these LEDs.

For information regarding migrating to Generation 3 modules, see the “Migrating to Generation 3

8-Gbps Fibre Channel Switching Modules” section on page A-1.

Figure 1-16 Crossbar Module LEDs

181335

Send documentation comments to mdsfeedback-doc@cisco.com.

1-26

Cisco MDS 9500 Series Hardware Installation Guide

OL-17467-02

Chapter 1 Product Overview

Crossbar Modules

Ta b l e 1-6 LEDs for the Cisco MDS 9500 Crossbar Modules

LED Status Description

Status Green All diagnostics pass. The module is operational

(normal initialization sequence).

Orange One of the following occurs:

• The module is booting or running diagnostics

(normal initialization sequence).

• An over-temperature condition occurred (a minor

threshold was exceeded during environmental

monitoring).

Red One of the following occurs:

• The diagnostic test failed. The module is not

operational because a fault occurred during the

initialization sequence.

• An over-temperature condition occurred (a major

threshold was exceeded during environmental

monitoring).

Send documentation comments to mdsfeedback-doc@cisco.com.

1-27

Cisco MDS 9500 Series Hardware Installation Guide

OL-17467-02

Chapter 1 Product Overview

Cisco MDS 9000 Series Module Compatibility

Table 1-7 lists the hardware modules available and the chassis compatibility associated with them.

Ta b l e 1-7 MDS 9000 Modules and Platform Compatibility Matrix

Module 9513 9509 9506 9222i 9216A 9216i 9216

Supervisor-2 module X X X

Supervisor -1 module X X

48-port 8-Gbps Fibre Channel switching module XXX

24-port 8-Gbps Fibre Channel switching module XXX

4/44-port 8-Gbps Host-Optimized Fibre Channel switching

module

XXXX

48-port 4-Gbps Fibre Channel switching module XXXXXX

24-port 4-Gbps Fibre Channel switching module XXXXXX

12-port 4-Gbps Fibre Channel switching module XXXXXX

4-port 10-Gbps Fibre Channel switching module XXXXXX

32-port 1-Gbps/2-Gbps Fibre Channel switching module X X X X X X

16-port 1-Gbps/2-Gbps Fibre Channel switching module X X X X X X

8-port Gigabit Ethernet IP Storage Services module XXXXXXX

4-port Gigabit Ethernet IP Storage Services module X X X X X X

32-port 1-Gbps/2-Gbps Fibre Channel Storage Services

Module (SSM)

XXXXXXX

32-port Fibre Channel Advanced Services Module (ASM) X X X X X

Caching Services Module (CSM) X X X X X

18-port Fibre Channel and 4-port Gigabit Ethernet IP

Services (MSM-18/4) module

XXXXXX

18-port Fibre Channel and 4-port Gigabit Ethernet IP

Services FIPS (MSFM-18/4) module

XXXXXX

14-port Fibre Channel/2-port Gigabit Ethernet

Multiprotocol Services (MPS-14/2) module

X X X X X X

Send documentation comments to mdsfeedback-doc@cisco.com.

1-28

Cisco MDS 9500 Series Hardware Installation Guide

OL-17467-02

Chapter 1 Product Overview

Port Index Availability

The Cisco MDS 9500 Multilayer Directors are designed to operate with any combination of Cisco MDS

9000 modules. However, you should be aware of the maximum port availability your chassis can support.

A port index is an internally assigned number that Cisco NX-OS uses to switch data packets within the

director or fabric switch. When the maximum number of port indexes is reached in a chassis, any

modules remaining or added to the chassis will not boot up. The number of physical ports on a Fibre

Channel module is equal to its number of port indexes. However, for Gigabit Ethernet modules (IPS-8,

IPS-4, MPS-14/2, MSM-18/4, and MSFM 18/4), one physical port is equal to four port indexes (one port

index for iSCSI and three port indexes for FC IP tunnels). Table 1-8 lists the physical ports and port

indexes (virtual ports) available per Cisco MDS 9000 module.

Using any combination of modules that include a Generation 1 module or a Supervisor-1 module limits

the port index availability to 252 on all Cisco MDS 9500 Series directors. Generation 1 modules also

require contiguous port indexes where the system assigns a block of port index numbers contiguously

starting from the first port index reserved for the slot that the module is inserted in (See Table 1-9). This

Ta b l e 1-8 Port Index Allocation

Module Physical Ports Port Indexes Allocated

48-port 8-Gbps Fibre Channel switching module 48 48

24-port 8-Gbps Fibre Channel switching module 24 24

4/44-port 8-Gbps Host-Optimized Fibre Channel

switching module

48 48

48-port 4-Gbps Fibre Channel switching module 48 48

24-port 4-Gbps Fibre Channel switching module 24 24

12-port 4-Gbps Fibre Channel switching module 12 12

4-port 10-Gbps Fibre Channel switching module 4 4

16-port 2-Gbps Fibre Channel switching module 16 161

1. All Generation 1 modules reserve port indexes on fixed boundaries with Supervisor-1. See Table 1-9.

32-port 2-Gbps Fibre Channel switching module 32 321

8-port Gigabit Ethernet IP Storage Services module 8321

4-port Gigabit Ethernet IP Storage Services module 432 (with Supervisor-1)

16 (with Supervisor-2)

32-port 2-Gbps Fibre Channel Storage Services module

(SSM)

32 321

18-port Fibre Channel and 4-port Gigabit Ethernet IP

Multiservice module (MSM-18/4)

222

2. 18 Fibre Channel ports and four Gigabit Ethernet ports.

18-port Fibre Channel and 4-port Gigabit Ethernet IP

Multiservice FIPS module (MSFM-18/4)

223

3. 18 Fibre Channel ports and four Gigabit Ethernet ports.

14-port Fibre Channel/2-port Gigabit Ethernet

Multiprotocol Services (MPS-14/2) module

164

4. 14 Fibre Channel ports and two Gigabit Ethernet ports.

32 (with Supervisor-1)

22 (with Supervisor-2)

Send documentation comments to mdsfeedback-doc@cisco.com.

1-29

Cisco MDS 9500 Series Hardware Installation Guide

OL-17467-02

Chapter 1 Product Overview

Port Index Availability

means that while there may be enough port indexes available for a Generation 1 module, the module may

not boot up because the available port indexes are not in a contiguous range or the contiguous block does

not start at the first port index for a given slot.

Example 1-1 shows a scenario with a Supervisor-1 module, where a 48-port Generation 2 module

borrowed port indexes from the first slot. Slot 1 still has 16 port indexes available, but the full 32 indexes

are no longer available (28-31 are used by the module in slot 4). This means that no Generation 1 module

except a 16-port Fibre Channel switching module can be inserted into slot 1 because some of the port

indexes for the slot are already in use.

Example 1-1 Borrowing Port Indexes from Another Slot

switch# show port index-allocation

Module index distribution:

---------------------------------------------------+

Slot | Allowed | Alloted indices info |

| range* | Total | Index values |

-------|---------|-------|-------------------------|

1 | 0- 31| - | - |

2 | 32- 63| 32 | 32-63 |

3 | 64- 95| 48 | 64-95,224-239 |

4 | 96- 127| 48 | 96-127, 240-252, 28-31 |

7 | 128- 159| 32 | 128-159 |

8 | 160- 191| 32 | 160-191 |

9 | 192- 223| 32 | 192-223 |

SU | 253-255 | 3 | 253-255 |

*Allowed range applicable only for Generation-1 modules

Using any combination of modules that include a Generation 1 module and a Supervisor-2 module

limits the port index availability to 252 on all Cisco MDS 9500 Series Directors. The Generation 1

modules can use any contiguous block of port indexes that start on the first port index reserved for any

slot in the range 0-252. (See Table 1-9.)

Using any combination of only Generation 2 with a Supervisor-2 module allows a maximum of 528 (with

an architectural limit of 1020) port indexes on all Cisco MDS 9500 Series Directors. Generation 2

modules do not need contiguous port indexes. Generation 2 modules use the available indexes in the slot

that it is installed and then borrow available indexes from the supervisors. If the module requires more

indexes, it starts borrowing available indexes from slot 1 of the chassis until it has the number of port

indexes necessary.

Note Enter the purge module CLI command to free up reserved port indexes after you remove a module.

Send documentation comments to mdsfeedback-doc@cisco.com.

1-30

Cisco MDS 9500 Series Hardware Installation Guide

OL-17467-02

Chapter 1 Product Overview

Port Index Availability

Table 1-10 shows a valid sample configuration for maximum capacity within the port index limits. The

table lists a mixture of Generation 1 and Generation 2 modules on a Cisco MDS 9509 Director.

Table 1-11 shows a sample configuration that exceeds the port index limit. The table lists a mixture of

Generation 1 storage IPS modules and Generation 2 modules on a Cisco MDS 9509 Director. In this

example, one of the modules installed will not boot up because the number of port indexes needed has

been exceeded.

Ta b l e 1-9 Port Index Requirements

Supervisor Module Port Index Requirements

Supervisor-1 Generation 1 Indexes must be:

• Contiguous

• In the range assigned to the given slot

• Start with the lowest value assigned to

that slot

Maximum 252 assignable port indexes

available,

Generation 2 Indexes can be any available number in the

range 0–252.

Supervisor-2 Generation 1 Indexes must be contiguous, but can be any

available contiguous block in the range

0–252.

Generation 2 Indexes can be any available number in the

range 0–1020 if all modules are Generation

2 modules. Otherwise, indexes can be any

available number in the range 0–252.

Ta b l e 1-10 Sample Chassis Configuration on a Cisco MDS 9509 Director (Valid)

Slot No. Modules in Cisco MDS 9509 Director Generation

Physical

Ports

Port

Indexes

112-port 4-Gbps Fibre Channel switching module 112 12

248-port 4-Gbps Fibre Channel switching module 248 48

348-port 4-Gbps Fibre Channel switching module 248 48

448-port 4-Gbps Fibre Channel switching module 248 48

5Supervisor-1 1

6Supervisor-1 1

748-port 4-Gbps Fibre Channel switching module 248 48

848-port 4-Gbps Fibre Channel switching module 248 48

Total s 252 252

Send documentation comments to mdsfeedback-doc@cisco.com.

1-31

Cisco MDS 9500 Series Hardware Installation Guide

OL-17467-02

Chapter 1 Product Overview

Port Index Availability

Using any combination of modules that include a Generation 1 module and a Supervisor-2 module limits

the port index availability to 252 on all Cisco MDS 9500 Series Directors. But the Generation 1 modules

can use any contiguous block of port indexes in the range 0–252 (See Table 1-9).

Using any combination of only Generation 2 with a Supervisor-2 module allows a maximum of 528 (with

an architectural limit of 1020) port indexes on all Cisco MDS 9500 Series Directors. Generation 2

modules do not need contiguous port indexes. Generation 2 modules will use the available ports in the

slot that it is installed and then borrow available ports from the supervisors, and then restart at slot 1 of

the chassis until it has the number of port indexes necessary.

Table 1-12 shows a valid sample configuration for maximum capacity within the port index limits. The

table only lists Generation 2 modules in a Cisco MDS 9513 Director.

Ta b l e 1-11 Maximum Chassis Configuration on a Cisco MDS 9509 Director (Exceeded)

Slot No. Modules in Cisco MDS 9509 Director Generation

Physical

Ports

Port

Indexes

118-port Fibre Channel and 4-port Gigabit Ethernet IP

Multiservice module (MSM-18/4)

222 34

214-port Fibre Channel/2-port Gigabit Ethernet

Multiprotocol Services (MPS-14/2) module

116 22

38-port Gigabit Ethernet IP Storage Services module 1832

44-port Gigabit Ethernet IP Storage Services module 1416

548-port 4-Gbps Fibre Channel switching module 248 48

6Supervisor-1 1

7Supervisor-1 1

848-port 4-Gbps Fibre Channel switching module 248 48

948-port 4-Gbps Fibre Channel switching module 248 48

10 48-port 4-Gbps Fibre Channel switching module 248 48

Total s 240 296

Ta b l e 1-12 Maximum Chassis Configuration on a Cisco MDS 9513 Director (Valid)

Slot No. Modules in Cisco MDS 9513 Director Generation

Physical

Ports

Port

Indexes

148-port 4-Gbps Fibre Channel switching module 248 48

248-port 4-Gbps Fibre Channel switching module 248 48

348-port 4-Gbps Fibre Channel switching module 248 48

448-port 4-Gbps Fibre Channel switching module 248 48

548-port 4-Gbps Fibre Channel switching module 248 48

648-port 4-Gbps Fibre Channel switching module 248 48

7Supervisor-2 2

8Supervisor-2 2

948-port 4-Gbps Fibre Channel switching module 248 48

10 48-port 4-Gbps Fibre Channel switching module 248 48

Send documentation comments to mdsfeedback-doc@cisco.com.

1-32

Cisco MDS 9500 Series Hardware Installation Guide

OL-17467-02

Chapter 1 Product Overview

Switching Modules

The Cisco MDS 9500 Series supports the following hot-swappable Fibre Channel switching modules:

• Generation 3 modules

–

48-port 8-Gbps Fibre Channel Switching Module

–

24-port 8-Gbps Fibre Channel Switching Module

–

4/44-port 8-Gbps Host-Optimized Fibre Channel Switching Module

• Generation 2 modules

–

48-Port 4-Gbps Fibre Channel Switching Module

–

24-port 4-Gbps Fibre Channel Switching Module

–

12-port 4-Gbps Fibre Channel Switching Module

–

4-port 10-Gbps Fibre Channel Switching Module

• Generation 1 modules

–

32-Port 2-Gbps Fibre Channel Switching Module

–

16-Port 2-Gbps Fibre Channel Switching Module

The Cisco MDS 9500 Series supports up to eleven hot-swappable switching modules. By combining

different switching modules in a single, modular chassis, you can design cost and performance optimized

storage networks in a wide range of application environments.

The Fibre Channel switching modules provide system-wide power management and autonegotiation,

which allows ports to negotiate for speed at the other end of the link. Each module has temperature

sensors and an EEPROM that stores serial number and model number information.

The Fibre Channel port interfaces support hot-swappable Fibre Channel SFP and SFP+ transceivers,

which can be short wavelength (SWL) or long wavelength (LWL). The port interfaces also support

coarse wavelength-division multiplexing (CWDM) and dense wavelength-division multiplexing

(DWDM) SFP transceivers, which can be used for extended long wavelength (ELWL) transmission or

for coarse wavelength-division multiplexing (CWDM) and dense wavelength-division multiplexing

(DWDM). See the “Supported Transceivers” section on page 1-55.

Note The internal bootflash installed on the modules are not field-replaceable units. Do not remove or replace

internal bootflash on the modules. Modifying the factory-installed bootflash is not supported.

For configuration information about the modules, see the Cisco MDS 9000 Family CLI Configuration

Guide or the Cisco MDS 9000 Family Fabric Manager Configuration Guide.

11 48-port 4-Gbps Fibre Channel switching module 248 48

12 48-port 4-Gbps Fibre Channel switching module 248 48

13 48-port 4-Gbps Fibre Channel switching module 248 48

Total s 528 528

Table 1-12 Maximum Chassis Configuration on a Cisco MDS 9513 Director (Valid) (continued)

Slot No. Modules in Cisco MDS 9513 Director Generation

Physical

Ports

Port

Indexes

Send documentation comments to mdsfeedback-doc@cisco.com.

1-33

Cisco MDS 9500 Series Hardware Installation Guide

OL-17467-02

Chapter 1 Product Overview

Switching Modules

48-port 8-Gbps Fibre Channel Switching Module

The 48-Port 8-Gbps Fibre Channel switching module offers 48 autosensing 1-, 2-, 4- and 8-Gbps Fibre

Channel ports and can be used in the Cisco MDS 9500 Series Switches. The 48-port switching module

can be configured in one of two operational modes: shared bandwidth mode (default) and dedicated

bandwidth mode.

Figure 1-17 shows a 48-port 8-Gbps Fibre Channel switching module. The front panel connectors

support standard modular SFP and SFP+ transceivers and the speed detection is autosensing.

Figure 1-17 48-Port 8-Gbps Fibre Channel Switching Module

24-port 8-Gbps Fibre Channel Switching Module

The 24-Port 8-Gbps Fibre Channel switching module offers 24 autosensing 1-, 2-, 4- and 8-Gbps Fibre

Channel ports and can be used in the Cisco MDS 9500 Series Switches. The 24-port switching module

can be configured in one of two operational modes: shared bandwidth mode (default) and dedicated

bandwidth mode.

Figure 1-18 shows a 24-port 8-Gbps Fibre Channel switching module. The front panel connectors

support standard modular SFP and SFP+ transceivers and the speed detection is autosensing.

Figure 1-18 24-Port 8-Gbps Fibre Channel Switching Module

4/44-port 8-Gbps Host-Optimized Fibre Channel Switching Module

The 4/44-port 8-Gbps Host-Optimized Fibre Channel switching module offers 48 autosensing 1-, 2-, 4-

and 8-Gbps Fibre Channel ports and can be used in any of the Cisco MDS 9500 Series chassis and in the

Cisco MDS 9222i Switches. The 48-port switching module can be configured in one of two operational

modes: shared bandwidth mode (default) and dedicated bandwidth mode.

Figure 1-19 shows a 4/44-port 8-Gbps Host-Optimized Fibre Channel switching module. The front panel

connectors support standard modular SFP and SFP+ transceivers and the speed detection is autosensing.

188655

188656

Send documentation comments to mdsfeedback-doc@cisco.com.

1-34

Cisco MDS 9500 Series Hardware Installation Guide

OL-17467-02

Chapter 1 Product Overview

Switching Modules

Figure 1-19 4/44-port 8-Gbps Host-Optimized Fibre Channel Switching Module

48-Port 4-Gbps Fibre Channel Switching Module

The 48-port 4-Gbps Fibre Channel switching module offers 48 autosensing 1-, 2-, and 4-Gbps Fibre

Channel ports and can be used in any of the Cisco MDS 9500 Series chassis and in the Cisco MDS 9216i

and 9216A Switches. The 48-port switching module can be configured in one of two operational modes:

shared bandwidth mode (default) and dedicated bandwidth mode.

Figure 1-20 shows a 48-port 4-Gbps Fibre Channel switching module. The front panel connectors

support standard modular SFP and the speed detection is autosensing.

Figure 1-20 48-Port 4-Gbps Fibre Channel Switching Module

Figure 1-21 shows the port numbering and LEDs on the 48-port 4-Gbps Fibre Channel switching

module.

Figure 1-21 48-Port 4-Gbps Fibre Channel Switching Module LEDs

188657

144474

1Status LED 3Fibre Channel ports

2Link LEDs

144809

Send documentation comments to mdsfeedback-doc@cisco.com.

1-35

Cisco MDS 9500 Series Hardware Installation Guide

OL-17467-02

Chapter 1 Product Overview

Switching Modules

24-port 4-Gbps Fibre Channel Switching Module

The 24-port 4-Gbps Fibre Channel switching module offers 24 autosensing 1-, 2-, and 4-Gbps Fibre

Channel ports and can be used in any of the Cisco MDS 9500 Series chassis and in the Cisco MDS 9216i

and 9216A Switches. The 24-port switching module can be configured in one of two operational modes:

shared bandwidth mode (default) and dedicated bandwidth mode.

Figure 1-22 shows a 24-port 4-Gbps Fibre Channel switching module. The front panel connectors

support standard modular SFP and the speed detection is autosensing.

Figure 1-22 24-Port 4-Gbps Fibre Channel Switching Module

12-port 4-Gbps Fibre Channel Switching Module

The 12-port 4-Gbps Fibre Channel switching module can be used in any of the Cisco MDS 9500 Series

chassis and in the Cisco MDS 9216i and 9216A Switches. The 12-port 4-Gbps switching module is a

full rate mode module providing 12 SPF-based Fibre Channel interfaces. Each interface is capable of

supporting full line rate operation at 4-Gbps interface speed. The module delivers a sustained data rate

of up to 4 Gbps in each direction, on all ports simultaneously, and up to 96 Gbps of continuous, aggregate

bandwidth when attached to high-performance servers and storage subsystems.

Figure 1-23 shows a 12-port 4-Gbps Fibre Channel switching module. The front panel connectors

support standard modular SFP and the speed detection is autosensing.

Figure 1-23 12-Port 4-Gbps Fibre Channel Switching Module

1Status LED 3Fibre Channel ports

2Link LEDs 4Port group

144471

1Status LED 3Link LEDs

2Fibre Channel ports

144470

Send documentation comments to mdsfeedback-doc@cisco.com.

1-36

Cisco MDS 9500 Series Hardware Installation Guide

OL-17467-02

Chapter 1 Product Overview

Switching Modules

4-port 10-Gbps Fibre Channel Switching Module

The 4-port 10-Gbps Fibre Channel switching module offers four dedicated bandwidth Fibre Channel

ports running at 10 Gbps with no oversubscription. This module can be used in any of the Cisco MDS

9500 Series chassis and in the Cisco MDS 9216i and 9216A Switches. The module delivers a sustained

data rate of up to 10 Gbps in each direction, on all ports simultaneously, and up to 80 Gbps of continuous,

aggregate bandwidth.

Figure 1-24 shows a 4-port 10-Gbps switching module. The front panel connectors support standard

modular X2 interfaces and the speed is fixed at 10 Gbps.

Figure 1-24 4-Port 10-Gbps Fibre Channel Switching Module

1Status LED 3Link LED

2X2 port interfaces

144473

Send documentation comments to mdsfeedback-doc@cisco.com.

1-37

Cisco MDS 9500 Series Hardware Installation Guide

OL-17467-02

Chapter 1 Product Overview

Switching Modules

LEDs on the Generation 2 Switching Modules

Table 1-13 describes the LEDs for the 48-port, 24-port, and 12-port 4-Gbps Fibre Channel switching

modules and the 4-port 10-Gbps Fibre Channel switching module.

32-Port 2-Gbps Fibre Channel Switching Module

The 32-port 2-Gbps Fibre Channel switching module can be used to allocate bandwidth optimally. The

module is organized into eight four-port groups. Only the first port in each four-port group can be an

ISL. If the first port is an ISL, the other three ports in the group are disabled. The four ports within a port

group share a single internal channel resulting in a subscription ratio of approximately 3.2 to 1. The

32-port 2-Gbps switching module provides more ports at a lower price per port. Figure 1-25 shows a

32-port switching module.

Ta b l e 1-13 LEDs for the Cisco MDS 9000 Family Generation 2 Fibre Channel Switching Modules

LED Status Description

Status Green All diagnostics pass. The module is operational

(normal initialization sequence).

Orange One of the following occurs or occurred:

• The module is booting or running diagnostics

(normal initialization sequence).

• The inlet air temperature of the system has

exceeded the maximum system operating

temperature limit (a minor environmental

warning). To ensure maximum product life, you

should immediately correct the environmental

temperature and restore the system to normal

operation.

Red One of the following occurs or occurred:

• The diagnostic test failed. The module is not

operational because a fault occurred during the

initialization sequence.

• The inlet air temperature of the system has

exceeded the safe operating temperature limits of

the card (a major environmental warning). The

card has been shut down to prevent permanent

damage.

Link Solid green Link is up.

Intermittent

flashing green

Link is up (traffic on port).

Solid yellow Link is disabled by software.

Flashing

yellow

A fault condition exists.

Off No link.

Send documentation comments to mdsfeedback-doc@cisco.com.

1-38

Cisco MDS 9500 Series Hardware Installation Guide

OL-17467-02

Chapter 1 Product Overview

Switching Modules

Tip For a full 2-Gbps bandwidth between two hosts, connect one host to the first port group and the second

host to the second port group.

Figure 1-25 Cisco MDS 9000 Family 32-Port 2-Gbps Switching Module

16-Port 2-Gbps Fibre Channel Switching Module

The 16-port 2-Gbps switching module supports a sustained data rate of up to 2-Gbps in each direction,

on all ports simultaneously. The autosensing 2-Gbps ports of the 16-port Fibre Channel switching

module deliver up to 64-Gbps of continuous, aggregate bandwidth when attached to high-performance

servers and storage subsystems. Figure 1-26 shows a 16-port 2-Gbps switching module.

Figure 1-26 Cisco MDS 9000 Family 16-Port 2-Gbps Switching Module

1Status LED 3Link LEDs (under ports, on left) and

Speed LEDs (under ports, on right)

21-Gbps/2-Gbps Fibre Channel port

group

4Asset tag

91673

1 4

17 20

DS-X9032

21 24

25 28

12 13

29 32

1Status LED 3Link LEDs (under ports, on left) and

Speed LEDs (under ports, on right)

21-Gbps/2-Gbps Fibre Channel

ports

4Asset tag

91672

1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8 9 10 11 12 13 14 15 16

Send documentation comments to mdsfeedback-doc@cisco.com.

1-39

Cisco MDS 9500 Series Hardware Installation Guide

OL-17467-02

Chapter 1 Product Overview

Switching Modules

Switching Module Features

Each switching module draws its power from the 42 V supplied on the backplane with local DC/DC

power converters and regulators.

The control processor on the switching module provides power-on, offline, and online diagnostics. The

control processor can be used for configuring devices on the switching module and to gather statistical

data from each port.

The control processor can determine which slot it is plugged into, and it can monitor its DC/DC power

source and temperature. The control processor signals the supervisor module and displays an alarm on

its front panel when a problem is detected.

The front panel on the switching module provides basic status information, such as power-on, self-test

running, self-test passed, alarm, and ready.

The binary image for the switching module is downloaded from the supervisor module. Prior to the

image download, the control processor on the switching module runs from code stored on its local

CompactFlash card.

Note Routine software downloads are not required.

The supervisor module can force a reset on the switching module and controls whether power is applied

to the switching module.

If a single component or a set of components on the switching module fails, this does not disable other

switching modules if that is the only failure in the system.

Each switching module has a hardware watchdog timer for detecting most component failures. This

watchdog resets the card if is not serviced periodically.

Send documentation comments to mdsfeedback-doc@cisco.com.

1-40

Cisco MDS 9500 Series Hardware Installation Guide

OL-17467-02

Chapter 1 Product Overview

Switching Modules

LEDs on the Generation 1 Switching Module

Table 1-14 describes the LEDs for the 16-port and 32-port switching modules.

The Fibre Channel switching modules provide autoconfiguring Fibre Channel ports that support Fibre

Channel speeds of 1.0625 Gbps and 2.125 Gbps. For more information about supported port types, see

the Cisco MDS 9000 Family CLI Configuration Guide.

Ta b l e 1-14 LEDs for the Cisco MDS 9000 Family Generation 1 Fibre Channel Switching Modules

LED Status Description

Status Green All diagnostics pass. The module is operational

(normal initialization sequence).

Orange One of the following occurs or occurred:

• The module is booting or running diagnostics

(normal initialization sequence).

• The inlet air temperature of the system has

exceeded the maximum system operating

temperature limit (a minor environmental

warning). To ensure maximum product life, you

should immediately correct the environmental

temperature and restore the system to normal

operation.

Red One of the following occurs or occurred:

• The diagnostic test failed. The module is not

operational because a fault occurred during the

initialization sequence.

• The inlet air temperature of the system has

exceeded the safe operating temperature limits of

the card (a major environmental warning). The

card has been shut down to prevent permanent

damage.

Speed On 2-Gbps mode.

Off 1-Gbps mode.

Steady

flashing green

Link is up (beacon used to identify port).1

1. The flashing green light turns on automatically when an external loopback is detected that causes

the interfaces to be isolated. The flashing green light overrides the beacon mode configuration.

The state of the LED is restored to reflect the beacon mode configuration after the external

loopback is removed.

Link Solid green Link is up.

Intermittent

flashing green

Link is up (traffic on port).

Solid yellow Link is disabled by software.

Flashing

yellow

A fault condition exists.

Off No link.

Send documentation comments to mdsfeedback-doc@cisco.com.

1-41

Cisco MDS 9500 Series Hardware Installation Guide

OL-17467-02

Chapter 1 Product Overview

Services Modules

The Cisco MDS 9500 Series supports the following hot-swappable Generation 1 services modules:

• 18/4-Port Multiservice Module, page 1-41

• 18/4-Port Multiservice Federal Information Processing Standards Module, page 1-42

• 14/2-Port Multiprotocol Services Module, page 1-44

• IP Storage Services Modules, page 1-46

• 32-Port Fibre Channel Advanced Services Module, page 1-48

• 32-Port Fibre Channel Storage Services Module, page 1-50

• Caching Services Module, page 1-52

Note The internal bootflash installed on the modules are not field-replaceable units. Do not remove or replace

internal bootflash on the modules. Modifying the factory installed bootflash is not supported.

18/4-Port Multiservice Module

The Cisco MDS 9000 Family 18/4-port Multiservice (MSM-18/4) module provides 18 autosensing 1-,

2-, and 4-Gbps Fibre Channel ports and four Gigabit Ethernet IP services ports. The MSM-18/4 module

provides multiprotocol capabilities such as Fibre Channel, Fibre Channel over IP (FCIP), Small

Computer System Interface over IP (iSCSI), IBM Fiber Connectivity (FICON), and FICON Control Unit

Port (CUP) management.

The MSM-18/4 module provides18 4-Gbps Fibre Channel interfaces for high-performance SAN and

mainframe connectivity and four Gigabit Ethernet ports for FCIP and iSCSI storage services. Individual

ports can be configured with hot-swappable shortwave, longwave, extended-reach, coarse

wavelength-division multiplexing (CWDM) or dense wavelength-division multiplexing (DWDM) Small

Form-Factor Pluggables (SFPs) for connectivity up to 125 miles (200 km).

The MSM-18/4 module can minimize latency for disk and tape through FCIP write acceleration and

FCIP tape write and read acceleration. The MSM-18/4 module provides up to 16 virtual Inter-Switch

Link (ISL) connections on the four 1-Gigabit Ethernet ports through tunneling, and provides up to 4095

buffer-to-buffer credits that can be assigned to a single Fibre Channel port.

The MSM-18/4 supports hardware-based encryption and it is required to run the Storage Media

Encryption (SME) which, is a part of the Cisco NX-OS. For more information on SME, see the Cisco

MDS Storage Media Encryption Guide.

The MSM-18/4 supports SAN extension over IP and is compatible with current SAN extension products,

such as MPS-14/2, 9216i, and IPS. The MSM-18/4 provides an integrated next generation 4-Gbps FC

platform for SAN extension. The MSM-18/4 module supports Internet Protocol version 6 (IPv6) as

mandated by the U.S. Department of Defense (DoD), Japan, and China. The IPv6 support is provided

for FCIP, iSCSI, and management traffic routed in-band and out-of-band.

The MSM-18/4 provides intelligent diagnostics, protocol decoding, and network analysis tools with the

integrated Call Home capability.

Send documentation comments to mdsfeedback-doc@cisco.com.

1-42

Cisco MDS 9500 Series Hardware Installation Guide

OL-17467-02

Chapter 1 Product Overview

Services Modules

18/4-Port Multiservice Federal Information Processing Standards Module

The Cisco MDS 9000 Family 18/4-port Multiservice FIPS (MSFM-18/4) module is a FIPS 140-2 Level

3-compliant version of the MSM-18/4 module. The MSFM-18/4 module is identical to the MSM-18/4

module in form and function, with the exception of an opaque potting material encapsulating the

cryptographic boundary of the MSFM-18/4 module to prevent unauthorized access and tampering.

Note Cisco MDS 9500 Series switches running Cisco MDS SAN-OS Release 3.2(1) or later, or NX-OS

Release 4.1(1b) support the MSM-18/4 and the MSFM-18/4 module.

Figure 1-27 shows the MSM-18/4 module.

Figure 1-27 18/4-Port Multiservice Module

184706

1Status LED 3Gigabit Ethernet ports

21-Gbps/2-Gbps/4-Gbps Fibre Channel ports 4Link LEDs

Send documentation comments to mdsfeedback-doc@cisco.com.

1-43

Cisco MDS 9500 Series Hardware Installation Guide

OL-17467-02

Chapter 1 Product Overview

Services Modules

LEDs on the 18/4-Port Multiservice Module

Table 1-15 describes the LEDs for the 18/4-port Multiservice module.

Ta b l e 1-15 LEDs for the Cisco MDS 9000 Family 18/4-Port Multiservice Modules

LED Status Description

Status Green All diagnostics pass. The module is operational (normal

initialization sequence).

Orange One of the following occurs or occurred:

• The module is booting or running diagnostics (normal

initialization sequence).

• The inlet air temperature of the system exceeded the

maximum system operating temperature limit (a minor

environmental warning). To ensure maximum product

life, you should immediately correct the environmental

temperature and restore the system to normal operation.

Red One of the following occurred:

• The diagnostic test failed. The module is not operational

because a fault occurred during the initialization

sequence.

• The inlet air temperature of the system exceeded the safe

operating temperature limits of the card (a major

environmental warning). The card shut down to prevent

permanent damage.

Link Solid

green

Link is up.

Solid

yellow

Link is disabled by software.

Flashing

yellow

A fault condition exists.

Off No link.

Send documentation comments to mdsfeedback-doc@cisco.com.

1-44

Cisco MDS 9500 Series Hardware Installation Guide

OL-17467-02

Chapter 1 Product Overview

Services Modules

14/2-Port Multiprotocol Services Module

The 14/2-port Multiprotocol Services (MPS-14/2) module provides 14 2-Gbps Fibre Channel

autosensing ports and two 1-Gigabit Ethernet ports for iSCSI and FCIP over Gigabit Ethernet. The

MPS-14/2 module supports the intelligent features available on other modules, including VSANs,

security, and traffic management.

The 14 2-Gbps autosensing Fibre Channel ports (labeled 1 through 14) are best used for applications

requiring high bandwidth; for example, Inter-Switch Link (ISL) connections between switches and

high-performance host or storage controllers. Each Fibre Channel port supports a sustained data rate of

up to 2 Gbps in each direction.

The Cisco 9513 supports up to seven MPS-14/2 modules. The Cisco MDS 9509 supports up to seven

MPS-14/2 modules. The Cisco MDS 9506 supports up to four MPS-14/2 modules. The two Gigabit

Ethernet ports (labeled 1 and 2) provide 1-Gbps throughput for IP services, including iSCSI and FCIP

over Gigabit Ethernet. The MPS-14/2 also supports hardware-based encryption and compression for

these Gigabit Ethernet ports. This hardware-based encryption handles the computationally intensive

IPsec feature for IP services.

The MPS-14/2 modules support FCIP compression to maximize the effective WAN bandwidth of SAN

extension solutions. It achieves up to a 30 to 1 compression ratio, with typical ratios of 2 to 1 over a wide

variety of data sources. With the addition of hardware-based compression, the MPS-14/2 module is able

to provide optimal levels of compressed throughput for implementations across low-bandwidth to

high-bandwidth links.

The Gigabit Ethernet ports on the MPS-14/2 module support the iSCSI protocol, the FCIP protocol, or

both protocols simultaneously. For information about configuring the ports, see the Cisco MDS 9000

Family CLI Configuration Guide or the Cisco MDS Family Fabric Manager Configuration Guide.

The Fibre Channel port interfaces support hot-swappable Fibre Channel SFP transceivers, which can be

short wavelength (SWL) for connectivity up to 1640 feet (500 meters), or long wavelength (LWL) for

connectivity up to 6.2 miles (10 km). All Fibre Channel interfaces are autosensing 1-Gbps or 2-Gbps

compatible. The Fibre Channel interfaces also support coarse wavelength-division multiplexing

(CWDM) SFP transceivers, which can be used for extended long wavelength (ELWL) transmission or

for CWDM. See the “Supported Transceivers” section on page 1-55.

Note Cisco MDS 9500 Series switches running Cisco MDS SAN-OS Release 2.x, 3.x, or NX-OS Release

4.1(1b) support the MPS-14/2 module.

Send documentation comments to mdsfeedback-doc@cisco.com.

1-45

Cisco MDS 9500 Series Hardware Installation Guide

OL-17467-02

Chapter 1 Product Overview

Services Modules

Figure 1-28 shows an MPS-14/2 module.

Figure 1-28 Cisco MDS 9000 Family MPS-14/2 Module

LEDs on the MPS-14/2 Module

Table 1-16 describes the LEDs for the MPS-14/2 modules.

1Status LED 4Gigabit Ethernet ports

21-Gbps/2-Gbps Fibre Channel ports 5Link LEDs

3Link LEDs (under ports, on left) and Speed LEDs

(under the ports, on the right)

6Asset tag

—SPEED LINK—

LINK-

—SPEEDLINK—

STATUS

1 56789

LINK— —SPEED

10 11 12 13 14234

LINK-

GIGABIT E THERNET

116889

1 6

2 4

3 5

Ta b l e 1-16 LEDs for the Cisco MDS 9000 Family MPS-14/2 Modules

LED Status Description

Status Green All diagnostics pass. The module is operational (normal initialization sequence).

Orange One of the following occurs or occurred:

• The module is booting or running diagnostics (normal initialization sequence).

• The inlet air temperature of the system exceeded the maximum system

operating temperature limit (a minor environmental warning). To ensure

maximum product life, you should immediately correct the environmental

temperature and restore the system to normal operation.

Red One of the following occurred:

• The diagnostic test failed. The module is not operational because a fault

occurred during the initialization sequence.

• The inlet air temperature of the system exceeded the safe operating temperature

limits of the card (a major environmental warning). The card shut down to

prevent permanent damage.

Speed On 2-Gbps mode.

Off 1-Gbps mode.

Send documentation comments to mdsfeedback-doc@cisco.com.

1-46

Cisco MDS 9500 Series Hardware Installation Guide

OL-17467-02

Chapter 1 Product Overview

Services Modules

IP Storage Services Modules

The 4-port and 8-port IP Storage services (IPS-4 and IPS-8) modules provide four or eight 1-Gigabit

Ethernet ports for iSCSI as well as FCIP over Gigabit Ethernet, and they support the intelligent features

available on other modules, including VSANs, security, and traffic management.

The IPS module ports can be configured to support the iSCSI protocol, the FCIP protocol, or both

protocols simultaneously. For information about configuring the ports, see the Cisco MDS 9000 Family

CLI Configuration Guide or the Cisco MDS Family Fabric Manager Configuration Guide.

The Fibre Channel port interfaces support hot-swappable Gigabit Ethernet SFP transceivers, which can

be short wavelength (SWL) for connectivity up to 1640 feet (500 meters), or long wavelength (LWL) for

connectivity up to 6.2 miles (10 km). The port interfaces also support coarse wavelength-division

multiplexing (CWDM) SFP transceivers, which can be used for extended long wavelength (ELWL)

transmission or for CWDM. See the “Supported Transceivers” section on page 1-55.

Figure 1-29 shows an IPS-8 services module.

Figure 1-29 Cisco MDS 9000 Family IPS-8 Services Module

Link Solid

green

Link is up.

Flashing

green

Link is up (beacon used to identify port).

Solid

yellow

Link is disabled by software.

Flashing

yellow

A fault condition exists.

Off No link.

Table 1-16 LEDs for the Cisco MDS 9000 Family MPS-14/2 Modules (continued)

LED Status Description

1Status LED 3Link LEDs

2Gigabit Ethernet ports 4Asset tag

91694

Send documentation comments to mdsfeedback-doc@cisco.com.

1-47

Cisco MDS 9500 Series Hardware Installation Guide

OL-17467-02

Chapter 1 Product Overview

Services Modules

Figure 1-30 shows the IPS-4 services module.

Figure 1-30 Cisco MDS 9000 Family IPS-4 Services Module

LEDs on IP Storage Services Modules

Table 1-17 describes the LEDs for the IPS services modules.

1Status LED 3Link LEDs

2Gigabit Ethernet ports 4Asset tag

113161

LINK LINK LINK LINK

1234

Ta b l e 1-17 LEDs for the Cisco MDS 9000 Family IPS Module

LED Status Description

Status Green All diagnostics pass. The module is operational (normal initialization sequence).

Orange One of the following occurs or occurred:

• The module is booting or running diagnostics (normal initialization

sequence).

• The inlet air temperature of the system exceeded the maximum system

operating temperature limit (a minor environmental warning). To ensure

maximum product life, you should immediately correct the environmental

temperature and restore the system to normal operation.

Red One of the following occurred:

• The diagnostic test failed. The module is not operational because a fault

occurred during the initialization sequence.

• The inlet air temperature of the system exceeded the safe operating

temperature limits of the card (a major environmental warning). The card shut

down to prevent permanent damage.

Link Solid

green

Link is up.

Flashing

green

Link is up (beacon used to identify port).

Solid

yellow

Link is disabled by software.

Flashing

yellow

A fault condition exists.

Off No link.

Send documentation comments to mdsfeedback-doc@cisco.com.

1-48

Cisco MDS 9500 Series Hardware Installation Guide

OL-17467-02

Chapter 1 Product Overview

Services Modules

32-Port Fibre Channel Advanced Services Module

The Cisco MDS 9000 Family 32-port Fibre Channel Advanced Services Module (ASM) enables pooling

of heterogeneous storage for increased storage utilization, simplified storage management, and reduced

total cost of storage ownership. The ASM incorporates all the capabilities of the Cisco MDS 9000

DS-X9032 Fibre Channel switching module and also provides scalable, in-band storage virtualization

services. The module makes it possible to allocate bandwidth optimally.

The Fibre Channel port interfaces support hot-swappable Fibre Channel SFP transceivers, which can be

short wavelength (SWL) for connectivity up to 500 meters (1640 feet), or long wavelength (LWL) for

connectivity up to 10 km (6.2 miles). All interfaces are autosensing 1-Gbps or 2-Gbps compatible. The

port interfaces also support coarse wavelength-division multiplexing (CWDM) SFP transceivers, which

can be used for extended long wavelength (ELWL) transmission or for CWDM. See the “Supported

Transceivers” section on page 1-55.

Note Cisco MDS 9509 and 9506 Directors running Cisco MDS SAN-OS Release 1.2(2a) to Release 2.1(x)

support the Fibre Channel ASM. The Cisco MDS 9513 Director does not support the ASM.

Figure 1-31 shows the Fibre Channel ASM.

Figure 1-31 Fibre Channel ASM

Each module draws power from the 42 V supplied on the backplane with local DC/DC power converters

and regulators.

The control processor on the module provides power-on, offline, and online diagnostics. The control

processor can be used to configure devices on the switching module and to gather statistical data from

each port.

The control processor monitors the DC/DC power source and temperature. The control processor signals

the supervisor module and displays an alarm on its front panel when a problem is detected.

The front panel on the services module provides basic status information, such as power-on, self-test

running, self-test passed, alarm, and ready.

The binary image for the services module is downloaded from the supervisor module. Prior to the image

download, the control processor on the switching module runs from code stored on its local

CompactFlash card. The image for an ASM can be specified using the ASM-SFN boot variable. For

details on how to specify the ASM-SFN boot variable, see the Cisco MDS 9000 Family CLI Configuration

Guide.

1Status LED 3Link and Speed LEDs

21-Gbps/2-Gbps Fibre Channel port

group

4Asset tag

94298

1 43

17 20

21 24

25 28

12 13

29 32

DS-X9032

Send documentation comments to mdsfeedback-doc@cisco.com.

1-49

Cisco MDS 9500 Series Hardware Installation Guide

OL-17467-02

Chapter 1 Product Overview

Services Modules

Note Software downloads are only necessary when a revision of the code is needed.

The supervisor module can force a reset on the services module and controls whether power is applied

to the switching module.

If a single component or a set of components on the switching module fails, this failure does not disable

another switching module if that is the only failure in the system.

Each ASM has a hardware watchdog timer to detect most component failures. The watchdog timer resets

the card if it is not serviced periodically.

LEDs on the Fibre Channel Advanced Services Modules

Table 1-18 describes the LEDs for the ASM.

Ta b l e 1-18 LEDs for the Cisco MDS 9000 Family Fibre Channel ASMs

LED Status Description

Status Green All diagnostics pass and the module is operational (normal

initialization sequence).

Orange One of the following occurs or occurred:

• The module is booting or running diagnostics (normal

initialization sequence).

• The inlet air temperature of the system exceeded the

maximum system operating temperature limit (a minor

environmental warning). To ensure maximum product life,

you should immediately correct the environmental

temperature and restore the system to normal operation.

Red One of the following occurred:

• The diagnostic test failed. The module is not operational

because a fault occurred during the initialization sequence.

• The inlet air temperature of the system exceeded the safe

operating temperature limits of the card (a major

environmental warning). The card shut down to prevent

permanent damage.

Speed On 2-Gbps mode.

Off 1-Gbps mode.

Link Solid green Link is up.

Steady flashing

green

Link is up (beacon used to identify port).

Intermittent

flashing green

Link is up (traffic on port).

Solid yellow Link is disabled by software.

Flashing yellow A fault condition exists.

Off No link.

Send documentation comments to mdsfeedback-doc@cisco.com.

1-50

Cisco MDS 9500 Series Hardware Installation Guide

OL-17467-02

Chapter 1 Product Overview

Services Modules

32-Port Fibre Channel Storage Services Module

The 32-port Fibre Channel Storage Services Module (SSM) for the Cisco MDS 9000 Family supports

up to 32 Fibre Channel ports, provides distributed intelligent storage services, and supports future

storage services.

Note Cisco MDS 9500 Series switches running Cisco MDS SAN-OS Release 2.x, 3.x, or NX-OS Release

4.1(1b) support the SSM.

The Fibre Channel ports support hot-swappable Fibre Channel SFP transceivers, which can be short

wavelength (SWL) for connectivity up to 1640 ft (500 m), or long wavelength (LWL) for connectivity

up to 6.2 miles (10 km). All interfaces are autosensing 1-Gbps/2-Gbps compatible. The ports also

support coarse wavelength-division multiplexing (CWDM) SFP transceivers, which can be used for

extended long wavelength (EWL) transmission or for CWDM. For more information about SFP

transceivers, see the “Supported Transceivers” section on page 1-55.

Figure 1-32 shows the SSM.

Figure 1-32 Cisco MDS 9000 Family Storage Services Module

Each module draws power from the 42 V supplied on the backplane with local DC/DC power converters

and regulators.

The control processor on the module provides power-on, offline, and online diagnostics. The control

processor can be used to configure devices on the switching module and to gather statistical data from

each port.

The control processor monitors the DC/DC power source and temperature. The control processor signals

the SSM and displays an alarm on its front panel when it detects a problem.

The front panel of the SSM provides basic status information, such as power-on, self-test running,

self-test passed, alarm, and ready.

The binary image for the SSM is downloaded from the supervisor module. Prior to the image download,

the control processor on the services module runs from code stored on its local CompactFlash card. The

image for an SSM can be specified using the SSI boot variable. For details on how to specify the SSI

boot variable, see the Cisco MDS 9000 Family CLI Configuration Guide.

Note Software downloads are only necessary when a revision of the code is needed.

The SSM can force a reset and control whether or not power is applied to the switching module.

1Status LED 3Link and speed LEDs

21-Gbps/2-Gbps Fibre Channel port group 4Asset tag

120094

17 20

21 24

25 28

12 13

29 32

Storage Services Module

DS-X9032

Send documentation comments to mdsfeedback-doc@cisco.com.

1-51

Cisco MDS 9500 Series Hardware Installation Guide

OL-17467-02

Chapter 1 Product Overview

Services Modules

If a single component or a set of components on the switching module fails, this failure will not disable

another switching module if that is the only failure in the system.

For the detection of most component failures, each switching module has a hardware watchdog timer

that resets the card if is not serviced periodically.

LEDs on the Storage Services Modules

Table 1-19 describes the LEDs for the Storage Services Modules.

Ta b l e 1-19 LEDs for the Cisco MDS 9000 Family Storage Services Modules

LED Status Description

Status Green All diagnostics pass. The module is operational (normal

initialization sequence).

Orange One of the following occurs or occurred:

• The module is booting or running diagnostics (normal

initialization sequence).

• The inlet air temperature of the system exceeded the

maximum system operating temperature limit (a minor

environmental warning). To assure maximum product life,

you should immediately correct the environmental

temperature and restore the system to normal operation.

Red One of the following occurred:

• The diagnostic test failed. The module is not operational

because a fault occurred during the initialization sequence.

• The inlet air temperature of the system exceeded the safe

operating temperature limits of the card (a major

environmental warning). The card shut down to prevent

permanent damage.

Speed On 2-Gbps mode.

Off 1-Gbps mode.

Link Solid green Link is healthy.

Steady flashing

green

Link is healthy and beacon is enabled.

Intermittent

flashing green

Link is up and traffic is flowing through port.

Solid yellow Link is disabled by software.

Flashing yellow A fault condition exists.

Off No link.

Send documentation comments to mdsfeedback-doc@cisco.com.

1-52

Cisco MDS 9500 Series Hardware Installation Guide

OL-17467-02

Chapter 1 Product Overview

Services Modules

Caching Services Module

The Caching Services Module (CSM) provides virtualization services that allow the Cisco MDS 9000

Family switches to reallocate physical resources as virtual resources for increased efficiency. The CSM

receives and sends data through the switch backplane. It has two disk drives, two internal batteries for

backup in case of power failure, and no external ports.

CSMs must be implemented in pairs in the fabric to provide redundancy and backup. Only two or more

CSMs in a fabric are supported. However, the CSMs do not have to be installed in the same switch.

The CSM may shut down because of the software, an external power failure, or the module separated

from the backplane while it still had power. The CSM automatically backs up the data in memory to the

disk drives and then shuts down. The CSM batteries provide adequate power to back up data without

external power.

Note The Cisco MDS 9513 does not support the CSM.

Figure 1-33 shows the CSM.

Figure 1-33 CSM

Figure 1-34 shows the location of the disk drives and batteries on the CSM.

Caution The batteries are shipped fully charged and should be handled with caution accordingly.

1Status LED 5Disk 1 Status LED

2Battery LED 6Node 2 LEDs

3Node 1 LEDs 7Node 2 Status LED

4Node 1 Status LED 8Disk 2 Status LED

91626

STATUS

DS-X9560-SMXX

BATTERY STATUS

NODE 1 NODE 2

DISK STATUS DISK

Cashing Services Module

3 6

852

1 4 7

Send documentation comments to mdsfeedback-doc@cisco.com.

1-53

Cisco MDS 9500 Series Hardware Installation Guide

OL-17467-02

Chapter 1 Product Overview

Services Modules

Figure 1-34 CSM, Internal View

See the “Installing a Switching or Services Module, Including Caching Services Modules” section on

page 2-45 for information about installing the CSM and maintaining the CSM batteries.

1Disk drive 2 3Battery 2

2Disk drive 1 4Battery 1

94038

Send documentation comments to mdsfeedback-doc@cisco.com.

1-54

Cisco MDS 9500 Series Hardware Installation Guide

OL-17467-02

Chapter 1 Product Overview

Services Modules

LEDs on the Caching Services Module

Table 1-20 describes the LEDs for the CSM.

Ta b l e 1-20 LEDs for the Cisco MDS 9000 Family CSM

LED Status Description

Status Green All diagnostics pass, and the module is operational (normal

initialization sequence).

Orange One of the following occurs or occurred:

• The module is booting or running diagnostics (normal

initialization sequence).

• The inlet air temperature of the system exceeded the

maximum system operating temperature limit (a minor

environmental warning). To ensure maximum product life,

you should immediately correct the environmental

temperature and restore the system to normal operation.

Red One of the following occurred:

• The diagnostic test failed. The module is not operational

because a fault occurred during the initialization sequence.

• The inlet air temperature of the system exceeded the safe

operating temperature limits of the card (a major

environmental warning). The card shut down to prevent

permanent damage.

Node Green Node is fully operational.

Flashing green Node is not yet part of a cluster.

Orange The module is booting or node is administratively down.

Flashing orange Node is in service mode.

Red Node failure.

Off Node does not have power.

Battery Green Battery has sufficient charge to dump cache.

Flashing green Battery is charging and has sufficient charge to dump cache.

Battery conditioning in progress.

Flashing orange Battery is charging but has insufficient charge to dump cache.

Red Battery failure or battery is charged to the extent possible but in-

sufficient to dump cache; replace CSM.

Off Battery does not have power and is not charged.

Disk Solid green Disk is operational.

Flashing orange Dumping cache to disk.

Flashing green Restoring cache from disk.

Red Disk failure.

Off Disk does not have power.

Send documentation comments to mdsfeedback-doc@cisco.com.

1-55

Cisco MDS 9500 Series Hardware Installation Guide

OL-17467-02

Chapter 1 Product Overview

Supported Transceivers

The following types of transceivers are available from Cisco and are supported on the Cisco MDS 9500

Series:

• X2 transceivers

• Fibre Channel SFP and SFP+ transceivers, in either SWL or LWL

• Combination Fibre Channel/Gigabit Ethernet SFP transceivers, in either SWL or LWL

• Combination Fibre Channel/Gigabit Ethernet CWDM SFP transceivers, which can be used for

ELWL transmission or for CWDM

• Gigabit Ethernet SFP transceiver, 1-Gbps copper

• Fibre Channel DWDM SFP transceiver, which can be used for ELWL transmission or for DWDM

Note Switches running Cisco MDS SAN-OS Release 1.x, 2.x, 3.x, or NX-OS Release 4.1(1b) support

combination Fibre Channel/Gigabit Ethernet SFP transceivers.

The transceivers are field-replaceable and hot-swappable. You can use any combination of SFP

transceivers that are supported by the switch. The only restrictions are that SWL transceivers must be

paired with SWL transceivers, and LWL transceivers with LWL transceivers, and the cable must not

exceed the stipulated cable length for reliable communications.

For more information about the X2 transceiver, see the “X2 Transceiver Specifications” section on

page D-19.

For more information about a specific Cisco SFP transceiver, see the “SFP and SFP+ Transceiver

Specifications” section on page D-22. SFP transceivers can be ordered separately or with the Cisco MDS

9500 Series.

Note Use only Cisco transceivers in the Cisco MDS 9500 Series. Each Cisco transceiver is encoded with

model information that enables the switch to verify that the transceiver meets the requirements for the

switch.

X2 Transceivers

The X2 transceiver is a small form-factor transceiver optimized for 10-Gbps applications and uses an SC

connector. The X2 transceiver is ideally suited for Ethernet, Fibre Channel and telecom switches, and

standard (PCI) peripheral component interconnect based server and storage connections. The X2

provides robust thermal performance and electromagnetic shielding.

For more information about X2 transceiver specifications, see the “X2 Transceiver Specifications”

section on page D-19.

Send documentation comments to mdsfeedback-doc@cisco.com.

1-56

Cisco MDS 9500 Series Hardware Installation Guide

OL-17467-02

Chapter 1 Product Overview

Supported Transceivers

Fibre Channel SFP Transceivers

Cisco Fibre Channel SFP transceivers are available in SWL or LWL versions. Both of these versions are

1-Gbps/2-Gbps/4-Gbps capable. Cisco Fibre Channel SFP+ transceivers are available in SWL or LWL

versions. Both of these versions are 2-Gbps/4-Gbps/8-Gbps capable.

Cisco Fibre Channel SFP transceivers have LC connectors and comply with 1-Gbps/2-Gbps/4-Gbps

Fibre Channel standards as defined in FC-PI 10.0 2. Cisco Fibre Channel SFP+ transceivers have LC

connectors and comply with 2-Gbps/4-Gbps/8-Gbps Fibre Channel standards as defined in FC-PI-4.

For more information about Fibre Channel SFP and SFP+ transceiver specifications, see the “SFP and

SFP+ Transceiver Specifications” section on page D-22.

Combination Fibre Channel/Gigabit Ethernet SFP Transceivers

The combination Fibre Channel/Gigabit Ethernet SFP transceivers from Cisco Systems are available in

SWL or LWL versions. Both of these versions are 1-Gbps/2-Gbps capable.

The combination SFP transceivers from Cisco Systems have LC connectors and comply with

1-Gbps/2-Gbps Fibre Channel as defined in FC-PI 10.0 2 and Gigabit Ethernet as defined in IEEE

802.3z.

For more information about Fibre Channel/Gigabit Ethernet SFP transceiver specifications, see the “SFP

and SFP+ Transceiver Specifications” section on page D-22.

CWDM Combination Fibre Channel/Gigabit Ethernet SFP Transceivers

The Cisco CWDM SFP transceivers have LC connectors and support Gigabit Ethernet and

1-Gbps/2-Gbps Fibre Channel. They match the wavelength plan of Cisco CWDM GBICs and Cisco

CWDM optical add/drop multiplexers (OADMs). Cisco 4-Gbps CWDM SFP transceivers are also

available.

CWDM SFP transceivers are used in the following ways:

• CWDM transmission can send and receive up to eight laser wavelengths carrying different signals

simultaneously on the same optical fiber using an OADM.

• ELWL signals can transmit over longer distances than LWL SFP transceivers.

There are eight different “colors” of CWDM SFP transceivers, one for each fixed wavelength. The

fiber-optic cables from the CWDM SFP transceivers must be connected to an OADM. The OADM

combines the wavelengths of the different outgoing signals into one composite send signal. The OADM

also separates the received transmissions into the different wavelengths and sends them to the

corresponding CWDM SFP transceiver.

For more information about CWDM SFP transceiver specifications, see the “SFP and SFP+ Transceiver

Specifications” section on page D-22.

Gigabit Ethernet SFP Transceivers

The 4-port and 8-port IP Storage services (IPS-4 and IPS-8) modules provide four or eight 1-Gigabit

Ethernet ports that support Gigabit Ethernet SFP transceivers. The Gigabit Ethernet SFP transceivers

have RJ-45 connectors and support Gigabit Ethernet (1-Gbps).

Send documentation comments to mdsfeedback-doc@cisco.com.

1-57

Cisco MDS 9500 Series Hardware Installation Guide

OL-17467-02

Chapter 1 Product Overview

Supported Transceivers

For more information about Gigabit Ethernet SFP transceiver specifications, see the “SFP and SFP+

Transceiver Specifications” section on page D-22.

DWDM Fibre Channel SFP Transceivers

The Cisco DWDM SFP transceivers have LC connectors and support 1-Gbps/2-Gbps Fibre Channel. The

DWDM SFP transceivers match the International Telecommunications Union (ITU) 100-Ghz

wavelength grid and the wavelength plan of Cisco 100-Ghz ONS product family.

DWDM SFP transceivers are used in the following ways:

• DWDM transmission can send and receive up to 32 laser wavelengths carrying different signals

simultaneously on the same optical fiber using an optical filter.

• ELWL signals can transmit over longer distances than LWL SFP transceivers.

For more information about Gigabit Ethernet SFP transceiver specifications, see the “SFP and SFP+

Transceiver Specifications” section on page D-22.

Send documentation comments to mdsfeedback-doc@cisco.com.

1-58

Cisco MDS 9500 Series Hardware Installation Guide

OL-17467-02

Chapter 1 Product Overview

Supported Transceivers

CHAPTER

Send documentation comments to mdsfeedback-doc@cisco.com.

2-1

Cisco MDS 9500 Series Hardware Installation Guide

OL-17467-02

Installing the Cisco MDS 9500 Series

This chapter describes how to install the Cisco MDS 9500 Series chassis and its components, and

includes the following information:

• Preinstallation, page 2-2

• Installing the Chassis in a Cabinet or Rack, page 2-6

• System Grounding, page 2-17

• Grounding the Chassis, page 2-23

• Starting Up the Switch, page 2-28

• Removing, Installing, and Verifying Supervisor, Switching, and Services Modules, page 2-38

• Maintaining a Caching Services Module, page 2-50

• Removing and Installing a Power Supply or PEM, page 2-51

• Removing and Installing Fan Modules, page 2-68

• Removing and Installing CompactFlash Cards, page 2-75

• Removing and Installing Clock Modules, page 2-76

Note Before you install, operate, or service the system, read the Regulatory Compliance and Safety

Information for the Cisco MDS 9000 Family for important safety information.

Warning

IMPORTANT SAFETY INSTRUCTIONS

This warning symbol indicates danger. You are in a situation that could cause physical injury. Before

you work on any equipment, be aware of the hazards involved with electrical circuitry and be familiar

with standard practices for preventing accidents. Use the statement number provided at the end of

each warning to locate its translation in the translated safety warnings that accompanied this device.

Statement 1071

SAVE THESE INSTRUCTIONS

Warning

This unit is intended for installation in restricted access areas. A restricted access area can be

accessed only through the use of a special tool, lock and key, or other means of security.

Statement 1017

Send documentation comments to mdsfeedback-doc@cisco.com.

2-2

Cisco MDS 9500 Series Hardware Installation Guide

OL-17467-02

Chapter 2 Installing the Cisco MDS 9500 Series

Preinstallation

Warning

Only trained and qualified personnel should be allowed to install, replace, or service this equipment.

Statement 1030

Warning

A readily accessible two-poled disconnect device must be incorporated in the fixed wiring.

Statement

1022

Preinstallation

This section provides the following topics:

• Installation Options, page 2-2

• Installation Guidelines, page 2-3

• Required Equipment, page 2-5

• Unpacking and Inspecting the Switch, page 2-5

Installation Options

The Cisco MDS 9513 Director can be installed using the following methods:

• In an open four-post EIA rack, using:

–

The rack-mount kit shipped with the switch

The Cisco MDS 9509 Director can be installed using the following methods:

• In an open EIA rack, using:

–

The rack-mount kit shipped with the switch

–

The telco and EIA Shelf Bracket Kit (optional and purchased separately) in addition to the

rack-mount kit shipped with the switch

• In a perforated or solid-walled EIA cabinet, using:

–

The rack-mount kit shipped with the switch

–

The telco and EIA Shelf Bracket Kit (optional and purchased separately) in addition to the

rack-mount kit shipped with the switch

• In a two-post telco rack using the rack-mount kit shipped with the switch

• In a four-post nonthreaded cabinet or rack using the optional 9500 Shelf Bracket Kit

The Cisco MDS 9506 Director can be installed using the following methods:

• In an open EIA rack, using:

–

The rack-mount kit shipped with the switch

–

The telco and EIA Shelf Bracket Kit (optional and purchased separately) in addition to the

rack-mount kit shipped with the switch

• In a perforated or solid-walled EIA cabinet, using:

–

The rack-mount kit shipped with the switch

Send documentation comments to mdsfeedback-doc@cisco.com.

2-3

Cisco MDS 9500 Series Hardware Installation Guide

OL-17467-02

Chapter 2 Installing the Cisco MDS 9500 Series

Preinstallation

–

The telco and EIA Shelf Bracket Kit (optional and purchased separately) in addition to the

rack-mount kit shipped with the switch

• In a two-post telco rack, using:

–

The rack-mount kit shipped with the switch

–

The telco and EIA Shelf Bracket Kit (optional and purchased separately) in addition to the front

brackets shipped with the switch

For instructions on installing the switch using the rack-mount kit shipped with the switch, see

the“Installing the Chassis in a Cabinet or Rack” section on page 2-6.

For instructions on installing the switch using the optional telco and EIA Shelf Bracket Kit (purchased

separately), see the “Cisco MDS 9000 Family Telco and EIA Shelf Bracket” section on page C-6.

Note The telco and EIA Shelf Bracket Kit is optional and is not provided with the switch. To order the kit,

contact your switch provider.

Note The telco and EIA Shelf Bracket Kit is not intended for use with a Cisco MDS 9513 Director or Cisco

MDS 9509 Director in a two-post telco rack.

Installation Guidelines

Follow these guidelines when installing the Cisco MDS 9500 Series:

• Plan your site configuration and prepare the site before installing the chassis. Cisco recommends

that you use the site planning tasks listed in Appendix F, “Site Planning and Maintenance Records.”

• Ensure that there is adequate space around the switch to allow for servicing the switch and for

adequate airflow (airflow requirements are listed in Appendix D, “Technical Specifications”).

• Ensure that the air-conditioning meets the heat dissipation requirements listed in Appendix D,

“Technical Specifications.”

• Ensure that the cabinet or rack meets the requirements listed in Appendix C, “Cabinet and Rack

Requirements.”

Note Jumper power cords are available for use in a cabinet. For more information, see the “Jumper Power

Cord” section on page E-11.

• Ensure that the chassis is adequately grounded. Grounding the chassis is recommended in all cases,

and is mandatory for Cisco MDS 9506 Directors that have a DC power supply installed. If the switch

is not mounted in a grounded rack or cabinet, Cisco recommends connecting the system ground on

the chassis and the power supply ground to an earth ground, regardless of whether the power

supplies are AC or DC.

• Ensure that the site power meets the power requirements listed in Appendix D, “Technical

Specifications.” You can use an uninterruptible power supply (UPS) to protect against power

failures.

Send documentation comments to mdsfeedback-doc@cisco.com.

2-4

Cisco MDS 9500 Series Hardware Installation Guide

OL-17467-02

Chapter 2 Installing the Cisco MDS 9500 Series

Preinstallation

Caution Avoid UPS types that use ferroresonant technology. These UPS types can become unstable

with systems such as the Cisco MDS 9000 Family, which can have substantial current draw

fluctuations because of fluctuating data traffic patterns.

• Ensure that circuits are sized according to local and national codes. For North America:

–

The 1900-W AC power supplies require a 20-A circuit.

–

The 1900-W DC power supplies require a 70-A circuit.

–

The 2500-W AC power supplies require a 20-A circuit.

–

The 2500-W DC power supplies require a 100-A circuit.

–

The 4000-W AC power supplies require a 30-A circuit.

–

The 6000-W AC power supplies require two 220 V inputs at 20-A circuit.

If you are using 200/240 VAC power sources in North America, the circuits must be protected by

two-pole circuit breakers.

Caution To prevent loss of input power, ensure that the total maximum loads on the circuits supplying

power are within the current ratings of the wiring and breakers.

• Record your installation and configuration information as you work. See Appendix F, “Site Planning

and Maintenance Records.”

• Use the following screw torques when installing the switch:

–

Captive screws: 4 in-lb

–

M3 screws: 4 in-lb

–

M4 screws: 12 in-lb

–

M6 screws: 20 in-lb

–

10-32 screws: 20 in-lb

–

12-24 screws: 30 in-lb

Send documentation comments to mdsfeedback-doc@cisco.com.

2-5

Cisco MDS 9500 Series Hardware Installation Guide

OL-17467-02

Chapter 2 Installing the Cisco MDS 9500 Series

Preinstallation

Required Equipment

Gather the following items before beginning the installation:

• Number 1 and number 2 Phillips screwdrivers with torque capability.

• 3/16-inch flat-blade screwdriver.

• Tape measure and level.

• ESD wrist strap or other grounding device.

• Antistatic mat or antistatic foam.

• In addition to the grounding items provided in the accessory kit, you need the following items:

–

Grounding cable (6 AWG recommended), sized according to local and national installation

requirements; the required length depends on the proximity of the Cisco MDS 9500 to proper

grounding facilities.

–

Crimping tool large enough to accommodate girth of lug.

–

Wire-stripping tool.

• For DC power supplies in a Cisco MDS 9506 Director, you need two 10-32 ring lugs for each DC

power supply.

• For the Cisco MDS 9513 Director, you need a mechanical lift to handle the weight of the chassis.

Unpacking and Inspecting the Switch

Warning

Two people are required to lift the chassis. Grasp the chassis underneath the lower edge and lift with

both hands. To prevent injury, keep your back straight and lift with your legs, not your back. To prevent

damage to the chassis and components, never attempt to lift the chassis with the handles on the

power supplies or on the interface processors, or by the plastic panels on the front of the chassis.

These handles were not designed to support the weight of the chassis.

Statement 5

Caution Use a mechanical lift to lift the MDS 9513 chassis. The Cisco MDS 9513 Director can weigh up to 375 lb

(170 kg) when fully loaded, depending on what modules populate the chassis.

Caution Cisco recommends that a third person assist whenever the chassis is being moved or lifted. The Cisco

MDS 9509 Director weighs approximately 170 lb (77 kg) when fully loaded, and the Cisco MDS 9506

Director weighs approximately 125 lb (57 kg) when fully loaded with all modules and power supplies.

Caution When handling switch components, wear an ESD strap and handle modules by the carrier edges only.

An ESD socket is provided on the chassis. For the ESD socket to be effective, the chassis must be

grounded either through the power cable, the chassis ground, or metal-to-metal contact with a grounded

rack.

Send documentation comments to mdsfeedback-doc@cisco.com.

2-6

Cisco MDS 9500 Series Hardware Installation Guide

OL-17467-02

Chapter 2 Installing the Cisco MDS 9500 Series

Installing the Chassis in a Cabinet or Rack

Tip Keep the shipping container for use when moving or shipping the chassis in the future. The shipping

carton can be flattened and stored with the pallet.

Note If you purchased this product through a Cisco reseller, contact the reseller directly for technical support.

If you purchased this product directly from Cisco Systems, contact Cisco Technical Support at this URL:

http://www.cisco.com/warp/public/687/Directory/DirTAC.shtml.

Note The switch is thoroughly inspected before shipment. If any damage occurred during transportation or

any items are missing, contact your customer service representative immediately.

To inspect the shipment, follow these steps:

Step 1 Compare the shipment to the equipment list provided by your customer service representative and ensure

that you have received all items, including the following:

• Print documentation and CD-ROMs

• Grounding lug kit

• Rack-mount kit

• ESD wrist strap

• Cables and connectors

• Any optional items ordered

Step 2 Check for damage and report any discrepancies or damage to your customer service representative. Keep

the following information ready:

• Invoice number of shipper (see packing slip)

• Model and serial number of the damaged unit

• Description of damage

• Effect of damage on the installation

Installing the Chassis in a Cabinet or Rack

This section describes how to install the Cisco MDS 9500 Series in a cabinet or rack that meets the

requirements described in this document, using the rack-mount kit provided with the switch. A separate

procedure is provided for each type of director:

• Installing the Cisco MDS 9513 Director in a Rack, page 2-7

• Installing the Cisco MDS 9509 Director in a Rack, page 2-11

• Installing the Cisco MDS 9506 Director in a Rack, page 2-15

Caution If the rack is on wheels, ensure that the brakes are engaged or that the rack is otherwise stabilized.

Send documentation comments to mdsfeedback-doc@cisco.com.

2-7

Cisco MDS 9500 Series Hardware Installation Guide

OL-17467-02

Chapter 2 Installing the Cisco MDS 9500 Series

Installing the Chassis in a Cabinet or Rack

Note You can remove the modules and other field-replaceable components to make moving and positioning

the chassis easier and safer. See the “Removing, Installing, and Verifying Supervisor, Switching, and

Services Modules” section on page 2-38 for instructions specific to the component.

Installing the Cisco MDS 9513 Director in a Rack

The 6000-W AC power supplies for the Cisco MDS 9513 Director are designed to provide an output

power for the modules and fans. Each power supply has two AC power connections and will provide

power as follows:

• One AC power connection @110 VAC = No output

• Two AC power connection @110 VAC = 2900-W output

• One AC power connection @ 220 VAC = 2900-W output

• Two AC power connection @ 220 VAC = 6000-W output

Note Power output does not include the power used by the individual modules used in the chassis.

Installation of the Cisco MDS 9513 Director in a rack requires a mechanical lift to place the chassis in

the rack. Ensure that you have access to the lift during the installation process.

Table 2-1 lists the items provided in the Cisco MDS 9513 rack-mount kit.

Note The rack-mount kit for the Cisco MDS 9513 Director includes rack-mount support brackets, which are

required for the duration of the installation and are not removable.

To install the Cisco MDS 9513 chassis in a rack using the rack-mount kit provided with the switch,

follow these steps:

Step 1 Adjust the distance between the front and rear cabinet vertical rack-mount rails to 26.56 ± 0.15 in. (67.46

cm). This step must be performed prior to installing the support rack-mount brackets.

Step 2 Position one of the support rack-mount brackets in the rack and adjust it to the depth of the cabinet rack.

Repeat this step for the other side. Use the screws to secure the brackets but do not tighten them yet.

Ta b l e 2-1 Contents for the Rack-Mount Support Bracket Kit

Quantity Part Description

2Rack-mount support bracket

2Rack-mount support bar

20 12-24 x 3/4-in. Phillips screws

20 10-32 x 3/4-in. Phillips screws

Send documentation comments to mdsfeedback-doc@cisco.com.

2-8

Cisco MDS 9500 Series Hardware Installation Guide

OL-17467-02

Chapter 2 Installing the Cisco MDS 9500 Series

Installing the Chassis in a Cabinet or Rack

Note If you are using the cable management bracket shipped with the switch, do not install the top

four screws into the front right of the bracket. However, you must install the bottom screw (see

Figure 2-1). The top four screws will be used to install the cable management bracket to the rail.

Figure 2-1 Positioning the Rack-Mount Support Brackets

Step 3 Install one rack-mount support bar into the slots located on the rack-mount support brackets. Repeat this

for the other support bar.

146035

26.56 in

Send documentation comments to mdsfeedback-doc@cisco.com.

2-9

Cisco MDS 9500 Series Hardware Installation Guide

OL-17467-02

Chapter 2 Installing the Cisco MDS 9500 Series

Installing the Chassis in a Cabinet or Rack

Figure 2-2 Positioning the Support Bars

Step 4 Once the support bars are installed, secure the rack-mount support brackets to the rack using the screws

provided.

Note If you are using the cable management bracket shipped with the switch, do not install the top

four screws to the front right side of the bracket. These will be installed after placing the cable

management bracket along that side. The bottom screw should be installed to support the front

of the rack-mount support bracket.

1Screws 3Rack-mount support bar

2Rack-mount support bracket

146034

Send documentation comments to mdsfeedback-doc@cisco.com.

2-10

Cisco MDS 9500 Series Hardware Installation Guide

OL-17467-02

Chapter 2 Installing the Cisco MDS 9500 Series

Installing the Chassis in a Cabinet or Rack

Figure 2-3 Securing the Rack-Mount Support Brackets

Step 5 Position a person at each side of the chassis and one at the mechanical lift. Place the chassis on the lift

by lifting on the top front of rear of the chassis.

Step 6 Using the mechanical lift, lift the chassis up onto the rack-mount support brackets.

Step 7 Place the rear of the chassis on the rack-mount support brackets between the front mounting rails.

Step 8 Manually slide the chassis into the rack until it rests on the crossbar and the side rack-mount brackets.

Step 9 If you are installing the optional cable management brackets, place the cable management brackets in

front of the right rack-mount brackets. Align the holes in the cable management brackets with the holes

in the front rack-mount brackets on the right and mounting rails, and then insert the screws.

Step 10 Align the holes in the front rack-mount bracket with the holes in the mounting rails and insert the 12-24

x 3/4-inch or 10-32 x 3/4-inch screws, using six screws per side. (See Figure 2-4.)

Note Use a minimum of six screws to ensure that the switch is adequately supported.

146036

Send documentation comments to mdsfeedback-doc@cisco.com.

2-11

Cisco MDS 9500 Series Hardware Installation Guide

OL-17467-02

Chapter 2 Installing the Cisco MDS 9500 Series

Installing the Chassis in a Cabinet or Rack

Figure 2-4 Installing the Cable Management Brackets on the MDS 9513 Chassis

Installing the Cisco MDS 9509 Director in a Rack

Caution If connecting a Cisco MDS 9509 Director to a 110-VAC power system, ensure that sufficient power is

provided to meet the chassis power requirements for the number of modules installed.

When connected to 220 VAC, the 2500-W AC power supplies (DS-CAC-2500W) for the Cisco MDS

9509 Director are designed to provide an output power of 2331 W to power the modules and fans. When

connected to a 110 VAC power system, the power supply provides approximately 1150 W. In this case,

and if the power supplies are used in redundant rather than combined mode, they might not provide

adequate power, depending on the number of modules loaded in the chassis.

If a 110-VAC input is chosen, a 110-VAC power cord (CAB-7513AC=) must be ordered separately.

Table 2-2 lists the items provided in the Cisco MDS 9509 rack-mount kit.

1Screws, 12-24 or 10-32 3Mounting rail

2Support bracket 4Cable guide

146038

Send documentation comments to mdsfeedback-doc@cisco.com.

2-12

Cisco MDS 9500 Series Hardware Installation Guide

OL-17467-02

Chapter 2 Installing the Cisco MDS 9500 Series

Installing the Chassis in a Cabinet or Rack

Note The rack-mount kit for the Cisco MDS 9509 Director includes side rack-mount brackets, which are

required for the duration of the installation only and can be removed once the front rack-mount brackets

are securely fastened to the rack-mounting rails.

Note The Cisco MDS 9500 Shelf Bracket Kit can be purchased as an optional shelf bracket kit for the Cisco

MDS 9509 Director. See “Cisco MDS 9500 Shelf Bracket” section on page C-13.

To install the Cisco MDS 9509 chassis in a rack using the rack-mount kit provided with the switch,

follow these steps:

Step 1 Position one of the side rack-mount brackets in the rack as shown in Figure 2-5. Secure the side

rack-mount bracket to the rack using three of the 12-24 x 3/4-inch or 10-32 x 3/4-inch screws, depending

on the type of holes in the mounting rails.

Step 2 Repeat for the second side rack-mount bracket, ensuring that the side rack-mount brackets are at the

same height.

Ta b l e 2-2 Contents of Cisco MDS 9509 Rack-Mount Kit

Quantity Part Description

3 RU shelf bracket kit

612-24 x 3/4-inch Phillips binder-head screws

610-32 x 3/4-inch Phillips binder-head screws

2M3 x 8-mm Phillips pan-head screws

2Side rack-mount brackets

1Crossbar bracket

Cable management bracket kit

2Cable management brackets

18 12-24 x 3/4-inch Phillips binder-head screws

18 10-32 x 3/4-inch Phillips binder-head screws

Send documentation comments to mdsfeedback-doc@cisco.com.

2-13

Cisco MDS 9500 Series Hardware Installation Guide

OL-17467-02

Chapter 2 Installing the Cisco MDS 9500 Series

Installing the Chassis in a Cabinet or Rack

Figure 2-5 Installing the Side Rack-Mount Brackets for the Cisco MDS 9509 Chassis

Step 3 Attach the crossbar to the back of the side rack-mount brackets using one M3 x 8-mm screw per side as

shown in Figure 2-6.

Figure 2-6 Attaching the Crossbar to the Side Rack-Mount Brackets (Rear View)

Step 4 Position a person at each side of the chassis. Grasp the chassis handle with one hand and use the other

hand near the back of the chassis for balance. Slowly lift the chassis in unison, avoiding sudden twists

or moves to prevent injury. Place the rear of the chassis on the side rack-mount brackets between the

front mounting rails, and slide it until it rests on the crossbar and the side rack-mount brackets (see

Figure 2-7).

1Side rack-mount bracket 2Screws, 12-24 or 10-32

94997

1 2 1

1Side rack-mount bracket 3Screws, M3

2Side rack-mount bracket 4Crossbar

94995

Front of rack

Send documentation comments to mdsfeedback-doc@cisco.com.

2-14

Cisco MDS 9500 Series Hardware Installation Guide

OL-17467-02

Chapter 2 Installing the Cisco MDS 9500 Series

Installing the Chassis in a Cabinet or Rack

Figure 2-7 Installing the Cisco MDS 9509 Chassis in the Rack

Step 5 If you are installing the optional cable management bracket, place the cable management bracket in front

of the front right rack-mount brackets. Align the holes in the cable management brackets with the holes

in the front rack-mount brackets and mounting rails, and then insert the screws.

Note Because the fan tray is on the left side of the chassis, Cisco recommends using only the right

side for cable management. Using the right side for cable management allows easy removal of

the fan tray if you need to replace a fan.

Step 6 Align the holes in the front rack-mount bracket with the holes in the mounting rails and insert the 12-24

x 3/4-inch or 10-32 x 3/4-inch screws (see Figure 2-8), using six screws per side.

Note Use a minimum of six screws per side to ensure that the switch is adequately supported.

90022

1Crossbar 3Side rack-mount bracket

2Mounting rail

Send documentation comments to mdsfeedback-doc@cisco.com.

2-15

Cisco MDS 9500 Series Hardware Installation Guide

OL-17467-02

Chapter 2 Installing the Cisco MDS 9500 Series

Installing the Chassis in a Cabinet or Rack

Figure 2-8 Installing the Cable Management Bracket on the MDS 9509 Chassis

Installing the Cisco MDS 9506 Director in a Rack

Table 2-3 lists the items provided in the Cisco MDS 9506 rack-mount kit. The kit contains extra M4

screws in case the front rack-mount brackets were removed from the switch and must be reinstalled.

Note The rack-mount kit for the Cisco MDS 9506 Director does not include side rack-mount brackets, because

they are not required to install the Cisco MDS 9506 Director.

1Screws, 12-24 or 10-32 3Mounting rail

2Front rack-mount bracket (behind

cable guide)

4Cable guide

99023

Send documentation comments to mdsfeedback-doc@cisco.com.

2-16

Cisco MDS 9500 Series Hardware Installation Guide

OL-17467-02

Chapter 2 Installing the Cisco MDS 9500 Series

Installing the Chassis in a Cabinet or Rack

Figure 2-9 shows the installation of a Cisco MDS 9506 director into a rack, using the cable management

bracket.

Figure 2-9 Installing the Cisco MDS 9506 Chassis in the Rack

Ta b l e 2-3 Contents of Cisco MDS 9506 Rack-Mount Kit

Quantity Part Description

14 12-24 x 3/4-in. Phillips binder-head screws

14 10-32 x 3/4-in. Phillips binder-head screws

14 M4 x 6-mm Phillips pan-head screws

2Cable management brackets

99021

1Screws, 12-24 or 10-32 3Mounting rail

2Front rack-mount bracket (behind cable

guide)

4Cable management bracket

Send documentation comments to mdsfeedback-doc@cisco.com.

2-17

Cisco MDS 9500 Series Hardware Installation Guide

OL-17467-02

Chapter 2 Installing the Cisco MDS 9500 Series

System Grounding

To install the Cisco MDS 9506 chassis in the rack using the rack-mount kit, follow these steps:

Step 1 Place all the parts and screwdrivers near the rack for easy access while attaching the switch to the rack.

Note The front rack-mount brackets are shipped installed on the switch. If they have been uninstalled,

reinstall them on the switch using the M4 x 6-mm screws.

Step 2 Position a person at each side of the chassis. Grasp the bottom of the chassis and slowly lift the chassis

in unison, avoiding sudden twists or moves to prevent injury. Insert the rear of the chassis between the

front mounting rails (see Figure 2-9), supporting the switch inside the rack until the next step is

complete.

Step 3 If you are installing the optional cable management bracket, align the holes in the cable management

bracket with the holes in the front, right rack-mount brackets and the mounting rail. Ensure that the

chassis is level, and pass the screws through the cable management brackets and front rack-mount

bracket and into the mounting rail.

Note Because the fan tray is on the left side of the chassis, Cisco recommends using only the right

side for cable management. This allows easy removal of the fan tray if you need to replace a fan.

Step 4 Align the holes in the front rack-mount bracket with the holes in the mounting rail, and ensure that the

chassis is level. Insert the 12-24 x 3/4-inch or 10-32 x 3/4-inch screws (depending on the type of holes

in the mounting rails) through the holes in the front rack-mount bracket and into the holes in the

mounting rails, using four screws per side.

Caution Use a minimum of four screws per side to ensure that the switch is adequately supported by

the front rack-mount brackets.

System Grounding

This section describes the need for system grounding and explains how to prevent damage from

electrostatic discharge.

Proper Grounding Practices

Grounding is one of the most important parts of equipment installation. Proper grounding practices

ensure that the buildings and the installed equipment within them have low-impedance connections and

low-voltage differentials between chassis. When you properly ground systems during installation, you

reduce or prevent shock hazards, equipment damage due to transients, and data corruption. Table 2-4

lists grounding best practices.

Send documentation comments to mdsfeedback-doc@cisco.com.

2-18

Cisco MDS 9500 Series Hardware Installation Guide

OL-17467-02

Chapter 2 Installing the Cisco MDS 9500 Series

System Grounding

Ta b l e 2-4 Grounding Best Practices

Environment

Electromagnetic Noise Severity

Level Grounding Recommendations

Commercial building is

subjected to direct lightning

strikes.

For example, some places in the

United States, such as Florida,

are subject to more lightning

strikes than other areas.

High All lightning protection devices

must be installed in strict

accordance with manufacturer

recommendations. Conductors

carrying lightning current

should be spaced away from

power and data lines in

accordance with applicable

recommendations and codes.

Appropriate grounding practices

must be closely followed.

Commercial building is located

in an area where lightning

storms frequently occur but is

not subject to direct lightning

strikes.

High Appropriate grounding practices

must be closely followed.

Commercial building contains a

mix of information technology

equipment and industrial

equipment, such as welding.

Medium to high Appropriate grounding practices

must be closely followed.

Existing commercial building is

not subject to natural

environmental noise or

man-made industrial noise. This

building contains a standard

office environment. This

installation has a history of

malfunction due to

electromagnetic noise.

Medium Appropriate grounding practices

must be closely followed.

Determine source and cause of

noise if possible, and mitigate as

closely as possible at the noise

source or reduce coupling from

the noise source to the victim

equipment.

New commercial building is not

subject to natural environmental

noise or man-made industrial

noise. This building contains a

standard office environment.

Low Appropriate grounding practices

should be followed as closely as

possible. Electromagnetic noise

problems are not anticipated, but

installing a best practice

grounding system in a new

building is often the least

expensive route and the best way

to plan for the future.

Existing commercial building is

not subject to natural

environmental noise or

man-made industrial noise. This

building contains a standard

office environment.

Low Appropriate grounding practices

should be followed as much as

possible. Electromagnetic noise

problems are not anticipated, but

installing a best practice

grounding system is always

recommended.

Send documentation comments to mdsfeedback-doc@cisco.com.

2-19

Cisco MDS 9500 Series Hardware Installation Guide

OL-17467-02

Chapter 2 Installing the Cisco MDS 9500 Series

System Grounding

Note In all situations, grounding practices must comply with local National Electric Code (NEC)

requirements or local laws and regulations.

Note Always ensure that all of the modules are completely installed and that the captive installation screws

are fully tightened. In addition, ensure that all I/O cables and power cords are properly seated. These

practices are normal installation practices and must be followed in all installations.

Preventing Electrostatic Discharge Damage

Electrostatic discharge (ESD) damage, which can occur when modules or other FRUs are improperly

handled, results in intermittent or complete failures. Modules consist of printed circuit boards that are

fixed in metal carriers. Electromagnetic interference (EMI) shielding and connectors are integral

components of the carrier. Although the metal carrier helps protect the board from ESD. Always wear

an ESD grounding strap when handling modules.

Follow these guidelines for preventing ESD damage:

• Always wear an ESD wrist strap and ensure that it makes maximum contact with bare skin. ESD

grounding straps are available with banana plugs, metal spring clips, or alligator clips. All MDS

9500 series chassis are equipped with a banana plug connector (identified by the ground symbol next

to the connector) somewhere on the front panel. Cisco recommends that you use a personal ESD

grounding strap equipped with a banana plug.

• If you choose to use the disposable ESD wrist strap supplied with most FRUs or an ESD wrist strap

equipped with an alligator clip, you must attach the system ground lug to the chassis in order to

provide a proper grounding point for the ESD wrist strap.

Note This system ground is also referred to as the network equipment building system (NEBS) ground.

• If your chassis does not have the system ground attached, you must install the system ground lug.

For installation instructions and location of the chassis system ground pads, see “Establishing the

System Ground” section on page 2-22.

Note You do not need to attach a supplemental system ground wire to the system ground lug; the lug provides

a direct path to the bare metal of the chassis.

After you install the system ground lug, follow these steps to correctly attach the ESD wrist strap:

Step 1 Attach the ESD wrist strap to bare skin as follows:

a. If you are using the ESD wrist strap supplied with the FRUs, open the wrist strap package and

unwrap the ESD wrist strap. Place the black conductive loop over your wrist and tighten the strap

so that it makes good contact with your bare skin.

b. If you are using an ESD wrist strap equipped with an alligator clip, open the package and remove

the ESD wrist strap. Locate the end of the wrist strap that attaches to your body and secure it to your

bare skin.

Send documentation comments to mdsfeedback-doc@cisco.com.

2-20

Cisco MDS 9500 Series Hardware Installation Guide

OL-17467-02

Chapter 2 Installing the Cisco MDS 9500 Series

System Grounding

Step 2 Grasp the spring or alligator clip on the ESD wrist strap and momentarily touch the clip to a bare metal

spot (unpainted surface) on the rack. Cisco recommends that you touch the clip to an unpainted rack rail

so that any built-up static charge is then safely dissipated to the entire rack.

Step 3 Attach either the spring clip or the alligator clip to the ground lug screw as follows (see Figure 2-10):

a. If you are using the ESD wrist strap that is supplied with the FRUs, squeeze the spring clip jaws

open, position the spring clip to one side of the system ground lug screw head, and slide the spring

clip over the lug screw head so that the spring clip jaws close behind the lug screw head.

Note The spring clip jaws do not open wide enough to fit directly over the head of the lug screw or

the lug barrel.

b. If you are using an ESD wrist strap that is equipped with an alligator clip, attach the alligator clip

directly over the head of the system ground lug screw or to the system ground lug barrel.

Send documentation comments to mdsfeedback-doc@cisco.com.

2-21

Cisco MDS 9500 Series Hardware Installation Guide

OL-17467-02

Chapter 2 Installing the Cisco MDS 9500 Series

System Grounding

Figure 2-10 Attaching the ESD Wrist Strap to the System Ground Lug Screw

c. In addition, follow these guidelines when handling modules:

–

Handle carriers by available handles or edges only; avoid touching the printed circuit boards or

connectors.

–

Place a removed component board-side-up on an antistatic surface or in a static shielding

container. If you plan to return the component to the factory, immediately place it in a static

shielding container.

1ESD ground strap 4Clip installed (behind screw)

2Clip and grounding lug 5System ground connector

3Side view of grounding lug (clip slid behind

screw)

133947

2 pt

Send documentation comments to mdsfeedback-doc@cisco.com.

2-22

Cisco MDS 9500 Series Hardware Installation Guide

OL-17467-02

Chapter 2 Installing the Cisco MDS 9500 Series

System Grounding

–

Never attempt to remove the printed circuit board from the metal carrier.

Caution For safety reasons, check the resistance value of the antistatic strap periodically. The measurement

should be between 1 and 10 megohm (Mohm).

Establishing the System Ground

This section describes how to connect a system ground to the MDS 9500 series switches.

Note This system ground is also referred to as the network equipment building system (NEBS) ground.

You must use the system (NEBS) ground on both AC- and DC-powered systems if you are installing this

equipment in a U.S. or European Central Office.

The system (NEBS) ground provides additional grounding for EMI shielding requirements and

grounding for the low-voltage supplies (DC-DC converters) on the modules and is intended to satisfy the

Telcordia Technologies NEBS requirements for supplemental bonding and grounding connections. You

must observe the following system grounding guidelines for your chassis:

• You must install the system (NEBS) ground connection with any other rack or system power ground

connections that you make. The system ground connection is required if this equipment is installed

in a U.S. or European Central Office.

• You must connect both the system (NEBS) ground connection and the power supply ground

connection to an earth ground. The system (NEBS) ground connection is required if this equipment

is installed in a U.S. or European Central Office.

• For MDS 9500 series chassis that are equipped with DC-input power supplies, you must install the

system (NEBS) ground before you attach the source DC power cables to the DC PEM. If the chassis

is powered up, you must power down the chassis before attaching the system (NEBS) ground. If you

are installing the system (NEBS) ground on models of the MDS 9500 series chassis that are

equipped with either AC-input or DC-input power supplies, you do not need to power down the

chassis.

Note The system (NEBS) ground serves as the primary safety ground for the MDS 9500 series chassis that are

equipped with DC-input PEMs. The DC-input power supplies for these chassis do not have a separate

ground.

Required Tools and Equipment

To connect the ground system, you need the following tools and materials:

• Grounding lug—A two-hole standard barrel lug. Supports up to 6 AWG wire. Supplied as part of

accessory kit.

• Grounding screws—Two M4 x 8mm (metric) pan-head screws. Supplied as part of the accessory kit.

Send documentation comments to mdsfeedback-doc@cisco.com.

2-23

Cisco MDS 9500 Series Hardware Installation Guide

OL-17467-02

Chapter 2 Installing the Cisco MDS 9500 Series

Grounding the Chassis

• Grounding wire—Not supplied as part of accessory kit. The grounding wire should be sized

according to local and national installation requirements. Depending on the power supply and

system, a 12 AWG to 6 AWG copper conductor is required for U.S. installations. Commercially

available 6 AWG wire is recommended. The length of the grounding wire depends on the proximity

of the switch to proper grounding facilities.

• No. 1 Phillips screwdriver.

• Crimping tool to crimp the grounding wire to the grounding lug.

• Wire-stripping tool to remove the insulation from the grounding wire.

Grounding the Chassis

This section describes how to connect the Cisco MDS 9500 Series to earth ground.

You must complete this procedure before connecting system power or powering up your shelf.

Warning

When installing or replacing the unit, the ground connection must always be made first and

disconnected last.

Statement 1046

Figure 2-11 shows the system ground location on the front panel of the Cisco MDS 9513 chassis.

Send documentation comments to mdsfeedback-doc@cisco.com.

2-24

Cisco MDS 9500 Series Hardware Installation Guide

OL-17467-02

Chapter 2 Installing the Cisco MDS 9500 Series

Grounding the Chassis

Figure 2-11 System Ground Location on the Cisco MDS 9513 Chassis (Front)

Figure 2-12 shows the ESD ground location on the rear panel of the Cisco MDS 9513 chassis.

1Grounding cable 4Close-up of grounding pad on switch

2Screws, M4, with square cone washers 5ESD plug

3NRTL listed grounding lug

144510

Send documentation comments to mdsfeedback-doc@cisco.com.

2-25

Cisco MDS 9500 Series Hardware Installation Guide

OL-17467-02

Chapter 2 Installing the Cisco MDS 9500 Series

Grounding the Chassis

Figure 2-12 ESD Ground Location on the Cisco MDS 9513 Chassis (Rear)

Caution All power supplies must be grounded. The receptacles of the AC power cables used to provide power to

the chassis must be the grounding type, and the grounding conductors should connect to protective earth

ground at the service equipment. For a Cisco MDS 9509 Director with a DC power supply, a grounding

cable must be connected to the terminal block. For a Cisco MDS 9506 Director with a DC power supply,

the chassis ground is required.

Figure 2-13 shows the system ground location on the Cisco MDS 9509 chassis.

1ESD plug 2ESD socket

144509

Send documentation comments to mdsfeedback-doc@cisco.com.

2-26

Cisco MDS 9500 Series Hardware Installation Guide

OL-17467-02

Chapter 2 Installing the Cisco MDS 9500 Series

Grounding the Chassis

Figure 2-13 System Ground Location on the Cisco MDS 9509 Chassis

Caution Grounding the chassis is required for Cisco MDS 9506 Directors that have DC power supplies, and Cisco

recommends grounding for all other chassis types, although the rack is already grounded. A grounding

pad with two threaded M4 holes is provided on the chassis for attaching a grounding lug. The ground

lug must be NRTL listed. In addition, copper conductor (wires) must be used and the copper conductor

must comply with the NEC code for ampacity.

Figure 2-14 shows the system ground location on the Cisco MDS 9506 chassis.

1ESD socket (on switch) 4Screws, M4, with square cone washers

2ESD plug 5NRTL listed grounding lug

3Grounding cable 6Close-up of grounding pad on switch

99270

Send documentation comments to mdsfeedback-doc@cisco.com.

2-27

Cisco MDS 9500 Series Hardware Installation Guide

OL-17467-02

Chapter 2 Installing the Cisco MDS 9500 Series

Grounding the Chassis

Figure 2-14 System Ground Location on the Cisco MDS 9506 Chassis

To attach the grounding lug and cable to the chassis, follow these steps:

Step 1 Locate the ESD socket on your chassis and attach the ESD plug.

Step 2 Use a wire-stripping tool to remove approximately 0.75 inches (19 mm) of the covering from the end of

the grounding cable.

Step 3 Insert the stripped end of the grounding cable into the grounding lug.

Step 4 Use the crimping tool to secure the grounding cable in the grounding lug.

Step 5 Remove the adhesive label from the grounding pad on the chassis.

Step 6 Place the grounding lug against the grounding pad so that there is solid metal-to-metal contact, and insert

the two M4 screws with washers through the holes in the grounding lug and into the grounding pad.

Ensure that the lug and cable do not interfere with other equipment.

Step 7 Prepare the other end of the grounding cable and connect it to an appropriate grounding point in your

site to ensure adequate earth ground.

1ESD socket (on switch) 4Screws, M4, with square cone washers

2ESD plug 5NRTL listed grounding lug

3Grounding cable 6Close-up of grounding pad on switch

99269

Send documentation comments to mdsfeedback-doc@cisco.com.

2-28

Cisco MDS 9500 Series Hardware Installation Guide

OL-17467-02

Chapter 2 Installing the Cisco MDS 9500 Series

Starting Up the Switch

This section provides the following information:

• Connecting the Power Supplies, page 2-28

• Powering Up the Switch and Verifying Component Installation, page 2-36

Warning

Hazardous voltage or energy is present on the backplane when the system is operating. Use caution

when servicing.

Statement 1034

Caution During this procedure, wear grounding wrist straps to avoid ESD damage to the switch.

Note The 2500-W (DS-CAC-2500W) power supplies provide power according to the input voltage. If they are

in redundant rather than combined mode at 110 VAC, they may be unable to provide adequate power to

all modules present in the system. See Appendix D, “Technical Specifications.”

Connecting the Power Supplies

The Cisco MDS 9513 Director uses a 6000-W power supply. The 6000-W AC power supplies for the

Cisco MDS 9513 Director are designed to provide an output power for the modules and fans. Each power

supply has two AC power connections and will provide power as follows:

• One AC power connection @110 VAC = No output

• Two AC power connection @110 VAC = 2900-W output

• One AC power connection @ 220 VAC = 2900-W output

• Two AC power connection @ 220 VAC = 6000-W output

Note Power output does not include the power used by the individual modules used in the chassis.

The Cisco MDS 9509 Director and Cisco MDS 9506 Director support both AC and DC power supplies.

The Cisco MDS 9506 Director uses power entry modules (PEMs) to provide power to its power supplies,

whether they are AC or DC (there is no power connector on the power supplies). The left PEM (as viewed

from the front of the switch) provides power to the upper power supply in the back of the Cisco MDS

9506 Director, and the right PEM provides power to the lower power supply.

This section provides the following topics:

• Providing Power to an AC Power Supply for the Cisco MDS 9513 Director, page 2-29

• Providing Power to an AC Power Supply for the Cisco MDS 9509 and Cisco MDS 9506 Directors,

page 2-30

• Providing Power to a DC Power Supply in the Cisco MDS 9509 Director, page 2-33

• Providing Power to a DC Power Supply in the Cisco MDS 9506 Director, page 2-34

Send documentation comments to mdsfeedback-doc@cisco.com.

2-29

Cisco MDS 9500 Series Hardware Installation Guide

OL-17467-02

Chapter 2 Installing the Cisco MDS 9500 Series

Starting Up the Switch

Providing Power to an AC Power Supply for the Cisco MDS 9513 Director

To provide power to an AC power supply in a Cisco MDS 9513 Director, follow these steps:

Step 1 Plug the power cable into the power supply, and tighten the screw on the cable retention device to ensure

that the cable cannot be pulled out. Each power supply has two AC power connections (as shown in

Figure 2-15).

Figure 2-15 Cable Retention on the Power Supply

Step 2 Connect the other end of the power cable to an AC power source.

Step 3 Turn the power switch to the on (|) position on the power supply.

Step 4 Verify power supply operation by checking that the power supply LEDs are in the following states:

• INPUT OK LEDs are green.

• FAN OK LEDs are green.

• OUTPUT FAIL LED is off.

See Table 1-2 on page 1-11 for power supply LED details.

1Power switch 2Cable retention

2 2

144528

Send documentation comments to mdsfeedback-doc@cisco.com.

2-30

Cisco MDS 9500 Series Hardware Installation Guide

OL-17467-02

Chapter 2 Installing the Cisco MDS 9500 Series

Starting Up the Switch

Providing Power to an AC Power Supply for the Cisco MDS 9509 and Cisco MDS 9506 Directors

The basic procedure for providing power to an AC power supply is the same for both a Cisco MDS 9509

Director and a Cisco MDS 9506 Director.

Figure 2-16 shows a 2500-W AC power supply for the Cisco MDS 9509 Director.

Figure 2-16 2500-W AC Power Supply for the Cisco MDS 9509 Director

Figure 2-17 shows a 4000-W AC power supply for the Cisco MDS 9509 Director.

1AC power connection 4Captive screws

2Power cable retainer 5Power supply LEDs

3Power supply switch

94992

INPUT

FAN

OUTPUT

FAIL

Send documentation comments to mdsfeedback-doc@cisco.com.

2-31

Cisco MDS 9500 Series Hardware Installation Guide

OL-17467-02

Chapter 2 Installing the Cisco MDS 9500 Series

Starting Up the Switch

Figure 2-17 4000-W AC Power Supply for the Cisco MDS 9509 Director

Caution The following applies to AC power supplies on the Cisco MDS 9506 only:

The DS-C9506 equipment is suitable for use on TN power systems and the IT-power system connection

of Norway (max 230-V phase-phase). If connected to a 230- or 400-V IT power system, beware of

high-leakage current. Earth connection is essential before connecting power supply.

Figure 2-18 shows an AC PEM for a Cisco MDS 9506 Director.

Figure 2-18 AC PEM for Cisco MDS 9506 Director

1AC power connection 4Power supply switch

2Power supply LEDs 5Permanent power cable

3Captive screws

99370

INPUT

FAN

OUTPUT

FAIL

1Captive screws 3AC power connection

2PEM switch

94981

1 12 3

Send documentation comments to mdsfeedback-doc@cisco.com.

2-32

Cisco MDS 9500 Series Hardware Installation Guide

OL-17467-02

Chapter 2 Installing the Cisco MDS 9500 Series

Starting Up the Switch

Figure 2-19 shows a power supply for a Cisco MDS 9506 Director. The power supply has no power

connector. The power connector is provided on the PEM. The AC and DC power supplies are similar in

appearance except for the label, which indicates whether it is AC or DC.

Figure 2-19 Power Supply for Cisco MDS 9506 Director

To provide power to an AC power supply in a Cisco MDS 9509 Director or a Cisco MDS 9506 Director,

follow these steps:

Step 1 Plug the power cable into the switch as follows:

• For the Cisco MDS 9509 Director, plug the power cable into the power supply and tighten the screw

on the power cable retainer to ensure that the cable cannot be pulled out.

Note The 4000-W AC power supply for the Cisco MDS 9509 Director has a permanent power cable

attached.

• For the Cisco MDS 9506 Director, plug the power cable into the AC PEM on the front of the chassis.

Step 2 Connect the other end of the power cable to a power source.

Note Depending on the outlet receptacle on your power distribution unit, you may need the optional

jumper power cord to connect the Cisco MDS 9500 Series director to your outlet receptacle. See

the “Jumper Power Cord” section on page E-11.

1Power supply LEDs 2Captive screws

INPUT OK

FAN OK

OUTPUT FAIL

94996

Send documentation comments to mdsfeedback-doc@cisco.com.

2-33

Cisco MDS 9500 Series Hardware Installation Guide

OL-17467-02

Chapter 2 Installing the Cisco MDS 9500 Series

Starting Up the Switch

Providing Power to a DC Power Supply in the Cisco MDS 9509 Director

Warning

Before performing any of the following procedures, ensure that power is removed from the DC circuit.

Statement 1003

Warning

When installing or replacing the unit, the ground connection must always be made first and

disconnected last.

Statement 1046

For more information on DC power supply for the MDS 9509 Director, see the “System Grounding”

section on page 2-17.

Figure 2-20 shows the 2500-W DC power supply.

Figure 2-20 2500-W DC Power Supply for the Cisco MDS 9509 Director

Note Use 90-degree C fine-stranded copper conductors for North American installations.

To provide power to a DC power supply in a Cisco MDS 9509 Director, follow these steps:

Step 1 Ensure that all power is off. Locate the circuit breaker on the panel board that services the DC circuit.

Switch the circuit breaker to the off position, and then tape the switch handle of the circuit breaker in

the off position.

1Terminal block cover 4Power supply switch

2Power supply LEDs 5Terminal block

3Captive screw

99360

INPUT

FAN

OUTPUT

FAIL

Send documentation comments to mdsfeedback-doc@cisco.com.

2-34

Cisco MDS 9500 Series Hardware Installation Guide

OL-17467-02

Chapter 2 Installing the Cisco MDS 9500 Series

Starting Up the Switch

Step 2 Ensure that the system (earth) ground connection is made. See the “System Grounding” section on

page 2-17.

Step 3 Turn the power switch on the power supply to off (0).

Step 4 Unfasten the two screws securing the terminal block cover and pull the cover off the terminal block.

Step 5 Connect the DC power cables to the terminal block as follows:

a. Identify the ground, negative, and positive DC cables and verify that all are copper and sized per

local and national installation requirements.

b. Strip the cable ends to allow for metal-to-metal contact.

c. Loosen the screws in the terminal block and connect the DC power cables to the terminal block in

the following order:

–

Ground

–

Negative (-)

–

Positive (+)

Caution The DC return connection (Negative (-)) to this system is to remain isolated from the system

frame and chassis (DC-I). Loosen the captive screw on the power supply.

Warning

When installing or replacing the unit, the ground connection must always be made first and

disconnected last.

Statement 1046

d. Secure the cables in place by tightening the terminal block screws.

e. Replace the terminal block cover and fasten the two screws attaching it to the chassis.

Caution To prevent a short circuit or shock hazard after wiring the DC power supply, reinstall the

terminal block cover before restoring power to the DC circuit.

Step 6 If a second DC power supply is installed, repeat the procedure for the other power supply, using a

separate power source to provide redundancy in case of a line failure and ensuring the related circuit is

off.

Caution Leave the power to the DC circuit off until you are ready to provide power to the switch.

Step 7 If there are no other DC power cables to connect and you are ready to power the switch on, restore power

to the DC circuit by removing the tape from the circuit breaker handle and flipping the handle to on.

Providing Power to a DC Power Supply in the Cisco MDS 9506 Director

Warning

Before performing any of the following procedures, ensure that power is removed from the DC circuit.

Statement 1003

Send documentation comments to mdsfeedback-doc@cisco.com.

2-35

Cisco MDS 9500 Series Hardware Installation Guide

OL-17467-02

Chapter 2 Installing the Cisco MDS 9500 Series

Starting Up the Switch

Warning

When installing or replacing the unit, the ground connection must always be made first and

disconnected last.

Statement 1046

For more information on DC power supply in the MDS 9506 Director, see the “System Grounding”

section on page 2-17.

Figure 2-21 shows the location of the terminal block screws and how to insert the lugs through the holes

in the front of the PEM to connect them to the screws.

Figure 2-21 DC PEM for a Cisco MDS 9506 Director

Note Use 90-degree C fine-stranded copper conductors for North American installations.

To provide power to a DC power supply in a Cisco MDS 9506 Director, follow these steps:

Step 1 Ensure that all power to the DC circuit is off by locating the circuit breaker on the panel board that

services the DC circuit. Switch the circuit breaker to the off position, and tape the switch handle of the

circuit breaker in the off position.

Step 2 Ensure that the system (earth) ground connection is made. See the “System Grounding” section on

page 2-17.

Step 3 Loosen the captive screws on the DC PEM and pull the PEM partially out of the chassis to provide access

to the PEM terminal block screws.

Step 4 Connect the positive and negative DC cables to the DC PEM using a 10-32 ring lug for each cable, as

follows:

a. Identify the positive and negative DC cables and ensure that both are copper and sized per local and

national installation requirements.

1Terminal block screws (+ and -) 4Exposed portion of positive cable

2Captive screw 5Insulated portion of negative cable

3Ring lug

99293

( ) ( )

( )

Send documentation comments to mdsfeedback-doc@cisco.com.

2-36

Cisco MDS 9500 Series Hardware Installation Guide

OL-17467-02

Chapter 2 Installing the Cisco MDS 9500 Series

Starting Up the Switch

b. Strip the cable ends to allow for metal-to-metal contact. Insert each cable into a separate ring lug,

and crimp the lugs around the cables.

c. Insert each cable and lug into the appropriate hole in the front of the PEM and fasten the lugs to the

appropriate terminal block screws in the following order:

–

Negative (-)

–

Positive (+)

d. Secure the cables in place by tightening the terminal block screws.

Step 5 Ensure that all cable connections are secure before sliding the PEM back into the chassis, and then

tighten the captive screws.

Caution The DC return connection (Negative (-)) to this system is to remain isolated from the system

frame and chassis (DC-I). Loosen the captive screw on the power supply.

Warning

When installing or replacing the unit, the ground connection must always be made first and

disconnected last.

Statement 1046

Step 6 If a second DC power supply is installed, repeat the procedure for the other DC PEM, using a separate

power source to provide redundancy in case of a line failure, and ensuring the related circuit is off.

Caution Leave the power to the DC circuits off until you are ready to provide power to the switch.

Step 7 If there are no other DC power cables to connect and you are ready to power the switch on, restore power

to the DC circuit by removing the tape from the circuit breaker handle and flipping the handle to on.

Powering Up the Switch and Verifying Component Installation

Warning

Blank faceplates and cover panels serve three important functions: they prevent exposure to

hazardous voltages and currents inside the chassis; they contain electromagnetic interference (EMI)

that might disrupt other equipment; and they direct the flow of cooling air through the chassis. Do not

operate the system unless all cards, faceplates, front covers, and rear covers are in place.

Statement

1029

Note Do not connect the MGMT 10/100 Ethernet port to the LAN until the initial switch configuration has

been performed. For instructions on configuring the switch, see the Cisco MDS 9000 Family CLI

Configuration Guide or the Cisco MDS 9000 Family Fabric Manager Configuration Guide.

For instructions on connecting to the console port, see the “Connecting to the Console Port” section on

page B-2).

Send documentation comments to mdsfeedback-doc@cisco.com.

2-37

Cisco MDS 9500 Series Hardware Installation Guide

OL-17467-02

Chapter 2 Installing the Cisco MDS 9500 Series

Starting Up the Switch

To power up the switch and verify hardware operation, follow these steps:

Step 1 Verify that the faceplates of all modules are flush with the front of the chassis, and the ejector levers are

fully closed and approximately parallel to the faceplate of the module.

Step 2 Verify that any empty module slots have filler panels installed.

Step 3 Verify that both power supplies and the fan module are installed.

Step 4 If any optional CompactFlash cards are installed, verify that the ejector button is popped out.

Step 5 Check the captive screws of the power supplies, fan module, and all supervisor, switching, or services

modules, and tighten any loose captive screws.

Step 6 Ensure that the switch is adequately grounded as described in the “System Grounding” section on

page 2-17, and that the power cables are connected to outlets that have the required AC or DC power

voltages. See Appendix D, “Technical Specifications,” for the required voltages.

Step 7 Power on the switch by turning the power switches on the power supplies or PEMs to the on (|) position

or restoring power to the DC circuit, as required. The switch boots automatically.

Step 8 Listen for the fans; they should begin operating as soon as the switch is powered on.

Caution Do not operate the switch without a functioning fan module except during the brief fan module

replacement procedure. The Cisco MDS 9000 Family switches can operate for only a few

minutes without a functioning fan module before they begin to overheat.

Step 9 After the switch has finished booting, verify that the LED behavior is as follows:

• Fan module: Status LED is green.

• Power supplies:

–

Input OK LED is green.

–

Fan OK LED is green.

–

Output Fail LED is off.

• Supervisor, switching, or services modules:

–

The System LED on the supervisor module is green, indicating that all chassis environmental

monitors are reporting that the system is operational. If this LED is orange or red, then one or

more environmental monitor is reporting a problem.

–

The Status LED on the switching or services modules flashes orange once, remains orange

during diagnostic boot tests, then turns green when the module is operational (online). If the

system software cannot start up, this LED remains orange or turns red.

Note The LEDs for the Fibre Channel ports remain orange until the ports are enabled, and the

LED for the MGMT 10/100 Ethernet port remains off until the port is connected.

If any LEDs other than the Fibre Channel port LEDs remain orange or red after the initial boot processes

are complete, see Appendix D, “Technical Specifications.”

Step 10 If a component is not operating correctly, try removing and reinstalling it. If it still does not operate

correctly, contact your customer service representative for a replacement.

Send documentation comments to mdsfeedback-doc@cisco.com.

2-38

Cisco MDS 9500 Series Hardware Installation Guide

OL-17467-02

Chapter 2 Installing the Cisco MDS 9500 Series

Removing, Installing, and Verifying Supervisor, Switching, and Services Modules

Note If you purchased this product through a Cisco reseller, contact the reseller directly for technical

support. If you purchased this product directly from Cisco Systems, contact Cisco Technical

Support at this URL: http://www.cisco.com/warp/public/687/Directory/DirTAC.shtml.

Step 11 Verify that the system software has booted and the switch has initialized without error messages. If any

problems occur, see the Cisco MDS 9000 Family Troubleshooting Guide or the Cisco MDS 9000 Family

System Messages Reference. If you cannot resolve an issue, contact your customer service

representative.

Step 12 Complete the worksheets provided in Appendix F, “Site Planning and Maintenance Records,” for future

reference.

Note A setup utility automatically launches the first time you access the switch and guides you

through the basic configuration. For instructions about how to configure the switch and check

module connectivity, see the Cisco MDS 9000 Family CLI Configuration Guide or the Cisco

MDS 9000 Family Fabric Manager Configuration Guide.

Removing, Installing, and Verifying Supervisor, Switching, and

Services Modules

This section provides the following information:

• Removing Supervisor Modules, page 2-39

• Installing Supervisor Modules, page 2-40

• Removing a Caching Services Module, page 2-44

• Removing Other Switching and Services Modules, page 2-45

• Installing a Switching or Services Module, Including Caching Services Modules, page 2-45

• Verifying Installation of Supervisor, Switching, and Services Modules, page 2-46

• Removing and Installing a Crossbar Module, page 2-47

Warning

Invisible laser radiation may be emitted from disconnected fibers or connectors. Do not stare into

beams or view directly with optical instruments.

Statement 1051

Warning

Use of controls, adjustments, or performing procedures other than those specified may result in

hazardous radiation exposure.

Statement 1057

Warning

Hazardous voltage or energy is present on the backplane when the system is operating. Use caution

when servicing.

Statement 1034

Send documentation comments to mdsfeedback-doc@cisco.com.

2-39

Cisco MDS 9500 Series Hardware Installation Guide

OL-17467-02

Chapter 2 Installing the Cisco MDS 9500 Series

Removing, Installing, and Verifying Supervisor, Switching, and Services Modules

Caution To prevent ESD damage, wear grounding wrist straps during these procedures and handle modules by

the carrier edges only.

Note Install the Cisco MDS 9500 Series chassis in the rack before installing modules. See the “Installing the

Chassis in a Cabinet or Rack” section on page 2-6.

Note In systems with redundant supervisor modules, you can replace the faulty supervisor while the system

is operating, provided that one supervisor is always operating.

Removing Supervisor Modules

To remove a Supervisor-1 or Supervisor-2 module from the chassis, follow these steps:

Step 1 Shut down the crossbar switching fabric functionality in the supervisor module of the Cisco MDS 9509

and 9506 Directors by using the out-of-service module slot command (where slot refers to the slot

number for the Supervisor-1 or Supervisor-2 module where the integrated crossbar is located).

Step 2 Upload the current configuration to a server if the switch has only one supervisor module. For

information about the correct command, see the Cisco MDS 9000 Family CLI Configuration Guide.

Step 3 Fail over to the standby supervisor if the switch has two supervisor modules and the supervisor you are

removing is currently active. For information on how to fail over a supervisor module, see the

Cisco MDS 9000 Family CLI Configuration Guide.

Step 4 Disconnect any network interface cables attached to the module.

Step 5 Loosen the two captive screws on the module being removed.

Step 6 Remove the module from the chassis as follows:

a. Place your thumbs on the left and right ejector levers and simultaneously rotate the levers outward

to unseat the module from the backplane connector.

b. Grasp the front edge of the module and slide the module partially out of the slot. Place your other

hand under the module to support the weight of the module. Do not touch the module circuitry.

Step 7 Place the module on an antistatic mat or antistatic foam, or immediately reinstall it in another slot.

Step 8 Install a filler panel on an empty slot to keep the chassis dust-free and to maintain proper airflow through

the chassis.

Warning

Blank faceplates and cover panels serve three important functions: they prevent exposure

to hazardous voltages and currents inside the chassis; they contain electromagnetic

interference (EMI) that might disrupt other equipment; and they direct the flow of cooling

air through the chassis. Do not operate the system unless all cards, faceplates, front covers,

and rear covers are in place.

Statement 1029

Send documentation comments to mdsfeedback-doc@cisco.com.

2-40

Cisco MDS 9500 Series Hardware Installation Guide

OL-17467-02

Chapter 2 Installing the Cisco MDS 9500 Series

Removing, Installing, and Verifying Supervisor, Switching, and Services Modules

Installing Supervisor Modules

In a Cisco MDS 9513 Director, slots 7 and 8 are reserved for the Supervisor-2 modules. In the Cisco

MDS 9509 Director, slot 5 is reserved for the Supervisor-2 or Supervisor-1 module. In the Cisco MDS

9506 Director, slot 5 is reserved for the Supervisor-1 module. Slot 6 in the Cisco MDS 9509 and 9506

Directors is reserved for an additional redundant supervisor module in case the supervisor module in

slot 5 fails. See Figure 1-3 on page 1-6 and Figure 1-4 on page 1-7 for slot locations.

Supervisor-1 modules and Supervisor-2 modules cannot be used in the same switch, except for migration

purposes. Both the active and standby supervisor modules must be of the same type, either Supervisor-1

or Supervisor-2 modules. For Cisco MDS 9513 Directors, both supervisor modules must be Supervisor-2

modules.

Step 1 Before installing any modules in the chassis, Cisco recommends installing the chassis in the rack. See

the “Installing the Chassis in a Cabinet or Rack” section on page 2-6.

Step 2 Verify that there is enough clearance to accommodate any cables or interface equipment that you want

to connect to the module.

Step 3 Verify that the captive screws are tightened to 8 in-lb on all modules already installed in the chassis. This

ensures that the EMI gaskets are fully compressed and maximizes the opening space for the module

being installed.

Step 4 If a filler panel is installed, remove the two Phillips pan-head screws from the filler panel and remove

the panel. To remove a currently installed module, see the “Removing Other Switching and Services

Modules” section on page 2-45.

Step 5 Open both the ejector levers on the new or replacement module completely. (See Figure 2-22.)

Send documentation comments to mdsfeedback-doc@cisco.com.

2-41

Cisco MDS 9500 Series Hardware Installation Guide

OL-17467-02

Chapter 2 Installing the Cisco MDS 9500 Series

Removing, Installing, and Verifying Supervisor, Switching, and Services Modules

Figure 2-22 Positioning a Module in the Chassis

Step 6 Position the module in the chassis as follows:

a. Slide the module carefully into the slot until the EMI gasket along the top edge of the module

contacts the module in the slot above it and both ejector levers close to approximately 45 degrees

with respect to the front of the module (see Figure 2-23).

1Slot guides 3EMI Gasket

2EMI Gasket 4Ejector level (fully extended)

94987

1 2

Send documentation comments to mdsfeedback-doc@cisco.com.

2-42

Cisco MDS 9500 Series Hardware Installation Guide

OL-17467-02

Chapter 2 Installing the Cisco MDS 9500 Series

Removing, Installing, and Verifying Supervisor, Switching, and Services Modules

Figure 2-23 Clearing the EMI Gasket

b. Grasp the two ejector levers using the thumb and forefinger of each hand, and press down to create

a small 0.040-inch (1-mm) gap between the module’s EMI gasket and the module above it. (See

Figure 2-24.)

91690

1mm Amount of gap

between the

module EMI

gasket and the

module above it

SWITCH FABIRD MDL

WS-C6500-SFM

Press down gently

Send documentation comments to mdsfeedback-doc@cisco.com.

2-43

Cisco MDS 9500 Series Hardware Installation Guide

OL-17467-02

Chapter 2 Installing the Cisco MDS 9500 Series

Removing, Installing, and Verifying Supervisor, Switching, and Services Modules

Figure 2-24 Closing the Ejector Levers

Caution Do not press down too forcefully on the levers because they can bend.

c. While pressing down, simultaneously close the left and right ejector levers to fully seat the

supervisor module or switching module in the backplane connector. The ejector levers are fully

closed when they are flush with the front of the module.

Note Ensure the ejector levers are fully closed before tightening the captive screws. Failure to fully

seat the module in the backplane connector can result in error messages.

d. Tighten the two captive screws on the supervisor module or switching module to 8 in-lb.

Step 7 If you replaced the standby supervisor module in a switch that has two supervisors and is running Cisco

MDS SAN-OS Release 1.2(2a) or earlier, enable the automatic synchronization feature, which is

disabled by default. For information about the auto-sync option, see the Cisco MDS 9000 Family CLI

Configuration Guide.

Step 8 If you replaced the supervisor in a switch that does not have a second supervisor or is running Cisco

MDS SAN-OS Release 1.3(1) or later or NX-OS Release 4.1(1b), download the configuration from the

server to the nonvolatile memory of the supervisor. For more information, see the Cisco MDS 9000

Family CLI Configuration Guide.

Ejector levers flush

with module faceplate

99331

Send documentation comments to mdsfeedback-doc@cisco.com.

2-44

Cisco MDS 9500 Series Hardware Installation Guide

OL-17467-02

Chapter 2 Installing the Cisco MDS 9500 Series

Removing, Installing, and Verifying Supervisor, Switching, and Services Modules

Removing a Caching Services Module

Note A minimum of two CSMs in each fabric are required for redundancy and data backup.

Warning

Do not touch or bridge the metal contacts on the battery. Unintentional discharge of the batteries can

cause serious burns.

Statement 341

Warning

Ultimate disposal of this product should be handled according to all national laws and regulations.

Statement 1040

Caution Wait for all LEDs to turn off before removing the module from the chassis. If the LEDs are on, the

module still has power.

To remove a CSM module from the chassis, follow these steps:

Step 1 Power off the module from the CLI. For information about the correct command to use, see the

Cisco MDS 9000 Family CLI Configuration Guide.

Step 2 Ensure that the backup process has completed by verifying that all LEDs on the module have turned off.

This requires up to 10 minutes.

Step 3 Loosen the two captive screws on the module.

Step 4 Remove the module from the chassis as follows:

a. Place your thumbs on the left and right ejector levers (shown in Figure 2-22 on page 2-41) and

simultaneously rotate the levers outward to unseat the module from the backplane connector.

b. Grasp the front edge of the module and slide the module partially out of the slot. Place your other

hand under the module to support the weight of the module. Do not touch the module circuitry.

Step 5 Place the module on an antistatic mat or antistatic foam if not immediately reinstalling it in another slot.

Step 6 If the slot will remain empty, install a filler panel to keep the chassis dust-free and to maintain consistent

airflow.

Warning

Blank faceplates and cover panels serve three important functions: they prevent exposure to

hazardous voltages and currents inside the chassis; they contain electromagnetic interference (EMI)

that might disrupt other equipment; and they direct the flow of cooling air through the chassis. Do not

operate the system unless all cards, faceplates, front covers, and rear covers are in place.

Statement

1029

Send documentation comments to mdsfeedback-doc@cisco.com.

2-45

Cisco MDS 9500 Series Hardware Installation Guide

OL-17467-02

Chapter 2 Installing the Cisco MDS 9500 Series

Removing, Installing, and Verifying Supervisor, Switching, and Services Modules

Removing Other Switching and Services Modules

To remove a switching or services module from the chassis, follow these steps:

Step 1 Disconnect any network interface cables attached to the module.

Step 2 Loosen the two captive screws on the module being removed.

Step 3 Remove the module from the chassis as follows:

a. Place your thumbs on the left and right ejector levers and simultaneously rotate the levers outward

to unseat the module from the backplane connector.

b. Grasp the front edge of the module and slide the module partially out of the slot. Place your other

hand under the module to support the weight of the module. Do not touch the module circuitry.

Step 4 Place the module on an antistatic mat or antistatic foam, or immediately reinstall it in another slot.

Step 5 If the slot will remain empty, install a filler panel to keep the chassis dust-free and to maintain proper

airflow through the chassis.

Warning

Blank faceplates and cover panels serve three important functions: they prevent exposure

to hazardous voltages and currents inside the chassis; they contain electromagnetic

interference (EMI) that might disrupt other equipment; and they direct the flow of cooling

air through the chassis. Do not operate the system unless all cards, faceplates, front covers,

and rear covers are in place.

Statement 1029

Installing a Switching or Services Module, Including Caching Services

Modules

The following warning applies only to the Caching Services Module:

Warning

Do not touch or bridge the metal contacts on the battery. Unintentional discharge of the batteries can

cause serious burns.

Statement 341

To install a switching or services module in the chassis, follow these steps:

Step 1 Before installing any modules in the chassis, Cisco recommends installing the chassis in the rack. See

the “Installing the Chassis in a Cabinet or Rack” section on page 2-6.

Step 2 Before installing any switching modules, install at least one supervisor module.

Step 3 Choose a slot for the module and verify that there is enough clearance to accommodate any cables or

interface equipment that you want to connect to the module. If possible, place modules between empty

slots that contain filler panels.

Step 4 Verify that the captive screws are tightened to 8 in-lb on all modules already installed in the chassis. This

ensures that the EMI gaskets are fully compressed and maximizes the opening space for the module

being installed.

Send documentation comments to mdsfeedback-doc@cisco.com.

2-46

Cisco MDS 9500 Series Hardware Installation Guide

OL-17467-02

Chapter 2 Installing the Cisco MDS 9500 Series

Removing, Installing, and Verifying Supervisor, Switching, and Services Modules

Step 5 If a filler panel is installed, remove the two Phillips pan-head screws from the filler panel and remove

the panel. To remove a currently installed module, see the “Removing Other Switching and Services

Modules” section on page 2-45.

Step 6 Open both the ejector levers on the new or replacement module completely. (See Figure 2-22.)

Step 7 Position the module in the chassis as follows:

a. Position the module in the slot. Ensure that you align the sides of the module carrier with the slot

guides on each side of the slot.

b. Slide the module carefully into the slot until the EMI gasket along the top edge of the module

contacts the module in the slot above it and both ejector levers close to approximately 45 degrees

with respect to the front of the module. (See Figure 2-23.)

c. Grasp the two ejector levers using the thumb and forefinger of each hand, and press down to create

a small 0.040-inch (1-mm) gap between the module’s EMI gasket and the module above it. (See

Figure 2-24.)

Caution Do not press down too forcefully on the levers because they can bend.

d. While pressing down, simultaneously close the left and right ejector levers to fully seat the

supervisor module or switching module in the backplane connector. The ejector levers are fully

closed when they are flush with the front of the module.

Note Ensure the ejector levers are fully closed before tightening the captive screws. Failure to fully

seat the module in the backplane connector can result in error messages.

e. Tighten the two captive screws on the supervisor module or switching module to 8 in-lb.

Step 8 If you replaced the standby supervisor module in a switch that has two supervisors and is running Cisco

MDS SAN-OS Release 1.2(2a) or earlier, enable the automatic synchronization feature, which is

disabled by default. For information about the auto-sync option, see the Cisco MDS 9000 Family CLI

Configuration Guide.

Step 9 If you replaced the supervisor in a switch that does not have a second supervisor or is running Cisco

MDS SAN-OS Release 1.3(1) or later or NX-OS Release 4.1(1b), download the configuration from the

server to the nonvolatile memory of the supervisor. For more information, see the Cisco MDS 9000

Family CLI Configuration Guide.

Verifying Installation of Supervisor, Switching, and Services Modules

To verify the module installation, follow these steps:

Step 1 Verify that the ejector levers of each module are fully closed (parallel to the front of the module) to

ensure that the supervisor module and all switching or services modules are fully seated in the backplane

connectors.

Step 2 Check the captive screws of each module, the power supply, and the fan module. Tighten any loose

captive screws to 8 in-lb.

Step 3 Verify that any empty module slots have filler panels installed and that the screws holding the panels in

place are tight.

Send documentation comments to mdsfeedback-doc@cisco.com.

2-47

Cisco MDS 9500 Series Hardware Installation Guide

OL-17467-02

Chapter 2 Installing the Cisco MDS 9500 Series

Removing, Installing, and Verifying Supervisor, Switching, and Services Modules

Step 4 Turn on the power supply switches to power up the system and check the LEDs on the modules.

Note For information about how to check connectivity of modules, see the Cisco MDS 9000 Family

CLI Configuration Guide.

Removing and Installing a Crossbar Module

To remove a crossbar module from the Cisco MDS 9513 Director without compromising the integrity

and availability of SANs when Generation 1 and Generation 2 modules are combined in the chassis,

follow these steps:

Step 1 Shut down the crossbar module by using the out-of-service xbar slot command (where slot refers to the

external crossbar module slot number).

Step 2 Loosen the two captive screws on the module being removed.

Step 3 Remove the module from the chassis as follows:

a. Place your thumbs on the top and bottom ejector levers and simultaneously rotate the levers outward

to unseat the module from the midplane connector. (See Figure 2-25.)

b. Hold the front edge of the module and slide the module partially out of the slot. Do not touch the

module circuitry.

Send documentation comments to mdsfeedback-doc@cisco.com.

2-48

Cisco MDS 9500 Series Hardware Installation Guide

OL-17467-02

Chapter 2 Installing the Cisco MDS 9500 Series

Removing, Installing, and Verifying Supervisor, Switching, and Services Modules

Figure 2-25 Captive Screws and Ejector Levers on the Crossbar Module

Step 4 Place the module on an antistatic mat or antistatic foam, or immediately reinstall it in another slot.

Step 5 If the slot will remain empty, install a filler panel to keep the chassis dust-free and to maintain proper

airflow through the chassis.

Warning

Blank faceplates and cover panels serve three important functions: they prevent exposure

to hazardous voltages and currents inside the chassis; they contain electromagnetic

interference (EMI) that might disrupt other equipment; and they direct the flow of cooling

air through the chassis. Do not operate the system unless all cards, faceplates, front covers,

and rear covers are in place.

Statement 1029

To install a crossbar module in the Cisco MDS 9513 Director, follow these steps:

Step 1 Before installing any modules, install at least one Supervisor-2 module.

1Captive screws 2Ejector levers

144526

Send documentation comments to mdsfeedback-doc@cisco.com.

2-49

Cisco MDS 9500 Series Hardware Installation Guide

OL-17467-02

Chapter 2 Installing the Cisco MDS 9500 Series

Removing, Installing, and Verifying Supervisor, Switching, and Services Modules

Step 2 Open both the ejector levers on the new or replacement module completely.

Step 3 Position the module in the chassis as follows:

a. Position the module in the slot. Ensure that you align the sides of the module carrier with the slot

guides on each side of the slot.

b. Slide the module carefully into the slot until the EMI gasket along the top edge of the module

contacts the module in the slot above it and both ejector levers close to approximately 45 degrees

with respect to the front of the module. (See Figure 2-26.)

Figure 2-26 Installing the Crossbar Module

c. Grasp the two ejector levers using the thumb and forefinger of each hand, and press down to create

a small 0.040-inch (1-mm) gap between the module's EMI gasket and the module above it.

Caution Do not press down too forcefully on the levers because they can bend.

d. While pressing down, simultaneously close the top and bottom ejector levers to completely seat the

module in the midplane connector. The ejector levers are completely closed when they are flush with

the front of the module.

147940

Send documentation comments to mdsfeedback-doc@cisco.com.

2-50

Cisco MDS 9500 Series Hardware Installation Guide

OL-17467-02

Chapter 2 Installing the Cisco MDS 9500 Series

Maintaining a Caching Services Module

Note Ensure the ejector levers are completely closed before tightening the captive screws. Failure to

completely seat the module in the backplane connector can result in error messages.

e. Tighten the two captive screws on the module to 8 in-lb.

Maintaining a Caching Services Module

Caution Maintenance must be performed only by qualified service personnel.

Note A minimum of two CSMs in each fabric are required for redundancy and data backup.

This section provides the following information:

• Maintaining the Batteries on the Caching Services Module, page 2-50

• Maintaining the Disk Drives on the Caching Services Module, page 2-51

Maintaining the Batteries on the Caching Services Module

The CSM batteries last approximately three years. The following message displays in the system log

when a battery fails:

Dec 5 17:14:36 sw-90.21% SVC_BATTERY-SLOT8-4-BATTERY_CAPACITY_LOW:

Battery capacity is below the required threshold.

If this message is displayed, contact your support provider for assistance. If a battery fails, the CSM must

be replaced. The other CSMs in the fabric contain the same data, and they continue providing caching

services during the replacement period.

Caution The CSM batteries are shipped fully charged and should be handled accordingly.

Warning

Do not touch or bridge the metal contacts on the battery. Unintentional discharge of the batteries can

cause serious burns.

Statement 341

Warning

Ultimate disposal of this product should be handled according to all national laws and regulations.

Statement 1040

The batteries are automatically charged on a periodic basis with an SMBus-compliant Level III smart

charger located on the CSM. The smart charger measures the charge and recharges the battery to full if

it is less than 90 percent of capacity.

Send documentation comments to mdsfeedback-doc@cisco.com.

2-51

Cisco MDS 9500 Series Hardware Installation Guide

OL-17467-02

Chapter 2 Installing the Cisco MDS 9500 Series

Removing and Installing a Power Supply or PEM

The batteries are also automatically reconditioned on a periodic basis, one battery at a time. During

reconditioning all power is drained from the battery and the battery is completely recharged, requiring

approximately 6 hours. The battery status LED flashes green during the reconditioning.

Maintaining the Disk Drives on the Caching Services Module

You see a message in the system log when a disk drive requires replacement. If you see this message,

contact your support provider for assistance.

If a disk drive fails, the CSM must be replaced. The other CSM(s) in the fabric contain the same data,

and they continue providing caching services during the replacement period.

Removing and Installing a Power Supply or PEM

This section provides the following information:

• Removing and Installing the Power Supplies on the Cisco MDS 9513 Director, page 2-52

• Removing an AC Power Supply from the Cisco MDS 9513 Director, page 2-52

• Installing an AC Power Supply in the Cisco MDS 9513 Director, page 2-54

• Removing an AC Power Supply from the Cisco MDS 9509 Director, page 2-56

• Installing an AC Power Supply in the Cisco MDS 9509 Director, page 2-57

• Removing a DC Power Supply from the Cisco MDS 9509 Director, page 2-61

• Installing a DC Power Supply in the Cisco MDS 9509 Director, page 2-62

• Removing and Installing the PEMs on the Cisco MDS 9506 Director, page 2-64

• Removing an AC or DC Power Supply from the Cisco MDS 9506 Director, page 2-67

• Installing an AC or DC Power Supply in the Cisco MDS 9506 Director, page 2-67

A flat-blade or number 2 Phillips-head screwdriver is required to perform these procedures.

Warning

Voltage is present on the backplane when the system is operating. To reduce risk of an electric shock,

keep hands and fingers out of the power supply bays and backplane areas.

Statement 166

Warning

Power supply captive installation screws must be tight to ensure protective grounding continuity.

Statement 289

Caution Use both hands to install and remove power supplies. Each DC power supply for the

Cisco MDS 9500 Series weighs between 22 lb (9.9 kg) and 28 lb (12.6 kg).

Note You can replace the faulty power supply while the system is operating if the other power supply is

functioning.

Send documentation comments to mdsfeedback-doc@cisco.com.

2-52

Cisco MDS 9500 Series Hardware Installation Guide

OL-17467-02

Chapter 2 Installing the Cisco MDS 9500 Series

Removing and Installing a Power Supply or PEM

Removing and Installing the Power Supplies on the Cisco MDS 9513 Director

The Cisco MDS 9513 power supplies are located at the rear of the chassis. The physical position of the

chassis in a rack will determine how you handle the power supply when removing or installing.

Removing an AC Power Supply from the Cisco MDS 9513 Director

Warning

Voltage is present on the backplane when the system is operating. To reduce risk of an electric shock,

keep hands and fingers out of the power supply bays and backplane areas.

Statement 166

To remove an AC power supply from the Cisco MDS 9513 Director, follow these steps:

Step 1 Turn the power switch on the power supply to the off (0) position. There is an internal lock mechanism

that prevents you from removing the power supply if it is not set to the off position.

Step 2 Disconnect the power cable(s) from the power source.

Step 3 Loosen the screw on the cable retention device and disconnect the power cable from the power supply.

Figure 2-27 Cable Retention Device on the 6000W Power Supply

Step 4 Loosen all four 6-32 panel fasteners at the corners of the power supply.

147966

Cable retention

device

Send documentation comments to mdsfeedback-doc@cisco.com.

2-53

Cisco MDS 9500 Series Hardware Installation Guide

OL-17467-02

Chapter 2 Installing the Cisco MDS 9500 Series

Removing and Installing a Power Supply or PEM

Caution Use both hands to install and remove power supplies. Each power supply weighs 34.2 lbs (15.5

kg).

Step 5 Grasp the power supply handles and slide the power supply partially out of the chassis, about four to five

inches. (See Figure 2-28.)

Step 6 If the power supply is at your waist or chest level, place your other hand underneath the power supply

and slide the power supply completely out of the chassis. Use the two front handles if you are

comfortable doing so.

Note There is a handle at the top rear of the power supply you can also use to lift the power supply

out of the chassis.

Figure 2-28 Handling a Power Supply for the Cisco MDS 9513 Director

Step 7 If the power supply is above your waist or chest height, use the lower front handle on the face plate and

the other hand underneath the power supply. Assure adequate support with both hands on the unit at the

designated support points, and slowly pull the power supply out of the chassis so that the weight of the

unit will be fully supported once it is removed.

144529

Send documentation comments to mdsfeedback-doc@cisco.com.

2-54

Cisco MDS 9500 Series Hardware Installation Guide

OL-17467-02

Chapter 2 Installing the Cisco MDS 9500 Series

Removing and Installing a Power Supply or PEM

Caution To avoid damage to the panel fasteners, do not place the power supply down on the perforated ends. Place

the power supply down on the flat sheet metal sides or on the two brackets found on the rear of the power

supply.

Step 8 Install a power supply filler panel over the opening and tighten the captive screws to 8 in-lb if the power

supply bay that has to remain empty.

Installing an AC Power Supply in the Cisco MDS 9513 Director

Caution Use both hands to install and remove power supplies. Each Cisco MDS 9513 AC power supply weighs

up to 34.2 lb (15.5 kg).

Caution To avoid damage to the panel fasteners, do not place the power supply down on the perforated ends. Place

the power supply down on the flat sheet metal sides or on the two brackets found on the rear of the power

supply.

To install an AC power supply in the Cisco MDS 9513 Director, follow these steps:

Step 1 Ensure that the system (earth) ground connection has been made. See the “System Grounding” section

on page 2-17.

Step 2 If a filler panel is installed, remove the filler panel from the power supply bay by loosening the captive

screw.

Step 3 Ensure that the power switch is in the off (0) position on the power supply you are installing. (See

Figure 2-29.)

Send documentation comments to mdsfeedback-doc@cisco.com.

2-55

Cisco MDS 9500 Series Hardware Installation Guide

OL-17467-02

Chapter 2 Installing the Cisco MDS 9500 Series

Removing and Installing a Power Supply or PEM

Figure 2-29 AC Power Supply for the Cisco MDS 9513 Director

Step 4 Grasp the power supply handles, one with each hand. Orient the power supply and align it with the bay.

Note There is a handle at the top rear of the power supply you can also use to tilt the power supply

into the bay.

Step 5 Slide the power supply into the power supply bay. Ensure that the power supply is fully seated in the bay.

Step 6 Secure all four 6-32 panel fasteners and tighten to 8 in-lbs.

Step 7 Plug the power cable into the power supply, and tighten the screw on the cable retention device to ensure

that the cable cannot be pulled out.

Step 8 Connect the other end of the power cable to an AC power source.

Step 9 Turn the power switch to the on (|) position on the power supply.

Step 10 Verify power supply operation by checking that the power supply LEDs are in the following states:

• INPUT OK LEDs are green.

• FANs OK LED is green.

• OUTPUT FAIL LED is off.

1Power supply switch 2Power cable retainer

2 2

144528

Send documentation comments to mdsfeedback-doc@cisco.com.

2-56

Cisco MDS 9500 Series Hardware Installation Guide

OL-17467-02

Chapter 2 Installing the Cisco MDS 9500 Series

Removing and Installing a Power Supply or PEM

See Table 1-2 on page 1-11 for power supply LED details.

Removing an AC Power Supply from the Cisco MDS 9509 Director

The procedure for removing an AC power supply from the Cisco MDS 9509 Director is the same for the

4000-W, 3000-W, and 2500-W power supplies, except the power cable for the 4000-W power supply is

hard wired to the power supply.

Warning

Voltage is present on the backplane when the system is operating. To reduce risk of an electric shock,

keep hands and fingers out of the power supply bays and backplane areas.

Statement 166

To remove an AC power supply from the Cisco MDS 9509 Director, follow these steps:

Step 1 Turn the power switch on the power supply to the off (0) position. Turning the power switch off also

unlocks the power supply from the chassis.

Step 2 Disconnect the power cable from the power source.

Step 3 Loosen the screw on the cable retention device and disconnect the power cable from the power supply

being removed.

Note The AC power cable for the 4000-W power supply is hardwired and cannot be removed from the

power supply.

Step 4 Loosen the captive screw.

Caution Use both hands to install and remove power supplies. Each Cisco MDS 9500 Series AC power

supply weighs between 22 lb (9.9 kg) and 28 lb (12.6 kg).

Step 5 Grasp the power supply handle with one hand, and slide the power supply partially out of the chassis.

Place your other hand underneath the power supply, as shown in Figure 2-30, and slide the power supply

completely out of the chassis.

Step 6 If the power supply bay is to remain empty, install a power supply filler panel over the opening, and

tighten the captive screw to 8 in-lb.

Send documentation comments to mdsfeedback-doc@cisco.com.

2-57

Cisco MDS 9500 Series Hardware Installation Guide

OL-17467-02

Chapter 2 Installing the Cisco MDS 9500 Series

Removing and Installing a Power Supply or PEM

Figure 2-30 Handling a Power Supply for the Cisco MDS 9509 Director

Installing an AC Power Supply in the Cisco MDS 9509 Director

The procedure for installing an AC power supply in the Cisco MDS 9509 Director is the same for the

4000-W, 3000-W, and 2500-W power supplies, except that the power cable for the 4000-W power supply

is hardwired to the power supply.

Caution Use both hands to install and remove power supplies. Each Cisco MDS 9509 AC power supply weighs

up to 28 lb (12.6 kg). The 4000-W and 2500-W power supplies weigh up to 28 lb (12.6 kg). The 3000-W

power supply weighs up to 24 lb (11 kg).

To install an AC power supply in the Cisco MDS 9509 Director, follow these steps:

Step 1 Ensure that the system (earth) ground connection has been made. See the “System Grounding” section

on page 2-17.

Step 2 If a filler panel is installed, remove the filler panel from the power supply bay by loosening the captive

screw.

91687

Send documentation comments to mdsfeedback-doc@cisco.com.

2-58

Cisco MDS 9500 Series Hardware Installation Guide

OL-17467-02

Chapter 2 Installing the Cisco MDS 9500 Series

Removing and Installing a Power Supply or PEM

Step 3 Ensure that the power switch is in the off (0) position on the power supply you are installing. See

Figure 2-33 and Figure 2-31 for the location of the switch.

Figure 2-31 4000-W AC Power Supply for the Cisco MDS 9509 Director

1AC power connection 4Power supply switch

2Power supply LEDs 5Permanent power cable

3Captive screw

99370

INPUT

FAN

OUTPUT

FAIL

Send documentation comments to mdsfeedback-doc@cisco.com.

2-59

Cisco MDS 9500 Series Hardware Installation Guide

OL-17467-02

Chapter 2 Installing the Cisco MDS 9500 Series

Removing and Installing a Power Supply or PEM

Figure 2-32 3000-W AC Power Supply for the Cisco MDS 9509 Director

1AC power connection 4Power supply LEDs

2Power cable 5Captive screws

3Power supply switch

144986

5 5

Send documentation comments to mdsfeedback-doc@cisco.com.

2-60

Cisco MDS 9500 Series Hardware Installation Guide

OL-17467-02

Chapter 2 Installing the Cisco MDS 9500 Series

Removing and Installing a Power Supply or PEM

Figure 2-33 2500-W AC Power Supply for the Cisco MDS 9509 Director

Step 4 Grasp the power supply handle with one hand, place your other hand underneath the power supply, and

slide the power supply into the power supply bay. Ensure that the power supply is fully seated in the bay.

Step 5 Tighten the power supply captive screw to 8 in-lb.

Step 6 Plug the power cable into the power supply, and tighten the screw on the cable retention device to ensure

that the cable cannot be pulled out.

Note The AC power cable for the 4000-W power supply is hardwired to the power supply.

Step 7 Connect the other end of the power cable to an AC power source.

Step 8 Turn the power switch to the on (|) position on the power supply. Turning the power switch on also locks

the power supply in the bay.

Step 9 Verify power supply operation by checking that the power supply LEDs are in the following states:

• INPUT OK LED is green.

• FAN OK LED is green.

• OUTPUT FAIL LED is off.

If the LEDs indicate a power problem, see the Cisco MDS 9000 Family Troubleshooting Guide. If you

cannot resolve an issue, contact your customer service representative.

1AC power connection 4Captive screw

2Power cable retainer 5Power supply LEDs

3Power supply switch

94992

INPUT

FAN

OUTPUT

FAIL

Send documentation comments to mdsfeedback-doc@cisco.com.

2-61

Cisco MDS 9500 Series Hardware Installation Guide

OL-17467-02

Chapter 2 Installing the Cisco MDS 9500 Series

Removing and Installing a Power Supply or PEM

Removing a DC Power Supply from the Cisco MDS 9509 Director

The DC power supply for the Cisco MDS 9509 Director is 2500 W.

Note The DC return connection to this system is to remain isolated from the system frame and chassis (DC-I).

Warning

Before performing any of the following procedures, ensure that power is removed from the DC circuit.

Statement 1003

To remove a DC power supply from the Cisco MDS 9509 Director, follow these steps:

Step 1 Ensure that all power is off by locating the circuit breaker on the panel board that services the DC circuit.

Switch the circuit breaker to the off position, and tape the switch handle of the circuit breaker in the off

position.

Step 2 Remove the two screws securing the terminal block cover and slide the cover off the terminal block. (See

Figure 2-34.)

Step 3 Disconnect the DC cables from the terminal block in the following order:

• Positive (+)

• Negative (-)

• Ground

Caution The DC return connection (Negative (-)) to this system is to remain isolated from the system

frame and chassis (DC-I). Loosen the captive screw on the power supply.

Warning

When installing or replacing the unit, the ground connection must always be made first and

disconnected last.

Statement 1046

Send documentation comments to mdsfeedback-doc@cisco.com.

2-62

Cisco MDS 9500 Series Hardware Installation Guide

OL-17467-02

Chapter 2 Installing the Cisco MDS 9500 Series

Removing and Installing a Power Supply or PEM

Figure 2-34 Front Panel for the DC Power Supply of the Cisco MDS 9509 Director

Caution Use both hands to install and remove power supplies. Each Cisco MDS 9500 Series DC power

supply weighs between 22 lb (9.9 kg) and 28 lb (12.6 kg).

Step 4 Grasp the power supply handle with one hand and slide the power supply halfway out of the chassis.

Place your other hand underneath the power supply, as shown in Figure 2-34, and slide the power supply

completely out of the chassis.

Step 5 If the power supply bay is to remain empty, install a power supply filler panel over the opening, and

tighten the captive screw to 8 in-lb.

Installing a DC Power Supply in the Cisco MDS 9509 Director

The DC power supply for the Cisco MDS 9509 Director is 2500 W.

Note The DC return connection to this system is to remain isolated from the system frame and chassis (DC-I).

To install a DC power supply in the Cisco MDS 9509 Director, follow these steps:

Step 1 Ensure that all power is off by locating the circuit breaker on the panel board that services the DC circuit.

Switch the circuit breaker to the off position, and tape the switch handle of the circuit breaker in the off

position.

1Terminal block cover 4Power supply switch

2Power supply LEDs 5Terminal block

3Captive screw

99360

INPUT

FAN

OUTPUT

FAIL

Send documentation comments to mdsfeedback-doc@cisco.com.

2-63

Cisco MDS 9500 Series Hardware Installation Guide

OL-17467-02

Chapter 2 Installing the Cisco MDS 9500 Series

Removing and Installing a Power Supply or PEM

Step 2 Ensure that the system (earth) ground connection has been made. See the “System Grounding” section

on page 2-17.

Step 3 Grasp the power supply handle with one hand, place your other hand underneath the power supply, and

slide the power supply into the power supply bay, ensuring that it is fully seated in the bay.

Step 4 Tighten the captive screw on the power supply to 8 in-lb.

Step 5 Remove the two screws securing the terminal block cover and slide the cover off of the terminal block.

Note Use 90°C copper conductors for North American installations.

Step 6 Loosen the screws inside the terminal block and attach the DC cables to the screws. The wire must be

copper, and sized per local and national installation requirements.

Step 7 Connect the DC cables to the terminal block in the following order:

• Ground

• Negative (-)

• Positive (+)

Warning

When installing or replacing the unit, the ground connection must always be made first and

disconnected last.

Statement 1046

Caution The DC return connection (Negative (-)) to this system is to remain isolated from the system

frame and chassis (DC-I).

Step 8 Reinstall the terminal block cover after ensuring that all cable connections are secure and tighten the

screws holding the terminal block to the power supply.

Caution Reinstall the terminal block cover to prevent a short circuit or shock hazard.

Caution In a system with dual power supplies, connect each power supply to a separate source. In case

of a line failure, the second source will most likely still be available.

Step 9 Remove the tape from the circuit breaker switch handle and provide power by moving the handle to the

on (|) position.Turning the power switch on also locks the power supply in the chassis.

Step 10 Verify power supply operation by checking that the power supply LEDs are in the following states:

• INPUT OK LED is green.

• FAN OK LED is green.

• Output fail LED is off.

Send documentation comments to mdsfeedback-doc@cisco.com.

2-64

Cisco MDS 9500 Series Hardware Installation Guide

OL-17467-02

Chapter 2 Installing the Cisco MDS 9500 Series

Removing and Installing a Power Supply or PEM

Removing and Installing the PEMs on the Cisco MDS 9506 Director

Note For instructions on connecting the cables to the PEMs, see the “Connecting the Power Supplies” section

on page 2-28.

The Cisco MDS 9506 Director uses PEMs to provide an input power connection on the front of the

chassis. In addition, the PEM provides current protection, surge and EMI suppression, and filtering

functions. An AC PEM is required for each AC power supply, and a DC PEM for each DC power supply.

The PEM that is on the left when viewed from the front of the switch (PEM 1) connects the site power

source to power supply 1 (upper power supply); the PEM on the right (PEM 2) connects the site power

source to power supply 2 (lower power supply).

Note You need a flat-blade or number 2 Phillips-head screwdriver to perform these procedures.

Removing an AC PEM

To remove an AC PEM from a Cisco MDS 9506 chassis, follow these steps:

Step 1 Remove power from the PEM by pressing the power switch to off (0).

Step 2 Loosen the captive screws and pull the PEM of the chassis, supporting the PEM from underneath.

Step 3 If the PEM bay is to remain empty, install a filler panel over the opening and tighten the captive screws

to 8 in-lb.

Removing a DC PEM

Warning

Before performing any of the following procedures, ensure that power is removed from the DC circuit.

Statement 1003

To remove a DC PEM from a Cisco MDS 9506 chassis, follow these steps:

Step 1 Ensure that all power is off by locating the circuit breaker on the panel board that services the DC circuit.

Switch the circuit breaker to the off position, and tape the switch handle of the circuit breaker in the off

position.

Step 2 Loosen the captive screws and pull the DC PEM from the chassis, holding it by the edges.

Step 3 Remove the cables from the DC PEM by removing the terminal block screws, and then removing the

ring lugs from the screws. See Figure 2-35 for the location of the terminal block screws.

Send documentation comments to mdsfeedback-doc@cisco.com.

2-65

Cisco MDS 9500 Series Hardware Installation Guide

OL-17467-02

Chapter 2 Installing the Cisco MDS 9500 Series

Removing and Installing a Power Supply or PEM

Figure 2-35 Connecting or Disconnecting the DC PEM

Step 4 If the PEM bay is to remain empty, install a PEM filler panel over the opening and tighten the captive

screws to 8 in-lb.

1PEM terminal block screws (+ and -) 4Stripped portion of positive cable

2Captive screw 5Insulated portion of negative cable

3Ring lug

99293

( ) ( )

( )

Send documentation comments to mdsfeedback-doc@cisco.com.

2-66

Cisco MDS 9500 Series Hardware Installation Guide

OL-17467-02

Chapter 2 Installing the Cisco MDS 9500 Series

Removing and Installing a Power Supply or PEM

Installing an AC PEM

To install an AC PEM in a Cisco MDS 9506 chassis, follow these steps:

Step 1 Ensure that the system (earth) ground connection has been made. See the “System Grounding” section

on page 2-17.

Step 2 If a filler panel is installed, remove it from the PEM bay by loosening the captive screws and pulling it

from the chassis.

Step 3 Slide the PEM into the PEM bay, ensuring that the PEM is fully seated in the bay.

Step 4 Tighten the PEM captive screws to 8 in-lb.

Step 5 Provide power to the PEM as described in the “Providing Power to an AC Power Supply for the Cisco

MDS 9509 and Cisco MDS 9506 Directors” section on page 2-30.

Caution In a system with dual power supplies, connect each power supply to a separate power source.

In case of a power source failure, the second source will most likely still be available.

Step 6 Verify PEM and power supply operation by checking the power supply LED states in the back of the

chassis:

• INPUT OK LED is green.

• FAN OK LED is green.

• OUTPUT FAIL LED is off.

Installing a DC PEM

To install a DC PEM in a Cisco MDS 9506 chassis, follow these steps:

Step 1 Ensure that the system (earth) ground connection has been made. See the “System Grounding” section

on page 2-17.

Step 2 If a filler panel is installed, remove it from the PEM bay by loosening the captive screws and pulling it

from the chassis.

Step 3 Attach the DC power cables to the PEM as described in “Providing Power to a DC Power Supply in the

Cisco MDS 9506 Director” section on page 2-34.

Step 4 Slide the PEM into the PEM bay, ensuring that the PEM is fully seated in the bay.

Step 5 Tighten the PEM captive screws to 8 in-lb.

Caution In a system with dual power supplies, connect each power supply to a separate power source.

In case of a power source failure, the second source will most likely still be available.

Step 6 Verify PEM and power supply operation by checking the power supply LED states in the back of the

chassis:

• INPUT OK LED is green.

• FAN OK LED is green.

Send documentation comments to mdsfeedback-doc@cisco.com.

2-67

Cisco MDS 9500 Series Hardware Installation Guide

OL-17467-02

Chapter 2 Installing the Cisco MDS 9500 Series

Removing and Installing a Power Supply or PEM

• OUTPUT FAIL LED is off.

Removing an AC or DC Power Supply from the Cisco MDS 9506 Director

The procedure for removing a Cisco MDS 9506 power supply is the same for AC and DC power supplies.

To remove an AC or DC power supply from the Cisco MDS 9506 Director, follow these steps:

Step 1 Remove power from the PEM that corresponds to the power supply as follows:

• If the PEM is AC, press the power switch to off (0).

• If the PEM is DC, follow the instructions in the “Removing a DC PEM” section on page 2-64.

Step 2 Loosen the captive screws on the power supply.

Step 3 Grasp both power supply handles as shown in Figure 2-36 and slide the power supply completely out of

the chassis.

Figure 2-36 Handling a Power Supply for the Cisco MDS 9506 Director

Step 4 If the power supply bay is to remain empty, install a filler panel over the opening and tighten the captive

screws to 8 in-lb.

Installing an AC or DC Power Supply in the Cisco MDS 9506 Director

The procedure for installing a Cisco MDS 9506 power supply is the same for AC and DC power supplies.

To install an AC or DC power supply in the Cisco MDS 9506 Director, follow these steps:

91714

INPUT OK

FAN OK

OUTPUT FAIL

INPUT OK

FAN OK

OUTPUT FAIL

Send documentation comments to mdsfeedback-doc@cisco.com.

2-68

Cisco MDS 9500 Series Hardware Installation Guide

OL-17467-02

Chapter 2 Installing the Cisco MDS 9500 Series

Removing and Installing Fan Modules

Step 1 Ensure that the system (earth) ground connection has been made. See the “System Grounding” section

on page 2-17.

Step 2 If a filler panel is installed, remove it from the power supply bay by loosening the captive screws and

pulling the filler panel out of the bay.

Step 3 Grasp both power supply handles and slide the power supply into the power supply bay, ensuring that

the power supply is fully seated in the bay.

Step 4 Tighten the captive screws on the power supply to 8 in-lb.

Step 5 Provide power to the PEM as described in the “Connecting the Power Supplies” section on page 2-28.

Caution In a system with dual power supplies, connect each power supply to a separate power source.

In case of a power source failure, the second source will most likely still be available.

Step 6 Verify power supply operation by checking that the power supply LEDs are in the following states:

• INPUT OK LED is green.

• FAN OK LED is green.

• OUTPUT FAIL LED is off.

Removing and Installing Fan Modules

The fan module is designed to be removed and replaced while the system is operating without presenting

an electrical hazard or damage to the system, provided the replacement is performed promptly.

The Cisco MDS 9513 fan module has 15 fans with an abrupt stop-to-fan rotation safety feature after

power is disconnected or the fan tray is removed from the midplane. The Cisco MDS 9506 fan module

has six fans and the Cisco MDS 9509 fan module has nine fans. The removal procedures differ slightly

while the installation procedures are the same for all types of fan modules.

You need a flat-blade or number 2 Phillips screwdriver to perform these procedures.

Note Because the fan modules are located on the left side of the Cisco MDS 9500 Series, Cisco recommends

guiding the cables for the system out of the right side of the chassis.

Send documentation comments to mdsfeedback-doc@cisco.com.

2-69

Cisco MDS 9500 Series Hardware Installation Guide

OL-17467-02

Chapter 2 Installing the Cisco MDS 9500 Series

Removing and Installing Fan Modules

Caution The Cisco MDS 9000 Family switches have internal temperature sensors that are capable of shutting

down the system if the temperature at different points within the chassis exceed certain safety thresholds.

To be effective, the temperature sensors require the presence of airflow; therefore, in the event a fan

module is removed from the chassis, the Cisco MDS 9000 Family switches will be shut down after five

minutes to prevent potentially undetectable overheating. However, the switches will be shut down sooner

if the higher-level temperature threshold is exceeded.

This section includes the following topics:

• Removing a Front Fan Module on the Cisco MDS 9513 Director, page 2-69

• Installing a Front Fan Module on the Cisco MDS 9513 Director, page 2-70

• Removing the Crossbar Module Fan Tray, page 2-71

• Installing the Crossbar Module Fan Tray, page 2-72

• Removing a Front Fan Module on the Cisco MDS 9509 Director, page 2-73

• Installing a Front Fan Module on the Cisco MDS 9509 Director, page 2-73

• Removing a Front Fan Module on the Cisco MDS 9506 Director, page 2-74

• Installing a Front Fan Module on the Cisco MDS 9506 Director, page 2-74

Removing a Front Fan Module on the Cisco MDS 9513 Director

To remove the fan module from the Cisco MDS 9513 director, follow these steps:

Step 1 Push the button on the top fan module latch to release the fan module from the midplane. Repeat this on

the bottom fan module latch.

Step 2 Grasp the fan module with both hands and pull it outward; rock it gently, if necessary, to unseat the power

connector from the backplane.

Step 3 Pull the fan module clear of the chassis. (See Figure 2-36.)

Send documentation comments to mdsfeedback-doc@cisco.com.

2-70

Cisco MDS 9500 Series Hardware Installation Guide

OL-17467-02

Chapter 2 Installing the Cisco MDS 9500 Series

Removing and Installing Fan Modules

Figure 2-37 Removing the Fan Module for the Cisco MDS 9513 Director

Warning

When removing the fan tray, keep your hands and fingers away from the spinning fan blades. Let the

fan blades completely stop before you remove the fan tray.

Statement 258

Installing a Front Fan Module on the Cisco MDS 9513 Director

To install a front fan module on the Cisco MDS 9513 Director, follow these steps:

Step 1 Hold the fan module so that the Fan Status LED is at the top. (See Figure 2-39.)

Step 2 Place the fan module into the front chassis cavity so it rests on the chassis, lift the fan module up slightly

to align the top and bottom chassis guides, then push the fan module into the chassis until it seats in the

backplane and the captive screws make contact with the chassis. The fan module will just snap in.

Step 3 If the switch is powered on, listen for the fans; you should immediately hear them operating. If you do

not hear them, ensure that the fan module is inserted completely in the chassis and the outside surface

of the fan module is flush with the outside surface of the chassis.

Step 4 Verify that the Fan Status LED is green. If the LED is not green, one or more fans are faulty. If this

occurs, contact your customer service representative for a replacement part.

144599

Send documentation comments to mdsfeedback-doc@cisco.com.

2-71

Cisco MDS 9500 Series Hardware Installation Guide

OL-17467-02

Chapter 2 Installing the Cisco MDS 9500 Series

Removing and Installing Fan Modules

Note If you purchased this product through a Cisco reseller, contact the reseller directly for technical

support. If you purchased this product directly from Cisco Systems, contact Cisco Technical

Support at this URL: http://www.cisco.com/warp/public/687/Directory/DirTAC.shtml.

Removing the Crossbar Module Fan Tray

The crossbar module fan tray is designed to be removed and replaced while the system is operating

without presenting an electrical hazard or damage to the system, provided the replacement is performed

promptly. The crossbar module fan tray is used only in the Cisco MDS 9513 Director. It is installed at

the rear of the chassis and plugs into the back side of the midplane just above the crossbar modules.

To remove a crossbar module fan tray, follow these steps:

Step 1 Loosen the two captive screws on the fan tray.

Step 2 Hold the two captive screws and pull the fan tray out of the chassis using both hands.

Step 3 Take one hand and hold the face of the fan tray while supporting it with the other hand.

Step 4 Pull the fan module clear of the chassis. (See Figure 2-37.)

Send documentation comments to mdsfeedback-doc@cisco.com.

2-72

Cisco MDS 9500 Series Hardware Installation Guide

OL-17467-02

Chapter 2 Installing the Cisco MDS 9500 Series

Removing and Installing Fan Modules

Figure 2-38 Removing a Crossbar Module Fan Tray

Installing the Crossbar Module Fan Tray

To install a crossbar module fan tray, follow these steps:

Step 1 Remove the crossbar module fan tray from the bag if necessary.

Step 2 Orient the crossbar module fan tray in the chassis as follows:

a. Position the module in the slot. (See Figure 2-38.)

b. Slide the module carefully into the slot until the the fan tray is fully inserted into the chassis.

c. Tighten the two captive screws on the crossbar module fan tray to 8 in-lb screws.

144600

Send documentation comments to mdsfeedback-doc@cisco.com.

2-73

Cisco MDS 9500 Series Hardware Installation Guide

OL-17467-02

Chapter 2 Installing the Cisco MDS 9500 Series

Removing and Installing Fan Modules

Removing a Front Fan Module on the Cisco MDS 9509 Director

To remove a fan module from the Cisco MDS 9509 or 9506 switch, follow these steps:

Step 1 Loosen the two captive screws on the fan module (see Figure 2-39) by turning them counterclockwise;

use a flat-blade or number 2 Phillips screwdriver, if required.

Step 2 Grasp the fan module with both hands and pull it outward; rock it gently, if necessary, to unseat the power

connector from the backplane.

Step 3 Pull the fan module clear of the chassis.

Figure 2-39 Handling the Fan Module for the Cisco MDS 9509 Director

Installing a Front Fan Module on the Cisco MDS 9509 Director

To install a front fan module on the Cisco MDS 9509 Director, follow these steps:

Step 1 Hold the fan module so that the Fan Status LED is at the top. (See Figure 2-39.)

Step 2 Place the fan module into the front chassis cavity so it rests on the chassis, lift the fan module up slightly

to align the top and bottom chassis guides, then push the fan module into the chassis until it seats in the

backplane and the captive screws make contact with the chassis.

91685

Send documentation comments to mdsfeedback-doc@cisco.com.

2-74

Cisco MDS 9500 Series Hardware Installation Guide

OL-17467-02

Chapter 2 Installing the Cisco MDS 9500 Series

Removing and Installing Fan Modules

Step 3 Tighten the captive screws to 8 in-lb.

Step 4 If the switch is powered on, listen for the fans; you should immediately hear them operating. If you do

not hear them, ensure that the fan module is inserted completely in the chassis and the outside surface

of the fan module is flush with the outside surface of the chassis.

Step 5 Verify that the Fan Status LED is green. If the LED is not green, one or more fans are faulty. If this

occurs, contact your customer service representative for a replacement part.

Note If you purchased this product through a Cisco reseller, contact the reseller directly for technical

support. If you purchased this product directly from Cisco Systems, contact Cisco Technical

Support at this URL: http://www.cisco.com/warp/public/687/Directory/DirTAC.shtml.

Removing a Front Fan Module on the Cisco MDS 9506 Director

To remove a fan module from the Cisco MDS 9506 Director, follow these steps:

Step 1 Loosen the two captive screws on the fan module (see Figure 2-39) by turning them counterclockwise;

use a flat-blade or number 2 Phillips screwdriver, if required.

Step 2 Grasp the fan module with both hands and pull it outward; rock it gently, if necessary, to unseat the power

connector from the backplane.

Step 3 Pull the fan module clear of the chassis.

Installing a Front Fan Module on the Cisco MDS 9506 Director

To install a front fan module on the Cisco MDS 9506 Director, follow these steps:

Step 1 Hold the fan module so that the Fan Status LED is at the top.

Step 2 Place the fan module into the front chassis cavity so it rests on the chassis, lift the fan module up slightly

to align the top and bottom chassis guides, then push the fan module into the chassis until it seats in the

backplane and the captive screws make contact with the chassis.

Step 3 Tighten the captive screws to 8 in-lb.

Step 4 If the switch is powered on, listen for the fans; you should immediately hear them operating. If you do

not hear them, ensure that the fan module is inserted completely in the chassis and the outside surface

of the fan module is flush with the outside surface of the chassis.

Step 5 Verify that the Fan Status LED is green. If the LED is not green, one or more fans are faulty. If this

occurs, contact your customer service representative for a replacement part.

Send documentation comments to mdsfeedback-doc@cisco.com.

2-75

Cisco MDS 9500 Series Hardware Installation Guide

OL-17467-02

Chapter 2 Installing the Cisco MDS 9500 Series

Removing and Installing CompactFlash Cards

Note If you purchased this product through a Cisco reseller, contact the reseller directly for technical

support. If you purchased this product directly from Cisco Systems, contact Cisco Technical

Support at this URL: http://www.cisco.com/warp/public/687/Directory/DirTAC.shtml.

Removing and Installing CompactFlash Cards

The supervisor module has one slot for an optional CompactFlash card. You can use this slot to install

additional flash memory for storing and running software images and configuration files, or to serve as

an I/O device.

Caution Only use CompactFlash devices that are certified for use with Cisco MDS switches and are formatted

using Cisco MDS switches. Using CompactFlash devices that are uncertified or are formatted using

other platforms may result in errors. For information on formatting the external CompactFlash, see the

Cisco MDS 9000 Family CLI Configuration Guide or the Cisco MDS 9000 Family Fabric Manager

Configuration Guide.

You can install and remove the CompactFlash card with the switch powered on.

Caution Do not remove the CompactFlash card while the access LED light is on or the file may be corrupted.

This section describes how to install and remove a CompactFlash card. For additional information about

the CompactFlash card, see the Cisco MDS 9000 Family CLI Configuration Guide or the Cisco MDS

9000 Family Fabric Manager Configuration Guide.

Removing a CompactFlash Card

To remove a CompactFlash card, follow these steps:

Step 1 Verify that no operations are in progress by verifying that the LED is off.

Step 2 Press the ejector button until the card is free of the connector at the back.

Step 3 Remove the card from the slot and place it in an antistatic bag.

Send documentation comments to mdsfeedback-doc@cisco.com.

2-76

Cisco MDS 9500 Series Hardware Installation Guide

OL-17467-02

Chapter 2 Installing the Cisco MDS 9500 Series

Removing and Installing Clock Modules

Installing a CompactFlash Card

To install a CompactFlash card, follow these steps:

Step 1 Position the CompactFlash card with the connector end of the card toward the slot. The connector end

of the card is on the opposite side of the write-protection switch.

Step 2 Insert the card into the slot until the card is firmly seated in the connector at the back of the slot and the

ejector button pops out toward you.

Caution The card does not insert all the way inside the slot; a portion of the card remains outside the

slot. Do not attempt to force the card past this point or you could damage the connector pins.

Removing and Installing Clock Modules

The Cisco MDS 9500 Series includes one or more clock modules that are accessible from the back of

the chassis. In the unlikely event of a clock module failure, Cisco recommends that the failed clock

module be replaced during a maintenance window. The Cisco MDS 9513 and 9509 Directors have two

field-replacable clock modules. The Cisco MDS 9506 Director has one field-replacable clock module.

A separate procedure is provided for each type of director:

• Removing a Clock Module from the Cisco MDS 9513 Director, page 2-77

• Installing a Clock Module into the Cisco MDS 9513 Director, page 2-79

• Removing a Clock Module from the Cisco MDS 9509 Director, page 2-80

• Installing a Clock Module into the Cisco MDS 9509 Director, page 2-83

• Removing a Clock Module from the Cisco MDS 9506 Director, page 2-83

• Installing a Clock Module into the Cisco MDS 9506 Director, page 2-86

Before installing the clock module, check the contents of your kit. Table 2-5 lists the contents of the

clock module replacement kit, part number DS-C9513-CL.

These tools are required to remove or install a clock module:

• Number 2 Phillips screwdriver

• Your own ESD-prevention equipment or the disposable grounding wrist strap included with all

upgrade kits, field-replaceable units (FRUs), and spares

Ta b l e 2-5 Contents of Cisco MDS 9513 Clock Module Replacement Kits

Quantity Part Description

1Cisco MDS 9513 clock module

1Disposable ESD wrist strap

Send documentation comments to mdsfeedback-doc@cisco.com.

2-77

Cisco MDS 9500 Series Hardware Installation Guide

OL-17467-02

Chapter 2 Installing the Cisco MDS 9500 Series

Removing and Installing Clock Modules

Removing a Clock Module from the Cisco MDS 9513 Director

Clock modules are connected to the rear of the Cisco MDS 9513 Director and are not visible as they are

located on the inside of the cover panel. Figure 2-40 shows the clock modules in a rear view of the Cisco

MDS 9513 Director with the back panel removed. Cisco recommends that the failed clock module be

replaced during a maintenance window.

Figure 2-40 Clock Module Location on the Cisco MDS 9513 Director (Rear View)

Caution Always wear an ESD wrist strap when handling modules or coming into contact with internal

components.

To remove the clock module, follow these steps:

Step 1 Note which clock module you are removing. Use the show environment clock command to verify which

is active and standby.

Step 2 Use a Phillips screwdriver to remove the eight back panel screws from the rear of the Cisco MDS 9513

Director chassis.

1Clock A (CLK A) 2Clock B (CLK B)

144601

1 2

Send documentation comments to mdsfeedback-doc@cisco.com.

2-78

Cisco MDS 9500 Series Hardware Installation Guide

OL-17467-02

Chapter 2 Installing the Cisco MDS 9500 Series

Removing and Installing Clock Modules

Note Note the position and orientation of the clock module before you remove it from the director

chassis because you must install the new clock module in the same position.

Step 3 Verify the LEDs on the clock modules.

Step 4 Disconnect and gently remove the module, placing it on an antistatic mat or foam. (See Figure 2-41.)

Figure 2-41 Clock Module Replacement on the Cisco MDS 9513 Director (Rear View)

Step 5 Repeat Step 3 and Step 4 to remove any additional clock modules.

144602

Component

side

Sheet metal

side

Send documentation comments to mdsfeedback-doc@cisco.com.

2-79

Cisco MDS 9500 Series Hardware Installation Guide

OL-17467-02

Chapter 2 Installing the Cisco MDS 9500 Series

Removing and Installing Clock Modules

Installing a Clock Module into the Cisco MDS 9513 Director

Caution Always wear an ESD wrist strap when handling modules or coming into contact with internal

components.

To install the clock module, follow these steps:

Step 1 Remove the new clock module from the antistatic bag.

Step 2 Hold the module with the backplane connectors away from you and the circuit board facing the right.

Figure 2-42 Clock Module for the Cisco MDS 9513 Director

Step 3 Carefully press the module onto the two matching connectors on the backplane.

Note You must install the new clock module in the same position that you removed it.

Step 4 Repeat Step 1 through Step 4 to install any additional clock modules.

Step 5 Replace the back panel safety cover using the eight screws.

Step 6 Provide power to the power supplies as described in the “Connecting the Power Supplies” section on

page 2-28.

Caution In a system with dual power supplies, connect each power supply to a separate power source.

In case of a power source failure, the second source will most likely still be available.

Step 7 Verify power supply operation by checking that the power supply LEDs are in the following states:

• INPUT OK LED is green.

• FAN OK LED is green.

147965

Send documentation comments to mdsfeedback-doc@cisco.com.

2-80

Cisco MDS 9500 Series Hardware Installation Guide

OL-17467-02

Chapter 2 Installing the Cisco MDS 9500 Series

Removing and Installing Clock Modules

• OUTPUT FAIL LED is off.

Removing a Clock Module from the Cisco MDS 9509 Director

Before installing the clock module, check the contents of your kit. Table 2-6 lists the contents of the

clock module replacement kit, part number DS-C9509-CL=.

These tools are required to remove or install a clock module:

• Number 1 Phillips screwdriver

• Your own ESD-prevention equipment or the disposable grounding wrist strap included with all

upgrade kits, field-replaceable units (FRUs), and spares

Clock modules are connected to the rear of the Cisco MDS 9509 Director using two connectors.

Figure 2-43 shows the clock modules in a rear view of the Cisco MDS 9509 Director with the back panel

removed.

Figure 2-43 Clock Module Location on the Cisco MDS 9509 Director (Rear View)

Ta b l e 2-6 Contents of Cisco MDS 9509 Clock Module Replacement Kits

Quantity Part Description

1Cisco MDS 9509 clock module

12 M3 x 6-mm Phillips pan-head screws

1Disposable ESD wrist strap

Cisco MDS 9509

120141

Send documentation comments to mdsfeedback-doc@cisco.com.

2-81

Cisco MDS 9500 Series Hardware Installation Guide

OL-17467-02

Chapter 2 Installing the Cisco MDS 9500 Series

Removing and Installing Clock Modules

Caution Always wear an ESD wrist strap when handling modules or coming into contact with internal

components.

To remove the clock module, follow these steps:

Step 1 Remove power from both power supplies as follows:

• If the power supply is AC, press the power switch to off (0) and remove the power cable.

• If the power supply is DC, follow the instructions in the “Providing Power to a DC Power Supply in

the Cisco MDS 9509 Director” section on page 2-33.

Caution Before working on a system that has an on/off switch, turn off the power and unplug the power

cord.

Step 2 Use a Phillips screwdriver to remove the 18 back panel screws from the rear of the Cisco MDS 9509

Director chassis.

Note Note the position of the clock module before you remove it from the director chassis because

you must install the new clock module in the same position.

Step 3 Remove the four screws that secure the clock module to the backplane. (See Figure 2-44.)

1Clock A (CLK A) 2Clock B (CLK B)

Send documentation comments to mdsfeedback-doc@cisco.com.

2-82

Cisco MDS 9500 Series Hardware Installation Guide

OL-17467-02

Chapter 2 Installing the Cisco MDS 9500 Series

Removing and Installing Clock Modules

Figure 2-44 Clock Module Replacement on the Cisco MDS 9509 Director (Rear View)

Step 4 Disconnect and gently remove the module, placing it on an antistatic mat or foam.

Step 5 Repeat Step 3 and Step 4 to remove any additional clock modules.

120166

Clock

module

Clock

module

Connectors

Send documentation comments to mdsfeedback-doc@cisco.com.

2-83

Cisco MDS 9500 Series Hardware Installation Guide

OL-17467-02

Chapter 2 Installing the Cisco MDS 9500 Series

Removing and Installing Clock Modules

Installing a Clock Module into the Cisco MDS 9509 Director

Caution Always wear an ESD wrist strap when handling modules or coming into contact with internal

components.

To install the clock module, follow these steps:

Step 1 Remove the new clock module from the antistatic bag.

Step 2 Hold the module with the connectors away from you.

Step 3 Carefully press the module onto the two matching connectors on the backplane.

Note You must install the new clock module in the same position that you removed it.

Step 4 Replace the four screws to secure the clock module onto the backplane.

Step 5 Repeat Step 1 through Step 4 to install any additional clock modules.

Step 6 Replace the back panel safety cover using the 18 screws.

Step 7 Provide power to the power supplies as described in the “Connecting the Power Supplies” section on

page 2-28.

Caution In a system with dual power supplies, connect each power supply to a separate power source.

In case of a power source failure, the second source will most likely still be available.

Step 8 Verify power supply operation by checking that the power supply LEDs are in the following states:

• INPUT OK LED is green.

• FAN OK LED is green.

• OUTPUT FAIL LED is off.

Removing a Clock Module from the Cisco MDS 9506 Director

Before replacing the clock module, check the contents of your kit. Table 2-7 lists the contents of the

clock module replacement kit, part number DS-C9506-CL=.

Ta b l e 2-7 Contents of Cisco MDS 9506 Clock Module Replacement Kit

Quantity Part Description

1Cisco MDS 9506 clock module

12 M3 x 6-mm Phillips pan-head screws

1Disposable ESD wrist strap

Send documentation comments to mdsfeedback-doc@cisco.com.

2-84

Cisco MDS 9500 Series Hardware Installation Guide

OL-17467-02

Chapter 2 Installing the Cisco MDS 9500 Series

Removing and Installing Clock Modules

These tools are required to remove and install a clock module:

• Number 1 Phillips screwdriver

• Your own ESD-prevention equipment or the disposable grounding wrist strap included with the

clock module replacement kit

The clock module is located behind the top power supply in the rear of the Cisco MDS 9506 Director.

Figure 2-45 shows the rear view of the Cisco MDS 9506 Director with both power supplies removed.

Figure 2-45 Clock Module Location on the Cisco MDS 9506 Director (Rear View)

Caution Always wear an ESD wrist strap when handling modules or coming into contact with internal

components.

1Clock module

Cisco MDS 9506

120093

Send documentation comments to mdsfeedback-doc@cisco.com.

2-85

Cisco MDS 9500 Series Hardware Installation Guide

OL-17467-02

Chapter 2 Installing the Cisco MDS 9500 Series

Removing and Installing Clock Modules

To remove the clock module, follow these steps:

Step 1 Remove power from both PEMs, accessed from the front of the chassis as follows:

• If the PEM is AC, press the power switch to off (0). Remove the power cord from the PEM.

• If the PEM is DC, follow the instructions in the “Removing a DC PEM” section on page 2-64.

Step 2 Loosen the four captive screws on the top power supply.

Step 3 Grasp both power supply handles and slide the top power supply completely out of the chassis.

Step 4 Remove the three screws that secure the clock module to the backplane (See Figure 2-46).

Figure 2-46 Clock Module Replacement on the Cisco MDS 9506 Director (Rear View)

Step 5 The clock module has one connector to the backplane. Gently disconnect and remove the clock module,

placing it on an antistatic mat or foam.

Note Note the position of the clock module before you remove it from the director chassis because

you must install the new clock module in the same position.

120165

Clock

module

Connector

Send documentation comments to mdsfeedback-doc@cisco.com.

2-86

Cisco MDS 9500 Series Hardware Installation Guide

OL-17467-02

Chapter 2 Installing the Cisco MDS 9500 Series

Removing and Installing Clock Modules

Installing a Clock Module into the Cisco MDS 9506 Director

Caution Always wear an ESD wrist strap when handling modules or coming into contact with internal

components.

To install the clock module, follow these steps:

Step 1 Remove the new clock module from the antistatic bag.

Step 2 Hold the module with the connector away from you and carefully press the module onto the backplane

connector.

Note You must install the new clock module in the same position that you removed it.

Step 3 Replace the three securing screws on the clock module.

Step 4 Grasp both power supply handles and slide the power supply into the power supply bay, ensuring that

the power supply is fully seated in the bay.

Step 5 Tighten the captive screws on the power supply to 8 in-lb.

Step 6 Provide power to the PEMs as described in the “Connecting the Power Supplies” section on page 2-28.

Caution In a system with dual power supplies, connect each power supply to a separate power source.

In case of a power source failure, the second source will most likely still be available.

Step 7 Verify power supply operation by checking that the power supply LEDs are in the following states:

• INPUT OK LED is green.

• FAN OK LED is green.

• OUTPUT FAIL LED is off.

Send documentation comments to mdsfeedback-doc@cisco.com.

A-1

Cisco MDS 9500 Series Hardware Installation Guide

OL-17467-02

APPENDIX

Migrating to Generation 3 8-Gbps Fibre Channel

Switching Modules

This appendix describes the tasks associated with readying the MDS 9500 Series to support Generation

3 8-Gbps Fibre Channel switching modules. It presents an overview of the Generation 3 8-Gbps

modules, provides usage guidelines for the modules, and describes three procedures for migrating

hardware and upgrading software to enable use of these modules in an MDS 9513 Director.

This appendix includes the following sections:

• Overview, page A-1

• Usage Guidelines, page A-2

• Before You Begin Upgrading the MDS 9513 Director, page A-3

• Migration Procedures for the MDS 9513 Director, page A-3

• Migration Procedure for the MDS 9509 Director and MDS 9506 Director, page A-12

Overview

Cisco MDS NX-OS 4.1(1b) supports the following Generation 3 8-Gbps modules:

• MDS 9000 4/44-port 8-Gbps Host-Optimized Fibre Channel module (DS-X9248-48K9)

• MDS 9000 24-port 8-Gbps Fibre Channel module (DS-X9224-96K9)

• MDS 9000 48-port 8-Gbps Fibre Channel module (DS-X9248-96K9)

In addition, Cisco MDS NX-OS 4.1(1b) supports two fabric modules, which are also known as crossbar

modules, for the MDS 9513 Director:

• MDS 9513 Fabric 2 module, DS-13SLT-FAB2

• MDS 9513 Fabric 1 module, DS-13SLT-FAB1

The MDS 9513 Director requires Cisco MDS NX-OS 4.1(1b) and the MDS 9513 Fabric 2 modules to

support the MDS 9000 48-port 8-Gbps Fibre Channel module and the MDS 9000 24-port 8-Gbps Fibre

Channel module. Two MDS 9513 Fabric 2 modules can double the active backplane bandwidth of the

MDS 9513 Director to 192-Gbps full duplex per slot when used in conjunction with these two

Generation 3 modules.

The MDS 9513 Director requires Cisco MDS NX-OS 4.1(1b), but does not require the MDS 9513 Fabric

2 modules to support the MDS 9000 4/44-port 8-Gbps Host-optimized Fibre Channel module.

Send documentation comments to mdsfeedback-doc@cisco.com.

A-2

Cisco MDS 9500 Series Hardware Installation Guide

OL-17467-02

Appendix A Migrating to Generation 3 8-Gbps Fibre Channel Switching Modules

Usage Guidelines

The MDS 9509 Director and the MDS 9506 Director also support the Generation 3 8-Gbps modules. The

switches require Supervisor-2 modules and Cisco MDS NX-OS 4.1(1b) to support the Generation 3

8-Gbps modules.

Note To upgrade to NX-OS Release 4.1(1b) from SAN-OS Release 3.2(3a) or earlier, first upgrade to SAN-OS

Release 3.3(1x) and then upgrade to NX-OS Release 4.1(1b).

Usage Guidelines

In preparation for using the MDS 9513 Fabric 2 module and the Generation 3 8-Gbps modules in an

MDS 9513 Director, be aware of the following usage guidelines:

• Cisco SAN-OS release 3.x supports the MDS 9513 Fabric 2 module.

• Until you upgrade to Cisco NX-OS 4.1(1b) and reload the switch, a MDS 9513 Fabric 2 module

functions like a MDS 9513 Fabric 1 module.

• You cannot use any Generation 3 8-Gbps module in a MDS 9513 Director, MDS 9509 Director, or

MDS 9506 Director until you upgrade to NX-OS 4.1(1b).

• Supervisor-2 modules are required for the MDS 9509 Director and the MDS 9506 Director to

support any Generation 3 8-Gbps module.

• You must do the following to enable the increased bandwidth capabilities of the MDS 9513 Fabric

2 modules:

–

Upgrade from Cisco SAN-OS 3.x to NX-OS release 4.1(1b).

–

Migrate the existing MDS 9513 Fabric 1 modules in the MDS 9513 chassis to MDS 9513 Fabric

2 modules.

–

Reload the switch to enable the increased bandwidth.

• If you install just one MDS 9513 Fabric 2 module, the active slot bandwidth of MDS 9513 Director

is 96-Gbps full duplex.

• Once you upgrade to Cisco NX-OS 4.1(1b) and reload the switch, a downgrade to Cisco SAN-OS

release 3.x will be disruptive. Following the downgrade, the Generation 3 8-Gbps modules in the

switch will not power up.

Table A-1 lists the types of Generation 3 modules that the MDS 9513 Director supports.

Ta b l e A-1 Module Support Matrix for the MDS 9513 Director

Generation 3 Module Fabric Module Software Release

MDS 9000 4/44-port 8-Gbps Host-optimized module,

DS-X9248-48K9

MDS 9513 Fabric 1

module or MDS

9513 Fabric 2

module

Cisco NX-OS

4.1(1b)

MDS 9000 48-port 8-Gbps Fibre Channel module,

DS-X9248-96K9

MDS 9513 Fabric 2

module

Cisco NX-OS

4.1(1b)

MDS 9000 24-port 8-Gbps Fibre Channel module,

DS-X9224-96K9

MDS 9513 Fabric 2

module

Cisco NX-OS

4.1(1b)

Send documentation comments to mdsfeedback-doc@cisco.com.

A-3

Cisco MDS 9500 Series Hardware Installation Guide

OL-17467-02

Appendix A Migrating to Generation 3 8-Gbps Fibre Channel Switching Modules

Before You Begin Upgrading the MDS 9513 Director

The sections that follow present three procedures for readying an MDS 9513 Director to support the

Generation 3 8-Gbps modules. Before you begin one of these procedures, do the following:

1. Review the steps involved in each procedure, and then choose the one that best fits your business

needs. In particular, decide which of the following you want to do:

• Install the MDS 9000 4/44-port 8-Gbps Host-Optimized module and retain the MDS 9513

Fabric 1 module in the switch.

• Install the MDS 9513 Fabric 2 modules and continue to run Cisco MDS SAN-OS 3.x software

in preparation for use of a Generation 3 module at a later time.

• Install the MDS 9513 Fabric 2 modules for immediate use of any Generation 3 module.

Your choice will determine which procedure you should follow.

2. Observe the following differences in the MDS 9513 Fabric 1 and MDS 9513 Fabric 2 modules:

• The MDS 9513 Fabric 1 module, DS-13SLT-FAB1, has a light blue surface above the top-most

captive screw on the front of the module.

• The MDS 9513 Fabric 2 module, DS-13SLT-FAB2, has a light pink surface above the top-most

captive screw on the front of the module.

3. Examine the slots for the fabric modules at the rear of the MDS 9513 chassis. The left slot is marked

Fabric 1 and the right slot is marked Fabric 2. The slot name does not have any meaning in terms of

which fabric module can be installed in it. The MDS 9513 Fabric 2 module, DS-13SLT-FAB2, can

be installed in either slot, and the MDS 9513 Fabric 1 module DS-13SLT-FAB1, can be installed in

either slot.

Migration Procedures for the MDS 9513 Director

This section presents three procedures for migrating your hardware and upgrading your software in the

MDS 9513 to make it ready for the Generation 8-Gbps modules. Each procedure lists the tasks involved

and the benefits of the particular procedure.

Installing the MDS 9000 4/44-Port 8-Gbps Host-Optimized Module

This procedure allows you to start using an 8-Gbps module, without replacing the MDS 9513 Fabric 1

modules in the switch. The procedure consists of the following tasks:

• Upgrade the MDS 9513 Director to Cisco NX-OS 4.1(1b).

• Install the MDS 9000 4/44-port 8-Gbps Host-Optimized module.

This procedure offers the following benefits:

• There is no service disruption. The upgrade to Cisco NX-OS 4.1(1b) is nondisruptive.

• You immediately realize the benefit of the faster 8-Gbps port speed.

To nondisruptively upgrade to Cisco NX-OS 4.1(1b), and install the MDS 9000 4/44-port 8-Gbps

Host-Optimized module, follow these steps:

Step 1 Connect a PC to the console port on the active supervisor module and log in to the switch.

Send documentation comments to mdsfeedback-doc@cisco.com.

A-4

Cisco MDS 9500 Series Hardware Installation Guide

OL-17467-02

Appendix A Migrating to Generation 3 8-Gbps Fibre Channel Switching Modules

Migration Procedures for the MDS 9513 Director

Step 2 Verify that the MDS 9513 Director is running Cisco SAN-OS 3.x by entering the show version command

at the command line.

This example shows the output of the show version command:

switch# show version

Cisco Storage Area Networking Operating System (SAN-OS) Software

TAC support: http://www.cisco.com/tac

The copyrights to certain works contained herein are owned by

other third parties and are used and distributed under license.

Some parts of this software may be covered under the GNU Public

License or the GNU Lesser General Public License. A copy of

each such license is available at

http://www.gnu.org/licenses/gpl.html and

http://www.gnu.org/licenses/lgpl.html

Software

BIOS: version 1.1.0

loader: version 1.2(2)

kickstart: version 3.0(3) [gdb]

system: version 3.0(3) [gdb]

BIOS compile time: 10/24/03

kickstart image file is: bootflash:///boot-3.0.3

kickstart compile time: 9/15/2006 10:00:00 [10/02/2006 06:26:25]

system image file is: bootflash:///isan-3.0.3

system compile time: 9/15/2006 10:00:00 [10/02/2006 06:45:25]

Step 3 Upgrade to Cisco NX-OS 4.1(1b). Refer to the upgrade procedure described in the MDS 9000 Family

CLI Configuration Guide.

Step 4 Verify that the switch is running Cisco NX-OS 4.1(1b) by entering the show version command.

This example shows the output of the show version command:

switch# show version

Cisco Nexus Operating System (NX-OS) Software

TAC support: http://www.cisco.com/tac

The copyrights to certain works contained herein are owned by

other third parties and are used and distributed under license.

Some parts of this software are covered under the GNU Public

License. A copy of the license is available at

http://www.gnu.org/licenses/gpl.html.

Software

BIOS: version 1.0.7

loader: version N/A

kickstart: version 4.1(1b)

system: version 4.1(1b)

BIOS compile time: 08/26/08

kickstart image file is: bootflash:/bootimage

kickstart compile time: 10/12/2020 25:00:00 [09/06/2008 01:36:07]

system image file is: bootflash:/isanimage

system compile time: 8/22/2008 0:00:00 [09/06/2008 02:48:50]

Hardware

cisco MDS 9513 (13 Slot) Chassis ("Supervisor/Fabric-2")

Motorola, 7447A, altivec with 1032472 kB of memory.

Processor Board ID JAE1217FOFI

Device name: sw5-qa01

bootflash: 1023120 kB

slot0: 511664 kB (expansion flash)

Kernel uptime is 1 day(s), 9 hour(s), 12 minute(s), 4 second(s)

Last reset at 518531 usecs after Sun Sep 7 01:29:37 2008

Reason: Reset triggered due to Switchover Request by User

Send documentation comments to mdsfeedback-doc@cisco.com.

A-5

Cisco MDS 9500 Series Hardware Installation Guide

OL-17467-02

Appendix A Migrating to Generation 3 8-Gbps Fibre Channel Switching Modules

Migration Procedures for the MDS 9513 Director

System version: 4.1(1b)

Service:

Step 5 Install the MDS 9000 4/44-port 8-Gbps Host-Optimized Fibre Channel module.

Step 6 Refer to the Cisco MDS 9000 Family CLI Configuration Guide or Cisco MDS 9000 Family Fabric

Manager Configuration Guide for information on how to configure the module.

Installing MDS 9513 Fabric 2 Modules and Running Cisco SAN-OS 3.x

This procedure allows you to prepare your switch for the future installation of an MDS 48-port 8-Gbps

module or an MDS 9000 24-port 8-Gbps module. The procedure consists of the following tasks:

• Replace the MDS 9513 Fabric 1 modules with MDS 9513 Fabric 2 modules.

This procedure offers the following benefits:

• There is no service disruption. The installation of the MDS 9513 Fabric 2 modules is nondisruptive,

and you can continue running Cisco SAN-OS 3.x.

• You have completed the MDS 9513 hardware upgrade.

• You can schedule time for proceeding with the software upgrade and the installation of Generation

3 modules at a later time.

To nondisruptively remove a MDS 9513 Fabric 1 module from the Cisco MDS 9513 Director and replace

it with a MDS 9513 Fabric 2 module, follow these steps:

Step 1 Connect a PC to the console port on the active supervisor module and log in to the switch.

Step 2 Enter the show module command to determine which supervisor and its associated fabric module are in

active mode.

The supervisor module in slot 7 is associated with the fabric module in the Fabric 1 slot and the

supervisor module in slot 8 is associated with the fabric module in the Fabric 2 slot.

The following example shows the output of the show module command, which indicates that the

supervisor in slot 7 is active and the supervisor in slot 8 is in standby mode.

switch# show module

Mod Ports Module-Type Model Status

--- ----- -------------------------------- ------------------ ------------

7 0 Supervisor/Fabric-2 DS-X9530-SF2-K9 ha-standby

8 0 Supervisor/Fabric-2 DS-X9530-SF2-K9 active *

Step 3 If the supervisor module in slot 7 is active, shut down the standby supervisor and fabric module by

entering the out-of-service xbar 2 command.

The following example shows how to shut down the standby supervisor and associated fabric module in

slot 2.

switch# out-of-service xbar 2

Step 4 If the supervisor module in slot 8 is active, shut down the standby supervisor and fabric module by

entering the out-of-service xbar 1 command.

The following example shows the output of the show module command and then shows how to shut

down the standby supervisor (in slot 7) and its associated fabric module in the Fabric 1 slot.

Send documentation comments to mdsfeedback-doc@cisco.com.

A-6

Cisco MDS 9500 Series Hardware Installation Guide

OL-17467-02

Appendix A Migrating to Generation 3 8-Gbps Fibre Channel Switching Modules

Migration Procedures for the MDS 9513 Director

switch# show module

Mod Ports Module-Type Model Status

--- ----- -------------------------------- ------------------ ------------

7 0 Supervisor/Fabric-2 DS-X9530-SF2-K9 ha-standby

8 0 Supervisor/Fabric-2 DS-X9530-SF2-K9 active *

switch# out-of-service xbar 1

Step 5 Enter the show module xbar command to verify that the standby supervisor module is powered down.

Step 6 Attach a ESD wrist strap according to the instructions in the section “Preventing Electrostatic Discharge

Damage” section on page 2-19.

Step 7 Confirm that the LED light is red, which indicates that the module is powered off, and then loosen the

two captive screws on the module being removed.

Step 8 Remove the module from the chassis as follows:

a. Place your thumbs on the top and bottom ejector levers and simultaneously rotate the levers outward

to unseat the module from the midplane connector. (See Figure A-1)

b. Hold the front edge of the module and slide the module partially out of the slot. Do not touch the

module circuitry.

Send documentation comments to mdsfeedback-doc@cisco.com.

A-7

Cisco MDS 9500 Series Hardware Installation Guide

OL-17467-02

Appendix A Migrating to Generation 3 8-Gbps Fibre Channel Switching Modules

Migration Procedures for the MDS 9513 Director

Figure A-1 Captive Screws and Ejector Levers on the Fabric Module

Step 9 Place the MDS 9513 Fabric 1 module on an antistatic surface.

Step 10 On the MDS 9513 Fabric 2 module to be installed, ensure that the ejector levers are completely open.

Step 11 Position the MDS 9513 Fabric 2 module in the chassis as follows:

a. Position the module in the empty slot. Ensure that you align the sides of the module carrier with the

slot guides on each side of the slot.

b. Slide the module carefully into the slot until the EMI gasket along the top edge of the module

contacts the module in the slot above it and both ejector levers close to approximately 45 degrees

with respect to the front of the module. (See Figure A-2.)

1Captive screws 2Ejector levers

3Fabric slot 1 label 4Fabric slot 2 label

5Power LEDs

188730

Send documentation comments to mdsfeedback-doc@cisco.com.

A-8

Cisco MDS 9500 Series Hardware Installation Guide

OL-17467-02

Appendix A Migrating to Generation 3 8-Gbps Fibre Channel Switching Modules

Migration Procedures for the MDS 9513 Director

Figure A-2 Installing a Fabric Module

c. Grasp the two ejector levers using the thumb and forefinger of each hand, and press down to create

a small 0.040-inch (1-mm) gap between the module's EMI gasket and the module above it.

Caution Do not press down too forcefully on the levers because they can bend.

d. While pressing down, simultaneously close the top and bottom ejector levers to completely seat the

module in the midplane connector. The ejector levers are completely closed when they are flush with

the front of the module.

Note Ensure that the ejector levers are completely closed before tightening the captive screws. Failure

to completely seat the module in the backplane connector can result in error messages.

e. Tighten the two captive screws on the module until they are finger tight.

Step 12 Verify that the LED light on the front of the module is green. The light should come on within five

seconds of the module being inserted. If it does not, check to see if the module is seated correctly in the

slot.

Step 13 Enter the system switchover command to put the other supervisor in active mode.

147940

Send documentation comments to mdsfeedback-doc@cisco.com.

A-9

Cisco MDS 9500 Series Hardware Installation Guide

OL-17467-02

Appendix A Migrating to Generation 3 8-Gbps Fibre Channel Switching Modules

Migration Procedures for the MDS 9513 Director

Step 14 Move the console cable to the console port on the active supervisor.

Step 15 Enter the show module command to confirm which supervisor module is active.

Step 16 Enter the out-of-service xbar slot command (where slot refers to the external fabric module slot

number) to shut down the standby supervisor

Step 17 Remove the out-of-service fabric module and install a MDS 9513 Fabric 2 module by repeating steps 7

through 12.

Step 18 After you have replaced both MDS 9513 Fabric 1 modules, enter the show module xbar command to

verify that the system can detect the MDS 9513 Fabric 2 modules and that their status is ok.

This example shows the output of the show module xbar command:

switch# show module xbar

Xbar Ports Module-Type Model Status

--- ----- -------------------------------- ------------------ ------------

1 0 Fabric Module 2 DS-13SLT-FAB2 ok

2 0 Fabric Module 2 DS-13SLT-FAB2 ok

Xbar Sw Hw World-Wide-Name(s) (WWN)

--- -------------- ------ --------------------------------------------------

1 NA 2.0 --

2 NA 2.0 --

Xbar MAC-Address(es) Serial-Num

--- -------------------------------------- ----------

1 NA JAF1207ARRS

2 NA JAE1212BPR0

* this terminal session

switch#

The MDS 9513 Director with the MDS 9513 Fabric 2 modules should function as it did prior to the

migration procedure. Until you upgrade to Cisco NX-OS 4.1(1b) and reload the switch, the MDS 9513

Fabric 2 modules function like MDS 9513 Fabric 1 modules.

Installing MDS 9513 Fabric 2 Modules and Installing MDS 9000 24-port or

48-port 8-Gbps Modules

This procedure allows you to install the MDS 9513 Fabric 2 modules and activate the increased

backplane bandwidth of the MDS 9513 Director. The procedure consists of the following tasks:

• Upgrade to NX-OS 4.1(1b). This is a nondisruptive procedure.

• Replace the MDS 9513 Fabric 1 modules with MDS 9513 Fabric 2 modules.

• Install the MDS 9000 48-port or 24-port 8-Gbps Fibre Channel modules.

• Activate the higher bandwidth capabilities of the MDS 9513 Fabric 2 modules.

This procedure offers the following benefits:

• You double the active backplane bandwidth to 192-Gbps full duplex per slot on the MDS 9513

Director once you activate the increased bandwidth capabilities of the MDS 9513 Fabric 2 modules

through a reload or power cycle.

• You simplify the migration process if you choose to power down the switch and install all the

hardware modules at one time.

Send documentation comments to mdsfeedback-doc@cisco.com.

A-10

Cisco MDS 9500 Series Hardware Installation Guide

OL-17467-02

Appendix A Migrating to Generation 3 8-Gbps Fibre Channel Switching Modules

Migration Procedures for the MDS 9513 Director

Activating the higher bandwidth capabilities of the MDS 9513 Fabric 2 modules can occur in one of two

ways:

• You can enter the reload command after a nondisruptive installation of the MDS 9513 Fabric 2

modules.

• You can power down the switch, install the MDS 9513 Fabric 2 modules, and then power up the

switch.

Both methods are disruptive. The latter method is a best practice because it requires fewer steps.

Depending on which method you choose, follow the instructions in either the “Installing the MDS 9513

Fabric 2 Modules and Activating Higher Bandwidth by Reloading the Switch” section on page A-10 or

in the “Installing the MDS 9513 Fabric 2 Modules and Activating Higher Bandwidth by Powering Down

the Switch” section on page A-11.

Installing the MDS 9513 Fabric 2 Modules and Activating Higher Bandwidth by Reloading the Switch

Figure A-3 shows the process flow that occurs when you reload the switch to activate the higher

bandwidth capabilities of the MDS 9513 Fabric 2 modules.

Figure A-3 Strategy 2: Migration Process Flow

To reload the switch to activate the increased bandwidth capabilities of the MDS 9513 Fabric 2 modules,

follow these steps:

Step 1 Upgrade to Cisco NX-OS 4.1(1b). Refer to the upgrade procedure described in the MDS 9000 Family

CLI Configuration Guide.

Step 2 Verify that the switch is running Cisco NX-OS 4.1(1b) by entering the show version command.

Step 3 Enter the copy running-config startup-config command to save a copy of the current switch

configuration.

Step 4 Check the type of fabric modules that are present in the chassis by entering the show module xbar

command.

Step 5 If there are MDS 9513 Fabric 1 modules in the chassis, replace them according to the instructions in

the“Installing MDS 9513 Fabric 2 Modules and Running Cisco SAN-OS 3.x” section on page A-5.

Step 6 Enter the show hardware fabric-mode command to display information about Generation 3 module

support.

The following example shows the output of the show hardware fabric-mode command, which indicates

that support for the MDS 9000 48-port and 24-port 8-Gbps Generation 3 modules has not been enabled

for the switch.

Send documentation comments to mdsfeedback-doc@cisco.com.

A-11

Cisco MDS 9500 Series Hardware Installation Guide

OL-17467-02

Appendix A Migrating to Generation 3 8-Gbps Fibre Channel Switching Modules

Migration Procedures for the MDS 9513 Director

switch# show hardware fabric-mode

Fabric mode supports only one configuration of Gen3 Linecards - 4/44 Host-Optimized 8G FC

Linecard.

switch#

Failure message for Gen3 cards for fabric2 in the above fabric-mode:switch# 2008 Jul 24

10:27:58 switch %XBAR-2-INCOMPATIBLE_CONFIG: Fabric mode does not support linecard in slot

4 . Please reload the switch to support 24-port and 48-port 8G FC linecards.

Step 7 Enter the reload command to enable the increased bandwidth capabilities of the MDS 9513 Fabric 2

modules.

Step 8 When the switch comes back up, install the MDS 9000 48-port or 24-port 8-Gbps Fibre Channel

modules.

Step 9 Enter the show hardware fabric-mode command to verify that increased bandwidth capabilities are

activated.

The following example shows the output of the show hardware fabric-mode command, and indicates

that support for the MDS 9000 48-port and 24-port 8-Gbps Generation 3 modules has been activated.

switch# show hardware fabric-mode

Fabric mode supports Gen3 and above linecards.

switch#

Step 10 Refer to the Cisco MDS 9000 Family CLI Configuration Guide or Cisco MDS 9000 Family Fabric

Manager Configuration Guide for information on how to configure the MDS 9000 48-port or 24-port

8-Gbps Fibre Channel modules.

Installing the MDS 9513 Fabric 2 Modules and Activating Higher Bandwidth by Powering Down the

Switch

To power down the switch to activate the increased bandwidth capabilities of the MDS 9513 Fabric 2

modules, follow these steps:

Step 1 Upgrade to Cisco NX-OS 4.1(1b). Refer to the upgrade procedure described in the MDS 9000 Family

CLI Configuration Guide.

Step 2 Verify that the switch is running Cisco NX-OS 4.1(1b) by entering the show version command.

Step 3 Enter the copy running-config startup-config command to save a copy of the current switch

configuration.

Step 4 Power down the switch by turning the power supply switch at the rear of the power supply

counterclockwise to the off position on both power supplies.

Step 5 Remove the MDS 9513 Fabric 1 modules and replace them with MDS 9513 Fabric 2 modules. See steps

5 through 10 in the “Installing MDS 9513 Fabric 2 Modules and Running Cisco SAN-OS 3.x” section

on page A-5.

Step 6 Install the MDS 9000 48-port or 24-port 8-Gbps Fibre Channel modules.

Step 7 Power up the switch by turning the power supply switch at the rear of the power supply clockwise to the

on position on both power supplies.

Step 8 Enter the show hardware fabric-mode command to verify that increased bandwidth capabilities are

activated.

The following example shows the output of the show hardware fabric-mode command, and indicates

that support for the MDS 9000 48-port and 24-port 8-Gbps Generation 3 modules has been activated.

Send documentation comments to mdsfeedback-doc@cisco.com.

A-12

Cisco MDS 9500 Series Hardware Installation Guide

OL-17467-02

Appendix A Migrating to Generation 3 8-Gbps Fibre Channel Switching Modules

Migration Procedure for the MDS 9509 Director and MDS 9506 Director

switch# show hardware fabric-mode

Fabric mode supports Gen3 and above linecards.

switch#

Step 9 Refer to the Cisco MDS 9000 Family CLI Configuration Guide or Cisco MDS 9000 Family Fabric

Manager Configuration Guide for information on how to configure the MDS 9000 48-port or 24-port

8-Gbps Fibre Channel modules.

Migration Procedure for the MDS 9509 Director and MDS 9506

Director

Note Do not upgrade to NX-OS 4.1(1b) if a Supervisor-1 module is installed.

To use any Generation 3 8-Gbps module in an MDS 9509 Director or MDS 9506 Director, follow these

steps:

Step 1 Log in to the switch.

Step 2 Verify that the switch is running Cisco NX-OS 4.1(1b) by entering the show version command.

If the switch has NX-OS 4.x or higher installed, then Supervisor-2 module is already installed on the

switch. Skip to step 7 to install any Generation 3 8-Gbps module.

Step 3 Enter the show module command to determine which supervisor module is in active mode and which is

in standby module. Supervisor modules are installed in slot 5 and slot 6 on the MDS 9509 Director and

MDS 9506 Director.

The following example shows the output of the show module command:

switch# show module

Mod Ports Module-Type Model Status

--- ----- -------------------------------- ------------------ ------------

4 22 4x1GE IPS, 18x1/2/4Gbps FC Modul DS-X9304-18K9 ok

5 0 Supervisor/Fabric-1 DS-X9530-SF1-K9 active *

6 0 Supervisor/Fabric-1 DS-X9530-SF1-K9 ha-standby

Mod Sw Hw World-Wide-Name(s) (WWN)

--- -------------- ------ --------------------------------------------------

4 4.1(0.182) 0.304 20:c1:00:05:30:00:a7:9e to 20:d2:00:05:30:00:a7:9e

5 4.1(0.182) 4.0 --

6 4.1(0.182) 0.0 --

Mod MAC-Address(es) Serial-Num

--- -------------------------------------- ----------

4 00-19-56-be-65-d0 to 00-19-56-be-65-d8 JAB1107027K

5 00-0c-30-0d-2b-b8 to 00-0c-30-0d-2b-bc JAB074004VE

6 00-05-30-00-52-f2 to 00-05-30-00-52-f6 NA

Step 4 If the switch has Supervisor-1 modules installed, remove the modules according to the instructions in

the “Removing Supervisor Modules” section on page 2-39. If the switch has Supervisor-2 modules

installed, then skip to Step 6.

Send documentation comments to mdsfeedback-doc@cisco.com.

A-13

Cisco MDS 9500 Series Hardware Installation Guide

OL-17467-02

Appendix A Migrating to Generation 3 8-Gbps Fibre Channel Switching Modules

Migration Procedure for the MDS 9509 Director and MDS 9506 Director

Step 5 Install Supervisor-2 modules according to the instructions in the “Installing Supervisor Modules”

section on page 2-40. Refer to the Migrating from Supervisor-1 Modules to Supervisor-2 Modules

procedure described in the MDS 9000 Family CLI Configuration Guide.

Step 6 Upgrade to Cisco NX-OS 4.1(1b). Refer to the upgrade procedure described in the MDS 9000 Family

CLI Configuration Guide.

Step 7 Install any Generation 3 8-Gbps module.

Step 8 Refer to the Cisco MDS 9000 Family CLI Configuration Guide or Cisco MDS 9000 Family Fabric

Manager Configuration Guide for information on how to configure a Generation 3 8-Gbps module.

Send documentation comments to mdsfeedback-doc@cisco.com.

A-14

Cisco MDS 9500 Series Hardware Installation Guide

OL-17467-02

Appendix A Migrating to Generation 3 8-Gbps Fibre Channel Switching Modules

Migration Procedure for the MDS 9509 Director and MDS 9506 Director

CHAPTER

Send documentation comments to mdsfeedback-doc@cisco.com.

B-1

Cisco MDS 9500 Series Hardware Installation Guide

OL-17467-02

Connecting the Cisco MDS 9500 Series

The Cisco MDS 9500 Series provides the following types of ports:

• Console port (supervisor modules) —An RS-232 port that you can use to create a local management

connection.

• COM1 port (supervisor modules)—An RS-232 port that you can use to connect to an external serial

communication device such as a modem.

• MGMT 10/100/1000 Ethernet port (Supervisor-2 module)—An Ethernet port that you can use to

access and manage the switch by IP address, such as through Fabric Manager.

• MGMT 10/100 Ethernet port (Supervisor-1 module)—An Ethernet port that you can use to access

and manage the switch by IP address, such as through Fabric Manager.

• Fibre Channel ports (switching modules)—Fibre Channel ports that you can use to connect to the

SAN or for in-band management.

• Gigabit Ethernet ports (IP services modules)—Gigabit Ethernet ports that you can use for iSCSI

and/or FCIP.

• Two USB ports (Supervisor-2 module)—A simple interface that allows you to connect to different

devices supported by Cisco MDS SAN-OS and NX-OS. On the double-decker connector, USB port

1 is on the upper position and port 2 is on the lower position.

Note The USB ports are not functional on Cisco MDS SAN-OS Release 3.0(1) or earlier.

• CPU subsystem based on Motorola PowerPC 7447

This chapter includes the following sections:

• Preparing for Network Connections, page B-2

• Connecting to the Console Port, page B-2

• Connecting to the COM1 Port, page B-4

• Connecting to the MGMT 10/100/1000 Ethernet Port, page B-6

• Connecting to the MGMT 10/100 Ethernet Port, page B-7

• Connecting to a Fibre Channel Port, page B-9

Send documentation comments to mdsfeedback-doc@cisco.com.

B-2

Cisco MDS 9500 Series Hardware Installation Guide

OL-17467-02

Chapter B Connecting the Cisco MDS 9500 Series

Preparing for Network Connections

Caution When running power and data cables in overhead or subfloor cable trays, we strongly recommend that

power cables and other potential noise sources be located as far away as is practical from network

cabling that terminates on Cisco equipment. In situations where long parallel cable runs cannot be

separated by at least 3.3 ft (1 m), we recommend shielding any potential noise sources by housing them

in a grounded metallic conduit.

Note The Cisco MDS 9506 Director and Cisco MDS 9509 Director use the Supervisor-1 module and require

the same port connecting procedures.

Preparing for Network Connections

When preparing your site for network connections to the Cisco MDS 9500 Series, consider the following

for each type of interface, and gather all the required equipment before connecting the ports:

• Cabling required for each interface type

• Distance limitations for each signal type

• Additional interface equipment required

Connecting to the Console Port

The console port, labeled “Console,” is an RS-232 port with an RJ-45 interface (see Figure B-1). It is an

asynchronous (async) serial port; any device connected to this port must be capable of asynchronous

transmission.

We recommend using this port to create a local management connection to set the IP address and other

initial configuration settings before connecting the switch to the network for the first time.

Send documentation comments to mdsfeedback-doc@cisco.com.

B-3

Cisco MDS 9500 Series Hardware Installation Guide

OL-17467-02

Chapter B Connecting the Cisco MDS 9500 Series

Connecting to the Console Port

Figure B-1 Connecting to the Console Port on the Supervisor Module for the Cisco MDS 9500

Series

Note Connecting the console port to a modem is supported for switches running Cisco MDS SAN-OS Release

1.2(2a) or later or NX-OS Release 4.1(1b).

Caution The console port can be used to connect to a modem, however, we recommend using the COM1 port for

this purpose. If you decide to connect the console port to a modem, do not connect it while the switch is

booting; connect either before powering the switch on or after the switch has completed the boot process.

You can use the console port to perform the following functions:

• Configure the Cisco MDS 9500 from the CLI.

• Monitor network statistics and errors.

• Configure SNMP agent parameters.

• Download software updates.

Note To connect the console port to a computer terminal, the computer must support VT100 terminal

emulation. The terminal emulation software—frequently an application such as HyperTerminal or

Procomm Plus—makes communication between the switch and computer possible during setup and

configuration.

91701

Console

Send documentation comments to mdsfeedback-doc@cisco.com.

B-4

Cisco MDS 9500 Series Hardware Installation Guide

OL-17467-02

Chapter B Connecting the Cisco MDS 9500 Series

Connecting to the COM1 Port

To connect the console port to a computer terminal, follow these steps:

Step 1 Configure the terminal emulator program to match the following default port characteristics: 9600 baud,

8 data bits, 1 stop bit, no parity.

Step 2 Connect the supplied RJ-45 to DB-9 female adapter or RJ-45 to DP-25 female adapter (depending on

your computer) to the computer serial port. We recommend using the adapter and cable provided with

the switch.

Step 3 Connect the console cable (a rollover RJ-45 to RJ-45 cable) to the console port and to the RJ-45 to DB-9

adapter or the RJ-45 to DP-25 adapter (depending on your computer) at the computer serial port.

Note For configuration instructions, see the Cisco MDS 9000 Family CLI Configuration Guide or the

Cisco MDS 9000 Family Fabric Manager Configuration Guide.

Connecting to the COM1 Port

Note The COM1 port is not supported for connection to a console.

The COM1 port (labeled “COM1”) is an RS-232 port with a DB-9 interface (see Figure B-2). You can

use it to connect to an external serial communication device such as a modem. For information about

how to turn off hardware flow control, see the Cisco MDS 9000 Family CLI Configuration Guide.

Note Switches running Cisco MDS SAN-OS Release 1.2(1a) or later NX-OS Release 4.1(1b) support the

connection of a COM1 port to a modem.

Send documentation comments to mdsfeedback-doc@cisco.com.

B-5

Cisco MDS 9500 Series Hardware Installation Guide

OL-17467-02

Chapter B Connecting the Cisco MDS 9500 Series

Connecting to the COM1 Port

Figure B-2 Connecting to the COM1 Port on the Supervisor Module for the Cisco MDS 9500

Series

To connect the COM1 port to a modem, follow these steps:

Step 1 Connect the modem to the COM1 port using the adapters and cables provided with the accessory kit, as

follows:

a. Connect the DB-9 serial adapter to the COM1 port.

b. Connect the RJ-45 to DB-25 modem adapter to the modem.

c. Connect the adapters using the RJ-45 to RJ-45 rollover cable (or equivalent crossover cable).

99272

COM1

Send documentation comments to mdsfeedback-doc@cisco.com.

B-6

Cisco MDS 9500 Series Hardware Installation Guide

OL-17467-02

Chapter B Connecting the Cisco MDS 9500 Series

Connecting to the MGMT 10/100/1000 Ethernet Port

Step 2 If the default settings for the COM1 are modified, see the Cisco MDS 9000 Family CLI Configuration

Guide containing information regarding verifying and resetting the default settings.

The default COM1 settings are as follows:

line Aux:

Speed: 9600 bauds

Databits: 8 bits per byte

Stopbits: 1 bit(s)

Parity: none

Modem In: Enable

Modem Init-String -

default: ATE0Q1&D2&C1S0=1\015

Statistics: tx:17 rx:0 Register Bits:RTS|DTR

Connecting to the MGMT 10/100/1000 Ethernet Port

Caution To prevent an IP address conflict, do not connect the MGMT 10/100/1000 Ethernet port to the network

until the initial configuration is complete. For more information, see the Cisco MDS 9000 Family CLI

Configuration Guide.

The Supervisor-2 module supports an autosensing MGMT 10/100/1000 Ethernet port (labeled “MGMT

10/100/1000”) and has an RJ-45 interface. (See Figure B-3.) You can use this port to access and manage

the switch by IP address, such as through Cisco Fabric Manager.

Figure B-3 Connecting to the MGMT 10/100/1000 Ethernet Port on the Supervisor-2 Module for

the Cisco MDS 9500 Series

144511

MGMT

10/100/1000

WS-X9530-SF2-K9

10/100/1000LINK

ACT

LINK

CON1

ACT

Send documentation comments to mdsfeedback-doc@cisco.com.

B-7

Cisco MDS 9500 Series Hardware Installation Guide

OL-17467-02

Chapter B Connecting the Cisco MDS 9500 Series

Connecting to the MGMT 10/100 Ethernet Port

To connect the MGMT 10/100/1000 Ethernet port to an external hub, switch, or router, follow these

steps:

Step 1 Connect the appropriate modular cable to the MGMT 10/100/1000 Ethernet port:

• Use a modular, RJ-45, straight-through UTP cable to connect the MGMT 10/100/1000 Ethernet port

to an Ethernet switch port or hub.

• Use a cross-over cable to connect to a router interface.

Step 2 Connect the other end of the cable to the device.

Note For high availability, connect the MGMT 10/100/1000 Ethernet port on the active Supervisor-2 module

and on the standby Supervisor-2 module to the same network or VLAN. The active supervisor module

owns the IP address used by both of these Ethernet connections. On a switchover, the newly activated

supervisor module takes over this IP address. This process requires an Ethernet connection to the newly

activated supervisor module.

Connecting to the MGMT 10/100 Ethernet Port

Caution To prevent an IP address conflict, do not connect the MGMT 10/100 Ethernet port to the network until

the initial configuration is complete. For more information, see the Cisco MDS 9000 Family CLI

Configuration Guide.

The Supervisor-1 module supports an autosensing MGMT 10/100 Ethernet port (labeled “MGMT

10/100”) and has an RJ-45 interface. (See Figure B-4.) You can use this port to access and manage the

switch by IP address, such as through Cisco Fabric Manager.

Send documentation comments to mdsfeedback-doc@cisco.com.

B-8

Cisco MDS 9500 Series Hardware Installation Guide

OL-17467-02

Chapter B Connecting the Cisco MDS 9500 Series

Connecting to the MGMT 10/100 Ethernet Port

Figure B-4 Connecting to the MGMT 10/100 Ethernet Port on the Supervisor-1 Module for the

Cisco MDS 9500 Series

To connect the MGMT 10/100 Ethernet port to an external hub, switch, or router, follow these steps:

Step 1 Connect the appropriate modular cable to the MGMT 10/100 Ethernet port:

• Use a modular, RJ-45, straight-through UTP cable to connect the MGMT 10/100 Ethernet port to an

Ethernet switch port or hub.

• Use a cross-over cable to connect to a router interface.

Step 2 Connect the other end of the cable to the device.

Note For high availability, connect the MGMT 10/100 Ethernet port on the active Supervisor-1 module and

on the standby Supervisor-1 module to the same network or VLAN. The active supervisor module owns

the IP address used by both of these Ethernet connections. On a switchover, the newly activated

supervisor module takes over this IP address. This process requires an Ethernet connection to the newly

activated supervisor module.

99328

MGMT 10/100

Send documentation comments to mdsfeedback-doc@cisco.com.

B-9

Cisco MDS 9500 Series Hardware Installation Guide

OL-17467-02

Chapter B Connecting the Cisco MDS 9500 Series

Connecting to a Fibre Channel Port

The Fibre Channel ports on the switching modules are compatible with LC-type fiber-optic SFP

transceivers and cables. You can use these ports to connect to the SAN or for in-band management. For

information about configuring the switch for in-band management, see the Cisco MDS 9000 Family CLI

Configuration Guide.

The Cisco MDS 9000 Family supports both Fibre Channel and Gigabit Ethernet protocols for SFP

transceivers. Each transceiver must match the transceiver on the other end of the cable, and the cable

must not exceed the stipulated cable length for reliable communication. For information on how to get

the list of supported SFP transceivers for your software release, see the Cisco MDS 9000 Family Release

Notes for Cisco MDS SAN-OS.

Warning

Class 1 laser product.

Statement 1008

Warning

Invisible laser radiation may be emitted from disconnected fibers or connectors. Do not stare into

beams or view directly with optical instruments.

Statement 1051

Caution Wear an ESD wrist strap connected to the chassis when handling transceivers. Keep optical connectors

covered when not in use, and do not touch connector ends. The fiber-optic connectors must be free of

dust, oil, and other contaminants.

This section provides the following topics:

• Removing and Installing X2 Transceivers, page B-9

• Removing and Installing SFP Transceivers, page B-12

• Removing and Installing Cables into SFP Transceivers, page B-14

• Maintaining SFP Transceivers and Fiber-Optic Cables, page B-16

Removing and Installing X2 Transceivers

Caution Excessively removing and installing X2 transceivers can shorten its useful life. Do not remove and insert

X2 transceivers more often than is absolutely necessary. We recommend disconnecting cables before

installing or removing SFP transceivers to prevent damage to the cable or transceiver.

Note Use only Cisco X2 transceivers listed in Table D-19 on page D-20 on the Cisco MDS 9200 Series. Each

X2 transceiver is encoded with model information that enables the switch to verify that the X2

transceiver meets the requirements for the switch. For instructions specific to the transceiver type, see

the “X2 Transceiver Specifications” section on page D-19.

Send documentation comments to mdsfeedback-doc@cisco.com.

B-10

Cisco MDS 9500 Series Hardware Installation Guide

OL-17467-02

Chapter B Connecting the Cisco MDS 9500 Series

Connecting to a Fibre Channel Port

The Cisco MDS 9000 Family supports X2 transceivers with SC connectors. (See Figure B-5.)

Figure B-5 Cisco MDS 9000 Family X2 Transceivers

1Transmit optical bore 6Module connector

2Receive optical bore 7Latch (extended)

3Latching sleeve (retracted) 8Latching sleeve (extended)

4EMI gasket 9Latch (retracted)

5Transceiver heat sink

120754

Latching sleeve retracted;

latch extended

Latching sleeve extended;

latch retracted

Send documentation comments to mdsfeedback-doc@cisco.com.

B-11

Cisco MDS 9500 Series Hardware Installation Guide

OL-17467-02

Chapter B Connecting the Cisco MDS 9500 Series

Connecting to a Fibre Channel Port

Removing an X2 Transceiver

To remove an X2 transceiver, follow these steps:

Step 1 Attach an ESD-preventive wrist strap and follow its instructions for use.

Step 2 If a cable is installed in the transceiver:

a. Record the cable and port connections for later reference.

b. Press the release latch on the cable, grasp the connector near the connection point, and gently pull

the connector from the transceiver.

c. Insert a dust plug into the cable end of the transceiver.

Caution If the transceiver does not remove easily in the next step, push the transceiver all the way back

in and then ensure that the latch is in the correct position before continuing.

Step 3 Remove the transceiver from the port.

Step 4 Insert a dust cover into the port end of the transceiver and place the transceiver on an antistatic mat or

into a static-shielding bag if you plan to return it to the factory.

Installing an X2 Transceiver

To install an X2 transceiver, follow these steps:

Step 1 Attach an ESD-preventive wrist strap and follow its instructions for use.

Caution If the transceiver does not install easily, ensure that it is correctly oriented before continuing.

Step 2 Remove the dust cover from the port end of the transceiver.

Step 3 Insert the transceiver into the port. Ensure that the transceiver is fully seated.

Note If you cannot install the cable into the transceiver, insert or leave the dust plug in the cable end

of the transceiver.

Send documentation comments to mdsfeedback-doc@cisco.com.

B-12

Cisco MDS 9500 Series Hardware Installation Guide

OL-17467-02

Chapter B Connecting the Cisco MDS 9500 Series

Connecting to a Fibre Channel Port

Removing and Installing SFP Transceivers

Caution Removing and installing an SFP transceiver can shorten its useful life. Do not remove and insert SFP

transceivers more often than is absolutely necessary. We recommend disconnecting cables before

installing or removing SFP transceivers to prevent damage to the cable or transceiver.

Note Use only Cisco SFP transceivers on the Cisco MDS 9200 Series. Each Cisco SFP transceiver is encoded

with model information that enables the switch to verify that the SFP transceiver meets the requirements

for the switch. For instructions specific to the transceiver type, see the “SFP and SFP+ Transceiver

Specifications” section on page D-22.

The Cisco MDS 9000 Family supports SFP transceivers with the following two types of latching devices:

• Mylar tab latch (Figure B-6)

• Bale-clasp latch (Figure B-7)

Figure B-6 SFP Transceiver with Mylar Tab Latch

Figure B-7 SFP Transceiver with Bale-Clasp Latch

Removing an SFP Transceiver

To remove an SFP transceiver, follow these steps:

Step 1 Attach an ESD-preventive wrist strap and follow its instructions for use.

Step 2 If a cable is installed in the transceiver:

a. Record the cable and port connections for later reference.

b. Press the release latch on the cable, grasp the connector near the connection point, and gently pull

the connector from the transceiver.

63065

63067

Send documentation comments to mdsfeedback-doc@cisco.com.

B-13

Cisco MDS 9500 Series Hardware Installation Guide

OL-17467-02

Chapter B Connecting the Cisco MDS 9500 Series

Connecting to a Fibre Channel Port

c. Insert a dust plug into the cable end of the transceiver.

Caution If the transceiver does not remove easily in the next step, push the transceiver all the way back

in and then ensure that the latch is in the correct position before continuing.

Step 3 Remove the transceiver from the port:

• If the transceiver has a Mylar tab latch, gently pull the tab straight out (do not twist), and then pull

the transceiver out of the port.

• If the transceiver has a bale clasp latch, open the clasp by pressing it downwards, and then pull the

transceiver out of the port.

Note If you have difficulty removing a bale clasp SFP transceiver, you should reseat the SFP by

returning the bale clasp in the up position. Then press the SFP inward and upward into the cage.

Next, lower the bale clasp and pull the SFP straight out with a slight upward lifting force (see

Figure B-8). Be careful not to damage the port cage during this process.

Figure B-8 Alternate Removal Method for Bale Clasp SFP Transceivers

Step 4 Insert a dust cover into the port end of the transceiver and place the transceiver on an antistatic mat or

into a static shielding bag if you plan to return it to the factory.

Step 5 If another transceiver is not being installed, protect the optical cage by inserting a clean cover.

115237

Send documentation comments to mdsfeedback-doc@cisco.com.

B-14

Cisco MDS 9500 Series Hardware Installation Guide

OL-17467-02

Chapter B Connecting the Cisco MDS 9500 Series

Connecting to a Fibre Channel Port

Installing an SFP Transceiver

To install an SFP transceiver, follow these steps:

Step 1 Attach an ESD-preventive wrist strap and follow its instructions for use.

Step 2 Remove the dust cover from the port cage.

Step 3 Remove the dust cover from the port end of the transceiver.

Step 4 Insert the transceiver into the port:

• If the transceiver has a Mylar tab, orient the transceiver with the tab on the bottom, and then gently

insert the transceiver into the port until it clicks into place.

• If the transceiver has a bale clasp, orient the transceiver with the clasp on the bottom, close the clasp

by pushing it up over the transceiver, and then gently insert the transceiver into the port until it clicks

into place.

Caution If the transceiver does not install easily, ensure that it is correctly oriented and the tab or clasp

are in the correct position before continuing.

Note If you cannot install the cable into the transceiver, insert or leave the dust plug in the cable end

of the transceiver.

Removing and Installing Cables into SFP Transceivers

Caution To prevent damage to the fiber-optic cables, do not place more tension on them than the rated limit and

do not bend to a radius of less than 1 inch if there is no tension in the cable, or 2 inches if there is tension

in the cable.

Removing a Cable from an SFP Transceiver

Caution When pulling a cable from a transceiver, grip the body of the connector. Do not pull on the jacket sleeve,

because this can compromise the fiber-optic termination in the connector.

Caution If the cable does not remove easily, ensure that any latch present on the cable has been released before

continuing.

To remove the cable, follow these steps:

Step 1 Attach an ESD-preventive wrist strap and follow its instructions for use.

Send documentation comments to mdsfeedback-doc@cisco.com.

B-15

Cisco MDS 9500 Series Hardware Installation Guide

OL-17467-02

Chapter B Connecting the Cisco MDS 9500 Series

Connecting to a Fibre Channel Port

Step 2 Press the release latch on the cable, grasp the connector near the connection point, and gently pull the

connector from the transceiver.

Step 3 Insert a dust plug into the cable end of the transceiver.

Step 4 Insert a dust plug onto the end of the cable.

Installing a Cable into an SFP Transceiver

Caution To prevent possible damage to the cable or transceiver, install the transceiver in the port before installing

the cable in the transceiver.

To install a cable into a transceiver, follow these steps:

Step 1 Attach an ESD-preventive wrist strap and follow its instructions for use.

Step 2 Remove the dust cover from the connector on the cable.

Step 3 Remove the dust cover from the cable end of the transceiver.

Step 4 Align the cable connector with the transceiver and insert the connector into the transceiver until it clicks

into place (see Figure B-9).

Figure B-9 Connecting the LC-Type Cable to a Fibre Channel Port

Caution If the cable does not install easily, ensure that it is correctly oriented before continuing.

For instructions on verifying connectivity, see the Cisco MDS 9000 Family CLI Configuration Guide or

the Cisco MDS 9000 Family Fabric Manager Configuration Guide.

LC plug

SFP module

91681

Send documentation comments to mdsfeedback-doc@cisco.com.

B-16

Cisco MDS 9500 Series Hardware Installation Guide

OL-17467-02

Chapter B Connecting the Cisco MDS 9500 Series

Connecting to a Fibre Channel Port

Maintaining SFP Transceivers and Fiber-Optic Cables

SFP transceivers and fiber-optic cables must be kept clean and dust-free to maintain high signal accuracy

and prevent damage to the connectors. Attenuation (Loss Of Light) is increased by contamination and

should be below 0.35 dB.

Consider the following maintenance guidelines:

• SFP transceivers are static sensitive. To prevent ESD damage, wear an ESD-preventive wrist strap

that is connected to the chassis.

• Do not remove and insert a transceiver more often than is necessary. Repeated removals and

insertions can shorten its useful life.

• Keep all optical connections covered when not in use. If they become dusty, clean before using to

prevent dust from scratching the fiber-optic cable ends.

• Do not touch ends of connectors to prevent fingerprints and other contamination.

• Clean regularly; the required frequency of cleaning depends upon the environment. In addition,

clean connectors if they are exposed to dust or accidentally touched. Both wet and dry cleaning

techniques can be effective; refer to your site’s fiber-optic connection cleaning procedure.

• Inspect routinely for dust and damage. If damage is suspected, clean and then inspect fiber ends

under a microscope to determine if damage has occurred.

Send documentation comments to mdsfeedback-doc@cisco.com.

C-1

Cisco MDS 9500 Series Hardware Installation Guide

OL-17467-02

APPENDIX

Cabinet and Rack Installation

This appendix provides information on the cabinet and rack installation and includes the following

sections:

• Cabinet and Rack Requirements, page C-1

• Cisco MDS 9000 Family Telco and EIA Shelf Bracket, page C-6

• Cisco MDS 9500 Shelf Bracket, page C-13

Cabinet and Rack Requirements

This section provides the Cisco MDS 9000 Family requirements for the following types of cabinets and

racks, assuming an external ambient air temperature range of 32 to 104oF (0 to 40oC):

• Standard perforated cabinets

• Solid-walled cabinets with a roof fan tray (bottom to top cooling)

• Standard open racks

• Two-post telco racks

Note If you are selecting an enclosed cabinet, We recommend one of the thermally validated types: standard

perforated or solid-walled with a fan tray.

General Requirements for Cabinets and Racks

The cabinet or rack must be one of the following types:

• Standard 19-inch four-post EIA cabinet or rack, with mounting rails that conform to English

universal hole spacing per section 1 of ANSI/EIA-310-D-1992. See the “Requirements Specific to

Perforated Cabinets” section on page C-3 and the “Requirements Specific to Solid-Walled

Cabinets” section on page C-4.

• Standard two-post telco rack, with mounting rails that conform to English universal hole spacing per

section 1 of ANSI/EIA-310-D-1992. See the “Requirements Specific to Two-Post Telco Racks” section

on page C-6.

Send documentation comments to mdsfeedback-doc@cisco.com.

C-2

Cisco MDS 9500 Series Hardware Installation Guide

OL-17467-02

Appendix C Cabinet and Rack Installation

Cabinet and Rack Requirements

Cabinet and Rack Requirements for the Cisco MDS 9513 Chassis

The cabinet or rack must also meet the following requirements for the Cisco MDS 9513 chassis:

• The minimum vertical rack space per chassis:

–

Cisco MDS 9513 chassis: 24.5 inches (62.2 cm) or 14 RU, height with required rack mount

support is 15 RU.

• The distance between the rack-mounting rails for four-post EIA racks must be at least 26.56 inches

(67.46 cm). For more information, see “Installing the Cisco MDS 9513 Director in a Rack” section

on page 2-7.

• The minimum spacing for four-post EIA cabinets (perforated or solid-walled):

–

To ensure the minimum bend radius for fiber-optic cables, the front mounting rails of the cabinet

should be offset from the front door by a minimum of 3 inches (7.6 cm), and a minimum of

5 inches (12.7 cm) if cable management brackets are installed on the front of the chassis.

–

A minimum of 4.0 inches (10.16 cm) of clear space between the side edge of the chassis and the

side wall of the cabinet. No sizeable flow obstructions should be immediately in the way of the

chassis air intake or exhaust vents.

Note Optional jumper power cords are available for use in a cabinet. See the “Jumper Power Cord” section on

page E-11.

Cabinet and Rack Requirements for the Cisco MDS 9509 and Cisco MDS 9506 Chassis

The cabinet or rack must also meet the following requirements:

• The minimum vertical rack space per chassis:

–

Cisco MDS 9509 chassis: 24.5 inches (62.2 cm) or 14 RU

–

Cisco MDS 9506 chassis: 12.25 inches (31.1 cm) or 7 RU (rack unit)

• The width between the rack-mounting rails must be at least 17.75 inches (45.1 cm). For four-post

EIA racks, this is the distance between the two front rails and rear rails.

• The minimum spacing for four-post EIA cabinets (perforated or solid-walled):

–

To ensure the minimum bend radius for fiber-optic cables, the front mounting rails of the cabinet

should be offset from the front door by a minimum of 3 inches (7.6 cm), and a minimum of

5 inches (12.7 cm) if cable management brackets are installed on the front of the chassis.

–

A minimum of 2.5 inches (6.4 cm) of clear space between the side edge of the chassis and the

side wall of the cabinet. No sizeable flow obstructions should be immediately in the way of the

chassis air intake or exhaust vents.

Note Optional jumper power cords are available for use in a cabinet. See the “Jumper Power Cord” section on

page E-11.

Send documentation comments to mdsfeedback-doc@cisco.com.

C-3

Cisco MDS 9500 Series Hardware Installation Guide

OL-17467-02

Appendix C Cabinet and Rack Installation

Cabinet and Rack Requirements

Requirements Specific to Perforated Cabinets

A perforated cabinet is defined here as a cabinet with perforated front and rear doors and solid side walls.

In addition to the requirements listed in the “General Requirements for Cabinets and Racks” section on

page C-1, perforated cabinets must meet the requirements listed under Perforated Cabinet Requirements

for the Cisco MDS 9513 Chassis.

Perforated Cabinet Requirements for the Cisco MDS 9513 Chassis

The perforated cabinet requirements for the Cisco MDS 9513 chassis are as follows:

• The front and rear doors must have at least a 60 percent open area (per square inch) perforation

pattern, with at least 80 percent perforated.

• Cisco recommends that the roof should be solid.

• Cisco recommends an open cabinet floor to enhance cooling.

A perforated cabinet that conforms to these requirements is available from Panduit Corporation:

Panduit Corporation

17301 South Ridgeland Avenue

Tinley Park, IL 60477

Contact: (708) 532-1800

Cabinet P/N: CN4-2

Cabinet description: Net-Access cabinet, 31.5 in. W X 40 in. D X 84 in. H (800 mm x 1017 mm x

2134 mm), 45 RU cable management on front and rear of front posts

A new cabinet that conforms to these requirements is available from Chatsworth Products:

Chatsworth Products, Inc.

31425 Agoura Road

Westlake Village, CA 91361

Customer Service and Technical Support phone number 800 834-4969

Cabinet: P/N: NF3K-113C-C42

Cabinet description: The N-Series TeraFrame Network Cabinet, 31.4 in. W X 40.4 in. D X 83.4 in.

H (798 mm x 1025 mm x 2118 mm), 45 RU

For more information see http://www.chatsworth.com/ciscoteraframe

Perforated Cabinet Requirements for the Cisco MDS 9509 and the Cisco MDS 9506 Chassis

The perforated cabinet requirements for the Cisco MDS 9506 and MDS 9509 chassis are as follows:

• The front and rear doors must have at least a 60 percent open area perforation pattern, with at least

15 square inches of open area per rack unit of door height.

• Cisco recommends that the roof should be perforated with at least a 20 percent open area.

• Cisco recommends an open or perforated cabinet floor to enhance cooling.

Send documentation comments to mdsfeedback-doc@cisco.com.

C-4

Cisco MDS 9500 Series Hardware Installation Guide

OL-17467-02

Appendix C Cabinet and Rack Installation

Cabinet and Rack Requirements

A perforated cabinet that conforms to these requirements is available from Rittal Corporation:

Rittal Corporation

One Rittal Place

Springfield, OH 45504

Contact: (800) 477–4220

Cabinet P/N: Rittal 9969427

Cabinet description: PS-DK/OEM Cabinet Assembly, 78.7 in. (1998 mm) x 23.6 in. (600 mm) x

39.4 in. (1000 mm) (H x W x D) (42RU)

A new cabinet that conforms to these requirements is available from Panduit Corporation:

Panduit Corporation

17301 South Ridgeland Avenue

Tinley Park, IL 60477

Customer Service and Technical Support phone number: 800 777-3300.

Cabinet P/N: CN4-1

Cabinet description: Net-Access cabinet, 31.5 in. W X 40 in. D X 84 in. H (800 mm x 1017 mm x

2134 mm), 45 RU cable management on front and rear of front posts

For more information see http://www.panduit.com.

A new cabinet that conforms to these requirements is available from Chatsworth Products:

Chatsworth Products, Inc.

31425 Agoura Road

Westlake Village, CA 91361

Customer Service and Technical Support phone number 800 834-4969

Cabinet: P/N: NF2K-113C-C42

Cabinet description: The N-Series TeraFrame Network Cabinet, 31.4 in. W X 40.4 in. D X 83.4 in.

H (798 mm x 1025 mm x 2118 mm), 45 RU

For more information see: http://www.chatsworth.com/ciscoteraframe

Note Do not use the perforated cabinet from Rittal Corporation with the Cisco MDS 9513 Director.

Requirements Specific to Solid-Walled Cabinets

A solid-walled cabinet is defined here as a cabinet with solid (nonperforated) front and rear doors and

solid side walls. In addition to the requirements listed in the “General Requirements for Cabinets and

Racks” section on page C-1, solid-walled cabinets must meet the following requirements:

Solid-Walled Cabinet Requirements for the Cisco MDS 9513 Chassis

The solid-walled cabinet requirements for the Cisco MDS 9513 chassis are as follows:

• Perforated front and back doors and solid or open side panels.

Send documentation comments to mdsfeedback-doc@cisco.com.

C-5

Cisco MDS 9500 Series Hardware Installation Guide

OL-17467-02

Appendix C Cabinet and Rack Installation

Cabinet and Rack Requirements

• A recommended cabinet depth of 36 to 42 inches (91.4 to 106.7 cm) to allow the doors to close and

adequate airflow.

• Bottom of cabinet should be open to enhance airflow.

• The lowest piece of equipment should be installed a minimum of 1.75 inches (4.4 cm) above the

floor openings to prevent blocking the floor intake.

Solid-Walled Cabinet Requirements for the Cisco MDS 9509 and the Cisco MDS 9506 Chassis

The solid-walled cabinet requirements for the Cisco MDS 9509 and the Cisco MDS 9506 chassis are as

follows:

• A roof-mounted fan tray and an air cooling scheme in which the fan tray pulls air in at the bottom

of the cabinet and exhausts it out the top, with a minimum of 500 cfm of airflow exiting the cabinet

roof through the fan tray.

• Nonperforated (solid and sealed) front and back doors and side panels so that air travels predictably

from bottom to top.

• A recommended cabinet depth of 36 to 42 inches (91.4 to 106.7 cm) to allow the doors to close and

adequate airflow.

• A minimum of 150 square inches (968 sq. cm) of open area at the floor air intake of the cabinet.

• The lowest piece of equipment should be installed a minimum of 1.75 inches (4.4 cm) above the

floor openings to prevent blocking the floor intake.

Requirements Specific to Standard Open Racks

In addition to the requirements listed in the “General Requirements for Cabinets and Racks” section on

page C-1, if mounting the chassis in an open rack (no side panels or doors), ensure that the rack meets

the following requirements:

• The minimum width between two front mounting rails must be 17.75 inches (45.1 cm).

• The minimum vertical rack space per chassis:

–

Cisco MDS 9513 chassis: 24.5 inches (62.2 cm) or 14 RU.

–

Cisco MDS 9509 chassis: 24.5 inches (62.2 cm) or 14 RU.

–

Cisco MDS 9506 chassis: 12.25 inches (31.1 cm) or 7 RU.

Note The rack-mount support brackets provided with the Cisco MDS 9513 Director require an

additional height of 0.75 inches (1.9 cm). They are required during the installation of the Cisco

MDS 9513 Director and cannot be removed.

Note The side rail-mount brackets provided with the Cisco MDS 9509 Director require an additional

height of 0.75 inches (1.9 cm). They are required during the installation of the Cisco MDS 9509

Director only, and can be removed or left installed once the front rack-mount brackets are

securely fastened to the rack-mounting rails.

Note The Cisco MDS 9506 Director does not require shelf brackets.

Send documentation comments to mdsfeedback-doc@cisco.com.

C-6

Cisco MDS 9500 Series Hardware Installation Guide

OL-17467-02

Appendix C Cabinet and Rack Installation

Cisco MDS 9000 Family Telco and EIA Shelf Bracket

• The horizontal distance between the chassis and any adjacent chassis should be 6 inches (15.2 cm),

and the distance between the chassis air vents and any walls should be 2.5 inches (6.4 cm).

Requirements Specific to Two-Post Telco Racks

In addition to the requirements listed in the “General Requirements for Cabinets and Racks” section on

page C-1, two-post telco racks must meet the following requirements:

• The minimum width between the two rack-mounting rails must be at least 17.75 inches (45.1 cm).

• The distance between the chassis air vents and any walls should be 2.5 inches (6.4 cm).

Note Two-post telco racks are not intended for use with the Cisco MDS 9513 Director.

Cisco MDS 9000 Family Telco and EIA Shelf Bracket

The optional telco and EIA shelf bracket kit (DS-SHELF) can temporarily or permanently support the

Cisco MDS 9200 Series during installation. After the front rack-mount brackets are securely attached to the

rack-mounting rails, the shelf bracket can be removed. This kit supports the following configurations:

• A Cisco MDS 9506 Director in a two-post telco rack

• A Cisco MDS 9506 Director in a four-post EIA rack

Note This kit is not intended for use with a Cisco MDS 9509 Director in a two-post telco rack nor with a Cisco

MDS 9513 Director in any rack.

This section describes the procedure for installing a Cisco MDS 9000 Family switch in a rack or a

cabinet using the optional telco and EIA shelf bracket kit. It includes the following information:

• Rack-Mounting Guidelines, page C-7

• Before Installing the Rack-Mount Support Brackets, page C-7

• Before Installing the Shelf Brackets, page C-8

• Installing the Shelf Bracket Kit into a Two-Post Telco Rack, page C-9

• Installing the Shelf Bracket Kit into a Four-Post EIA Rack, page C-10

• Installing the Switch on the Rack-Mount Support Brackets, page C-11

• Installing the Switch on the Shelf Brackets, page C-12

• Removing the Shelf Bracket Kit (Optional), page C-12

Note This optional kit is not provided with the switch; to order the kit, contact your switch supplier.

Send documentation comments to mdsfeedback-doc@cisco.com.

C-7

Cisco MDS 9500 Series Hardware Installation Guide

OL-17467-02

Appendix C Cabinet and Rack Installation

Cisco MDS 9000 Family Telco and EIA Shelf Bracket

Rack-Mounting Guidelines

Caution If the rack is on wheels, ensure that the brakes are engaged or the rack is otherwise stabilized.

Caution If installing this kit in an EIA rack, attach the switch to all four rack-mounting rails; the EIA rails may

not be thick enough to prevent flexing of the shelf brackets if only two rails are used.

Before rack-mounting the chassis, ensure that the cabinet or the rack meets the following requirements:

• The specifications listed in the “Cabinet and Rack Requirements” section on page C-1.

• The depth of the rack between the front-mounting and rear-mounting rails is at least 18 in. (45.7 cm)

but less than or equal to 30 in. (76.2 cm). This is specific to four-post EIA cabinets or racks.

• The airflow and cooling are adequate and there is sufficient clearance around the air vents on the

switch, as described in Appendix D, “Technical Specifications.” This is particularly important to

verify if you are installing the switch in an enclosed cabinet.

• The rack has sufficient vertical clearance for the chassis plus 2 RU for the shelf brackets, and any

desired clearance for the installation process.

• The rack meets the minimum rack load ratings per rack unit listed in the following table:

Before Installing the Rack-Mount Support Brackets

Before installing the rack-mount support brackets for the Cisco MDS 9513 Director, check the contents

of your kit. Table C-1 lists the contents of the optional shelf bracket kit.

Rack Type MDS 9513 MDS 9509 MDS 9506

MDS 9222i

MDS 9216i

MDS 9216A MDS 9100

EIA (4-Post)

45 lb

(20.41 kg)

45 lb

(20.41 kg)

30 lb

(13.61 kg)

15 lb

(6.8 kg)

7.5 lb

(3.4 kg)

Telco (2-Post)

Do not use. Do not use. 60 lb

(27.22 kg)

30 lb

(13.61 kg)

15 lb

(6.8 kg)

Ta b l e C-1 Contents of Shelf Bracket Kit

Quantity Part Description

2Support rack-mount bracket

2Rack-mount support brace

20 12-24 x 3/4-in. Phillips screws

20 10-32 x 3/4-in. Phillips screws

Send documentation comments to mdsfeedback-doc@cisco.com.

C-8

Cisco MDS 9500 Series Hardware Installation Guide

OL-17467-02

Appendix C Cabinet and Rack Installation

Cisco MDS 9000 Family Telco and EIA Shelf Bracket

Before Installing the Shelf Brackets

Before installing the shelf brackets, check the contents of your kit. Table C-2 lists the contents of the

optional shelf bracket kit.

Required Equipment

You need the following equipment for this installation:

• Number 2 Phillips screwdriver

• Tape measure and level (to ensure shelf brackets are level)

Ta b l e C-2 Contents of Shelf Bracket Kit

Quantity Part Description

2Slider brackets

2Shelf brackets

1Crossbar

210-32 x 3/8-in. Phillips pan-head screws

16 12-24 x 3/4-in. Phillips screws

16 10-24 x 3/4-in. Phillips screws

Send documentation comments to mdsfeedback-doc@cisco.com.

C-9

Cisco MDS 9500 Series Hardware Installation Guide

OL-17467-02

Appendix C Cabinet and Rack Installation

Cisco MDS 9000 Family Telco and EIA Shelf Bracket

Installing the Shelf Bracket Kit into a Two-Post Telco Rack

Figure C-1 shows the installation of the shelf bracket kit into a two-post telco rack.

Figure C-1 Installing the Shelf Bracket Kit into a Two-Post Telco Rack

To install the shelf brackets in a two-post telco rack, follow these steps:

Step 1 Position a shelf bracket inside a rack-mounting rail as shown in Figure C-1. Align the screw holes at the

front of the shelf bracket with the holes in the rack-mounting rail. Then attach the shelf bracket to the

rack-mounting rail using a minimum of four 12-24 or 10-24 screws.

Note The bottom hole of the shelf bracket should align with the bottom hole of a rack unit on the

rack-mounting rail (the hole immediately above the 1/2-in. spacing).

Step 2 Repeat with the other shelf bracket.

Step 3 Verify that the shelf brackets are at the same height (using the level or tape measure as desired).

Step 4 Attach the crossbar to the rear of the shelf brackets as shown in Figure C-1, using the 10-32 screws.

1Rack-mounting rail (2x) 310-32 screws (2x)

2Shelf bracket (2x) 4Crossbar

Send documentation comments to mdsfeedback-doc@cisco.com.

C-10

Cisco MDS 9500 Series Hardware Installation Guide

OL-17467-02

Appendix C Cabinet and Rack Installation

Cisco MDS 9000 Family Telco and EIA Shelf Bracket

Installing the Shelf Bracket Kit into a Four-Post EIA Rack

Figure C-2 shows the installation of the shelf bracket kit into a four-post EIA rack.

Figure C-2 Installing the Shelf Bracket Kit into an EIA Rack

To install the shelf brackets in an EIA rack, follow these steps:

Step 1 Position a shelf bracket inside the rack-mounting rails as shown in Figure C-2. Align the screw holes at

the front of the shelf bracket with the holes in the front rack-mounting rail. Then attach the shelf bracket

to the front rack-mounting rail using a minimum of four 12-24 or 10-24 screws.

Note The bottom hole of the shelf bracket should align with the bottom hole of a rack unit on the

rack-mounting rail (the hole immediately above the 1/2-in. spacing).

Step 2 Repeat with the other shelf bracket.

Step 3 Verify that the shelf brackets are at the same height (using the level or tape measure as desired).

1Rack-mounting rail (4x) 4Crossbar

2Shelf bracket (2x) 510-32 screws (2x)

3Slider rail (2)

105087

Send documentation comments to mdsfeedback-doc@cisco.com.

C-11

Cisco MDS 9500 Series Hardware Installation Guide

OL-17467-02

Appendix C Cabinet and Rack Installation

Cisco MDS 9000 Family Telco and EIA Shelf Bracket

Step 4 Attach the crossbar to the shelf brackets as shown in Figure C-2, using the 10-32 screws.

Step 5 Insert the slider rails into the shelf brackets as shown in Figure C-2. Then attach them to the rear

rack-mounting rails using a minimum of four 12-24 or 10-24 screws.

Installing the Switch on the Rack-Mount Support Brackets

This section provides general instructions for installing the switch on top of the rack-mount support

brackets. For detailed installation instructions, see the “Installing the Chassis in a Cabinet or Rack”

section on page 2-6.

Warning

This unit is intended for installation in restricted access areas. A restricted access area can be

accessed only through the use of a special tool, lock and key, or other means of security.

Statement 1017

Warning

Only trained and qualified personnel should be allowed to install, replace, or service this equipment.

Statement 1030

Note Before you install, operate, or service the system, see the Regulatory Compliance and Safety Information

for the Cisco MDS 9000 Family for important safety information.

To install the switch on top of the rack-mount support brackets, follow these steps:

Step 1 Verify that the rack-mount support brackets are level and securely attached to the rack-mounting rails,

the support rack mount support brace is securely attached to the brackets, and the rack is stabilized.

Step 2 Slide a mechanical lift under the switch and lift the switch up onto the rack-mount support brackets,

ensuring it is squarely positioned.

Step 3 Attach the switch to the rack-mounting rails. See the “Installing the Chassis in a Cabinet or Rack”

section on page 2-6.

Caution We recommend grounding the chassis, even if the rack is already grounded. There is a

grounding pad with two threaded M4 holes on the chassis for attaching a grounding lug.

Send documentation comments to mdsfeedback-doc@cisco.com.

C-12

Cisco MDS 9500 Series Hardware Installation Guide

OL-17467-02

Appendix C Cabinet and Rack Installation

Cisco MDS 9000 Family Telco and EIA Shelf Bracket

Installing the Switch on the Shelf Brackets

This section provides general instructions for installing the switch on top of the shelf brackets. For

detailed installation instructions, see the “Installing the Chassis in a Cabinet or Rack” section on

page 2-6.

Warning

This unit is intended for installation in restricted access areas. A restricted access area can be

accessed only through the use of a special tool, lock and key, or other means of security.

Statement 1017

Warning

Only trained and qualified personnel should be allowed to install, replace, or service this equipment.

Statement 1030

Note Before you install, operate, or service the system, see the Regulatory Compliance and Safety Information

for the Cisco MDS 9000 Family for important safety information.

To install the switch on top of the shelf brackets, follow these steps:

Step 1 Verify that the shelf brackets are level and securely attached to the rack-mounting rails, the crossbar is

securely attached to the shelf brackets, and the rack is stabilized.

Step 2 Slide the switch onto the shelf brackets, ensuring it is squarely positioned.

Step 3 Attach the switch to the rack-mounting rails. See the “Installing the Chassis in a Cabinet or Rack”

section on page 2-6.

Caution Cisco recommends grounding the chassis, even if the rack is already grounded. There is a

grounding pad with two threaded M4 holes on the chassis for attaching a grounding lug.

Removing the Shelf Bracket Kit (Optional)

The shelf bracket kit can be removed once the Cisco MDS 9500 Series has been installed in a two-post

telco or four-post EIA rack, and the front rack-mount brackets are securely attached to the rack-mounting

rails. For additional support in an EIA rack, ensure that the C brackets on the Cisco MDS 9500 Series

are attached to the rear rack-mounting rails.

To remove the shelf bracket kit, follow these steps:

Step 1 Remove the screws fastening the slider brackets to the rear rack-mounting rails. Then slide the slider

brackets out of the shelf brackets.

Step 2 Remove the screws fastening the crossbar to the shelf brackets and remove the crossbar.

Send documentation comments to mdsfeedback-doc@cisco.com.

C-13

Cisco MDS 9500 Series Hardware Installation Guide

OL-17467-02

Appendix C Cabinet and Rack Installation

Cisco MDS 9500 Shelf Bracket

Step 3 Remove the screws fastening the shelf brackets to the front rack-mounting rails. Then remove the shelf

brackets from the rack.

Note This does not apply to the Cisco MDS 9513 Director.

Cisco MDS 9500 Shelf Bracket

Note This kit is optional and is not provided with the switch. To order the kit, contact your switch supplier.

The optional Cisco MDS 9500 Shelf Bracket Kit (DS-SHELF-9500) can be used to support the Cisco

MDS 9509 Director in a nonthreaded cabinet or rack with an 18-inch (45.7 cm) front to rear fixed rail

spacing. This shelf bracket kit can be used as a permanent support when installing a Cisco MDS 9509

Director in a cabinet or rack that meets the requirements listed in the “Cabinet and Rack Requirements”

section on page C-1.

Note Do not use this shelf bracket with the Cisco MDS 9513 Director.

Note Do not use this shelf bracket with the Cisco MDS 9506 Director.

Note This kit is not intended for use with a Cisco MDS 9509 Director in a two-post telco rack. This kit is also

not intended for use with any other product in the Cisco MDS 9000 Family.

This section describes the procedure for installing a Cisco MDS 9509 Director in a nonthreaded rack or

cabinet using the optional Cisco MDS 9500 Shelf Bracket Kit. It includes the following information:

• Rack-Mounting Guidelines, page C-14

• Before Installing the Shelf Brackets, page C-14

• Installing the Cisco MDS 9500 Shelf Bracket Kit into a Cabinet or Rack, page C-15

• Installing the Switch on the Shelf Brackets, page C-16

Send documentation comments to mdsfeedback-doc@cisco.com.

C-14

Cisco MDS 9500 Series Hardware Installation Guide

OL-17467-02

Appendix C Cabinet and Rack Installation

Cisco MDS 9500 Shelf Bracket

Rack-Mounting Guidelines

Caution If the rack is on wheels, ensure that the brakes are engaged or the rack is otherwise stabilized.

Before rack-mounting the chassis, ensure that the cabinet or the rack meets the following requirements:

• The specifications listed in the “Cabinet and Rack Requirements” section on page C-1.

• The depth of the rack between the front-mounting and rear-mounting rails is fixed at 18 inches

(45.7 cm).

• The depth of the rack between the front-mounting and rear-mounting rails is fixed at 26.56 inches

(67.4 cm) for a Cisco MDS 9513 Director.

• The cabinet or rack-mounting rails are nonthreaded.

• The airflow and cooling are adequate and there is sufficient clearance around the air vents on the

Cisco MDS 9509 Director, as described in Appendix D, “Technical Specifications.” This is

particularly important to verify if you are installing the switch in an enclosed cabinet.

• The rack has sufficient vertical clearance for the chassis and any desired clearance for the

installation process. The Cisco MDS 9500 Shelf Bracket Kit does not consume any RU when

installed.

• The rack meets the minimum rack load ratings of 45 lb (20.41 kg) per rack unit (RU) for the Cisco

MDS 9509 Director.

Before Installing the Shelf Brackets

Before installing the shelf brackets, check the contents of your kit. Table C-3 lists the contents of the

optional shelf bracket kit.

Required Equipment

You need the following equipment for this installation:

• Number 2 Phillips screwdriver

• Tape measure and level (to ensure shelf brackets are level)

Ta b l e C-3 Contents of Cisco MDS 9500 Shelf Bracket Kit

Quantity Part Description

2Shelf brackets

16 1/4-20 x 3/4 in. Phillips pan-head screws with lock washers

12 10-32 x 1/3 in. Phillips pan-head screws with lock washers

12 10-32 clip nuts

Send documentation comments to mdsfeedback-doc@cisco.com.

C-15

Cisco MDS 9500 Series Hardware Installation Guide

OL-17467-02

Appendix C Cabinet and Rack Installation

Cisco MDS 9500 Shelf Bracket

Installing the Cisco MDS 9500 Shelf Bracket Kit into a Cabinet or Rack

Figure C-3 shows the installation of the Cisco MDS 9500 Shelf Bracket Kit into a four-post rack.

Figure C-3 Installing the Shelf Bracket Kit into a Rack

To install the shelf brackets in a cabinet or rack, follow these steps:

Step 1 Position a shelf bracket inside the rack-mounting rails as shown in Figure C-3. Align the screw holes at

the front of the shelf bracket with the holes in the front rack-mounting rail, and then attach the shelf

bracket to the front rack-mounting rail using a minimum of four 1/4-20 screws.

Note The bottom hole of the shelf bracket should align with the bottom hole of a rack unit on the

rack-mounting rail (the hole immediately above the 1/2-inch spacing).

Step 2 Align the screw holes at the back of the shelf bracket with the holes in the back rack-mounting rail, and

then attach the shelf bracket to the back rack-mounting rail using a minimum of four 1/4-20 screws.

Step 3 Repeat Step 1 and Step 2 with the other shelf bracket.

Step 4 Verify that the shelf brackets are at the same height (using the level or tape measure as desired).

1120012

Send documentation comments to mdsfeedback-doc@cisco.com.

C-16

Cisco MDS 9500 Series Hardware Installation Guide

OL-17467-02

Appendix C Cabinet and Rack Installation

Cisco MDS 9500 Shelf Bracket

Installing the Switch on the Shelf Brackets

This section provides general instructions for installing the Cisco MDS 9509 Director on top of the shelf

brackets. For detailed installation instructions, see “Installing the Chassis in a Cabinet or Rack” section

on page 2-6.

Warning

This unit is intended for installation in restricted access areas. A restricted access area can be

accessed only through the use of a special tool, lock and key, or other means of security.

Statement 1017

Warning

Only trained and qualified personnel should be allowed to install, replace, or service this equipment.

Statement 1030

Note Before you install, operate, or service the system, see the Regulatory Compliance and Safety Information

for the Cisco MDS 9000 Family for important safety information.

To install the Cisco MDS 9509 Director on top of the shelf brackets, follow these steps:

Step 1 Verify that the shelf brackets are level and securely attached to the rack-mounting rails, and the rack is

stabilized.

Step 2 Slide the Cisco MDS 9509 Director onto the shelf brackets, ensuring it is squarely positioned.

Step 3 Attach the Cisco MDS 9509 Director to the rack-mounting rails. Slide the clip nuts over the holes on the

nonthreaded rails on the cabinet or rack. These clip nuts provide the threading for the screws that will

secure the chassis to the cabinet or rack. Use the 10-32 x 1/2 inch screws provided in this shelf bracket

kit to secure the chassis to the cabinet or rack. See “Installing the Chassis in a Cabinet or Rack” section

on page 2-6.

Caution We recommend grounding the chassis, although the rack is already grounded. There is a

grounding pad with two threaded M4 holes on the chassis for attaching a grounding lug.

Send documentation comments to mdsfeedback-doc@cisco.com.

D-1

Cisco MDS 9500 Series Hardware Installation Guide

OL-17467-02

APPENDIX

Technical Specifications

This appendix provides technical specifications and includes the following sections:

• Switch Specifications, page D-1

• Module Specifications, page D-4

• Power Specifications for the Cisco MDS 9513 Director, page D-6

• Power Specifications for the Cisco MDS 9509 Director, page D-9

• Power Specifications for the Cisco MDS 9506 Director, page D-14

• X2 Transceiver Specifications, page D-19

• SFP and SFP+ Transceiver Specifications, page D-22

Note Specifications for cables and connectors are provided in Appendix E, “Cable and Port Specifications.”

Switch Specifications

The Cisco MDS 9500 Series supports hot-swappable fan modules that provide 85 cfm (cubic feet per

minute) of airflow per slot with 410 W of power dissipation per slot.

Table D-1 lists the environmental specifications for the Cisco MDS 9500 Series.

Ta b l e D-1 Environmental Specifications for the Cisco MDS 9500 Series

Description Specification

Temperature, certified for operation 32 to 104°F (0 to 40°C)

Temperature, designed and tested for operation 32 to 130°F (0 to 55°C)

Temperature, ambient nonoperating and storage -40 to 158°F (-40 to 70°C)

Humidity (RH), ambient (noncondensing)

operating

10 to 90%

Humidity (RH), ambient (noncondensing)

nonoperating and storage

5 to 95%

Altitude, certified for operation 0 to 6500 ft (0 to 2000 m)

Altitude, designed and tested for operation -200 to 10000 ft (-60 to 3000 m)

Noise levels 70 dB

Send documentation comments to mdsfeedback-doc@cisco.com.

D-2

Cisco MDS 9500 Series Hardware Installation Guide

OL-17467-02

Appendix D Technical Specifications

Switch Specifications

Table D-2 lists the physical specifications for the Cisco MDS 9513 Director.

Table D-3 lists the physical specifications for the Cisco MDS 9509 Director.

Ta b l e D-2 Physical Specifications for the Cisco MDS 9513 Director

Description Specification

Dimensions

(HxWxD)

24.5 x 17.5 x 28 in. (62.2 x 44.5 x 71.1 cm)

Chassis requires 14 RU1, 15 RU with a rack-mount kit.

Chassis depth including cable guide is 33 in. (83.8 cm).

Crossbar module: 1.7 x 14.0 x 11.2 in. (4.4 x 35.6 x 28.4 cm)

1. RU = rack unit; 1 RU = 1.75 in. (4.45 cm).

Weight Chassis only: 101 lb (45.36 kg)

Fully loaded chassis2: 375 lb (170.10 kg)

System fan tray: 18 lbs (8.2 kg)

Crossbar module fan tray: 2.25 lbs (1.02 kg)

2. Depending on what modules are installed in the chassis.

Power supply 6000-W, AC input

33 lb (15 kg)

Airflow 275 to 325 lfm3 through system fan module, or 90 cfm4 per

supervisor, switching, or services module. Total of 1150 cfm if all

slots are filled.

Spacing requirements:

• If installed in an open rack (no side panels), the horizontal

distance required between the chassis and any devices that

exhaust air towards the chassis is a minimum of 12 in. (304 cm),

and the distance required between the chassis air vents and any

walls is a minimum of 6 in. (15.2 cm).

3. lfm = linear feet per minute.

4. cfm = cubic feet per minute.

Ta b l e D-3 Physical Specifications for the Cisco MDS 9509 Director

Description Specification

Dimensions

(HxWxD)

24.5 x 17.25 x 18.8 in. (62.2 x 43.8 x 47.8 cm)

Chassis requires 14 RU1 plus space for shelf brackets.

Chassis depth including cable guide is 21.64 in. (55.0 cm).

Weight Chassis only: 55 lb (24.9 kg)

Chassis configured with two supervisor modules, and 2500-W

power supplies: 120 lb (54.4 kg)

Chassis configured with two supervisor modules, and 4000-W

power supplies: 140 lb (63.5 kg)

System fan tray: 10.5 lb (5.0 kg).

Send documentation comments to mdsfeedback-doc@cisco.com.

D-3

Cisco MDS 9500 Series Hardware Installation Guide

OL-17467-02

Appendix D Technical Specifications

Switch Specifications

Table D-4 lists the physical specifications for the Cisco MDS 9506 Director.

Power supply 4000-W, AC input

3000-W, AC input

2500-W, AC input

2500-W, DC input

Airflow 300 lfm2 through system fan module, or 80 cfm3 per supervisor,

switching, or services module. Total of 720 cfm if all slots are

filled.

Spacing requirements:

• If installed in a cabinet, a minimum clearance of 2.5 in.

(6.4 cm) is required between the chassis air vents and the

cabinet walls.

• If installed in an open rack (no side panels), the horizontal

distance required between the chassis and any devices that

exhaust air towards the chassis is a minimum of 6 in.

(15.2 cm), and the distance required between the chassis air

vents and any walls is a minimum of 2.5 in. (6.4 cm).

1. RU = rack unit; 1 RU = 1.75 in. (4.45 cm)

2. lfm = linear feet per minute

3. cfm = cubic feet per minute

Table D-3 Physical Specifications for the Cisco MDS 9509 Director (continued)

Description Specification

Ta b l e D-4 Physical Specifications for the Cisco MDS 9506 Director

Description Specification

Dimensions

(HxWxD)

12.25 x 17.37 x 21.75 in. (31.1 x 44.1 x 55.2 cm).

Chassis requires 7 RU1.

Chassis depth including cable guides is 26.75 inches (67.9 cm).

Weight Chassis only: 46 lb (20.9 kg).

Chassis configured with two supervisor modules, fan module,

and two power supplies: 86 lb (39 kg).

System fan tray: 7.70 lbs (3.49 kg)

1900W AC power supply: 11 lbs (4.99 kg)

Send documentation comments to mdsfeedback-doc@cisco.com.

D-4

Cisco MDS 9500 Series Hardware Installation Guide

OL-17467-02

Appendix D Technical Specifications

Module Specifications

Table D-5 lists the specifications for the Cisco MDS 9500 Series supervisor modules, services modules,

and switching modules.

Power supply 1900-W, AC input

1900-W, DC input

Airflow 300 lfm2 through system fan module, or 80 cfm3 per supervisor,

switching, or services module (total of 480 cfm if all slots are

filled).

Spacing requirements:

• If installed in a cabinet, a minimum of 2.5 in. (6.4 cm) is

required between the chassis air vents and the cabinet walls.

• If installed in an open rack (no side panels), the horizontal

distance required between the chassis and any devices that

exhaust air towards the chassis is a minimum of 6 in.

(15.2 cm), and the distance required between the chassis air

vents and any walls is a minimum of 2.5 in. (6.4 cm).

1. RU = rack unit; 1 RU = 1.75 in. (4.45 cm)

2. lfm = linear feet per minute

3. cfm = cubic feet per minute

Table D-4 Physical Specifications for the Cisco MDS 9506 Director (continued)

Description Specification

Ta b l e D-5 Cisco MDS 9500 Series Module Specifications

Description Specification

Environmental Requirements

Temperature, certified for operation 32 to 104°F (0 to 40°C)

Temperature, designed and tested

for operation

32 to 130°F (0 to 55°C)

Temperature, ambient nonoperating

and storage

-40 to 167°F (-40 to 75°C)

Humidity (RH), ambient

(noncondensing) operating

10 to 90%

Altitude, certified for operation 0 to 6500 ft (0 to 2000 m)

Altitude, designed and tested for

operation

-200 to 10000 ft (-60 to 3000 m)

Physical Characteristics

Send documentation comments to mdsfeedback-doc@cisco.com.

D-5

Cisco MDS 9500 Series Hardware Installation Guide

OL-17467-02

Appendix D Technical Specifications

Module Specifications

Weight of Modules

Table D-6 lists the weight for each module in the Cisco MDS 9000 Family.

Dimensions 1.75 x15.5 x16.5 in. (4.4 x 39.4 x 41.9 cm)

Note These are the maximum

dimensions of the faceplate and

board, and include the connectors

on the board.

Weight 8 to 11.5 lb (1.4 to 5.2 kg)

Table D-5 Cisco MDS 9500 Series Module Specifications (continued)

Description Specification

Ta b l e D-6 Weight of Modules in the Cisco MDS 9000 Family

Module Weight

48-port 8-Gbps switching module 10.25 lb (4.65 kg)

24-port 8-Gbps switching module 10.25 lb (4.65 kg)

4/44-port 8-Gbps Host-Optimized

switching module

9.75 lb (4.42 kg)

Fabric 2 external crossbar module

(DS-13SLT-FAB2)

6 lb (2.7 kg)

Fabric 1 external crossbar module

(DS-13SLT-FAB1)

6 lb (2.7 kg)

48-port 4-Gbps switching module 11.0 lb (4.99 kg)

24-port 4-Gbps switching module 7.75 lb (3.52 kg)

12-port 4-Gbps switching module 7.5 lb (3.40 kg)

4-Port 10-Gbps switching module 8.5 lb (3.86 kg)

32-port FC switching module 9 lb (4.1 kg)

16-port FC switching module 9 lb (4.1 kg)

SSM 11 lb (5 kg)

ASM 11 lb (5 kg)

CSM 11.5 lb (5.2 kg)

IPS-8 10 lb (4.5 kg)

IPS-4 9 lb (4.1 kg)

MSM-18/4 8.5 lb (3.86 kg)

MSFM-18/4 8.5 lb (3.86 kg)

MPS-14/2 10 lb (4.5 kg)

Supervisor-2 for MDS 9500 Series 7.25 lb (kg)

Supervisor-1 for MDS 9500 Series 9 lb (4.1 kg)

Supervisor for MDS 9200 Series 9 lb (4.1 kg)

Send documentation comments to mdsfeedback-doc@cisco.com.

D-6

Cisco MDS 9500 Series Hardware Installation Guide

OL-17467-02

Appendix D Technical Specifications

Power Specifications for the Cisco MDS 9513 Director

Table D-7 lists the specifications for the batteries on the Cisco MDS 9000 Family caching services

module.

Note The CSM does not support Cisco SAN-OS Release 3.0(1).

Power Specifications for the Cisco MDS 9513 Director

This section includes the following topics:

• Specifications for the Cisco MDS 9513 Power Supplies, page D-6

• Component Power Requirements and Heat Dissipation for the Cisco MDS 9513 Director, page D-7

• AC Power Consumption for the Cisco MDS 9513 Director, page D-8

Specifications for the Cisco MDS 9513 Power Supplies

The 6000-W AC power supply provides power based upon the input voltage. Each power supply has two

AC power connections and will provide power as follows:

• One AC power connection @110 VAC = No output

• Two AC power connection @110 VAC = 2900 W output

• One AC power connection @ 220 VAC = 2900 W output

• One AC power connection @110 VAC and one AC power connection @ 220 VAC = 2900 W output

Crossbar module fan tray 2.25 lb (1.13 kg)

Module blank panels 0.50 lb (0.25 kg)

Table D-6 Weight of Modules in the Cisco MDS 9000 Family (continued)

Module Weight

Ta b l e D-7 Caching Services Module Battery Specifications

Attribute Value

Nominal voltage 9.6 V

Rated capacity Typical discharge capacity at 0.2C rate: 2100 mAh

Minimum discharge capacity at 0.2C rate: 2000 mAh

Minimum discharge capacity at 5C rate: 1800 mAh

(1 V/cell discharge cut-off)

Discharge The battery is capable of continuous discharge from

41 to 140°F (5 to 60°C) at 5C-rate

Charge From 32 to 59°F (0 to 15°C) at C/10 rate and from 59

to 104°F (15 to 40°C) at C/2 rate

Storage temperature 32 to 95°F (0 to +35°C)

Relative humidity range From 5 to 90%

Send documentation comments to mdsfeedback-doc@cisco.com.

D-7

Cisco MDS 9500 Series Hardware Installation Guide

OL-17467-02

Appendix D Technical Specifications

Power Specifications for the Cisco MDS 9513 Director

• Two AC power connection @ 220 VAC = 6000 W output

If a 110 VAC input is chosen, a 110-VAC power cord (CAB-7513AC=) must be ordered separately.

Note Power output does not include the power used by the individual modules used in the chassis.

Table D-8 lists the specifications for the Cisco MDS 9513 power supplies.

Component Power Requirements and Heat Dissipation for the Cisco MDS 9513

Director

Consider heat dissipation when sizing the air-conditioning requirements for an installation. The power

and heat associated with a Cisco MDS 9513 Director varies based upon the following considerations:

• Power supply type

• Switching module type and number of switching modules installed

• Average switching traffic levels

Table D-9 lists the power requirements and heat dissipation for the components of the Cisco MDS 9513

Director.

Note Unless noted otherwise, the data listed in Table D-9 is based on worst-case conditions. Typical numbers

are approximately 30 percent below the numbers listed here.

Ta b l e D-8 Specifications for Cisco MDS 9513 Power Supplies

Description Specification

6000-W AC Power Supply

Type Autoranging input with power factor corrector.

Vo l t a g e 100 to 240 VAC (±10%).

Current rating 16 A maximum at 100 to 120 VAC and 2900-W output.

16 A maximum at 200 to 240 VAC and 6000-W output.

Frequency 50 to 60 Hz (nominal) (±3 Hz for full range).

Output capacity One AC power connection @110 VAC = No output

Two AC power connection @110 VAC = 2900 W output

One AC power connection @ 220 VAC = 2900 W output

One AC power connection @110 VAC and one AC power connection

@ 220 VAC = 2900 W output

Two AC power connection @ 220 VAC = 6000 W output

Output voltage at 110/120 3.3 V at 10 A, 50 V at 57 A

Output voltage at 200/240 3.3 V at 10A, 50 V at 119 A

Send documentation comments to mdsfeedback-doc@cisco.com.

D-8

Cisco MDS 9500 Series Hardware Installation Guide

OL-17467-02

Appendix D Technical Specifications

Power Specifications for the Cisco MDS 9513 Director

AC Power Consumption for the Cisco MDS 9513 Director

Table D-10 shows the typical AC power consumption for a Cisco MDS 9513 Director.

Ta b l e D-9 Requirements and Heat Dissipation for 6000-W AC Power Supplies

Module Type/

Product Number

NX-OS

Release

SAN-OS

Release

Power

Required

(watts)

Heat

Dissipation

(BTU/hr)

Input Current

90 VAC

(amps)

120 VAC

(amps)

180 VAC

(amps)

240 VAC

(amps)

Fan tray 1 (front panel),

DS-13SLT-FAN-F

3.x 248 1059 3.44 2.58 1.72 1.29

Fan tray 2 (rear panel),

DS-13SLT-FAN-R

3.x 70 299 0.97 0.73 0.49 0.36

Cisco MDS 9513 chassis,

DS-C9513, with front

(DS-13SLT-FAN-F) and rear

(DS-13SLT-FAN-R) fan trays

3.x 318 1358 4.41 3.31 2.21 1.65

Supervisor-2, DS-X9530-SF2-K9 3.x 126 538 1.75 1.31 0.88 0.66

48-port 4-Gbps switching module,

DS-X9148

3.x 185 790 2.57 1.93 1.28 0.96

24-port 4-Gbps switching module,

DS-X9124

3.x 147 628 2.04 1.53 1.02 0.77

12-port 4-Gbps switching module,

DS-X9112

3.x 132 564 1.83 1.38 0.92 0.69

4-Port 10-Gbps switching module,

DS-X9704

3.x 172 734 2.39 1.79 1.19 0.90

18/4 Multiservice module,

DS-X9304-18K9

3.2.(1) 200 855 2.78 2.08 1.39 1.04

Crossbar module, DS-13SLT-FAB1,

DS-13SLT-FAB2

3.x 63 269 0.88 0.66 0.44 0.33

48-port 8-Gbps switching module,

DS-X9248-96K9

4.x 298 1273 4.14 3.11 2.07 1.55

24-port 8-Gbps switching module,

DS-X9224-96K

4.x 273 1163 3.79 2.84 1.90 1.42

4/44-port 8-Gbps Host-Optimized

switching module,

DS-X9248-48K9

4.x 214 915 2.98 2.23 1.49 1.12

Send documentation comments to mdsfeedback-doc@cisco.com.

D-9

Cisco MDS 9500 Series Hardware Installation Guide

OL-17467-02

Appendix D Technical Specifications

Power Specifications for the Cisco MDS 9509 Director

This section includes the following topics:

• Specifications for the Cisco MDS 9509 Power Supplies, page D-9

• Component Power Requirements and Heat Dissipation for the Cisco MDS 9509 Director, page D-11

• AC Power Consumption for the Cisco MDS 9509 Director, page D-14

Specifications for the Cisco MDS 9509 Power Supplies

The 3000-W AC power supply provides power based upon the input voltage, as follows:

• Maximum of 1400 W at input of 100 to 120 VAC (1174 W available to modules and fans)

• Maximum of 3000 W at input of 200 to 240 VAC (2774 W available to modules and fans)

The 2500-W AC power supply provides power based upon the input voltage, as follows:

• Maximum of 1325 W at input of 100 to 120 VAC (1150 W available to modules and fans)

• Maximum of 2525 W at input of 200 to 240 VAC (2331 W available to modules and fans)

If a 110-VAC input is chosen, a 110-VAC power cord (CAB-7513AC=) must be ordered separately.

Table D-11 lists the specifications for the Cisco MDS 9509 power supplies.

Ta b l e D-10 Typical AC Power Consumption for a Cisco MDS 9513 Director

Module Type / Product Number Typical AC Power Consumption (Watts)

Cisco MDS 9513 chassis, DS-C9513, with front

(DS-13SLT-FAN-F) and rear (DS-13SLT-FAN-R) fan trays,

two Supervisor-2 (DS-X9530-SF2-K9), and two crossbar

modules (DS-13SLT-FAB1 or DS-13SLT-FAB2)

697

48-port 4-Gbps switching module, DS-X9148 181

24-port 4-Gbps switching module, DS-X9124 127

12-port 4-Gbps switching module, DS-X9112 107

4-Port 10-Gbps switching module, DS-X9704 162

48-port 8-Gbps switching module, DS-X9248-96K9 230

24-port 8-Gbps switching module, DS-X9224-96K 221

4/44-port 8-Gbps Host-Optimized switching module,

DS-X9248-48K9

175

Ta b l e D-11 Specifications for Cisco MDS 9509 Power Supplies

Description Specification

2500-W AC Power Supply

Type Autoranging input with power factor corrector.

Vo l t a g e 100 to 240 VAC (±10%).

Send documentation comments to mdsfeedback-doc@cisco.com.

D-10

Cisco MDS 9500 Series Hardware Installation Guide

OL-17467-02

Appendix D Technical Specifications

Power Specifications for the Cisco MDS 9509 Director

Current rating 16 A maximum at 100 to 120 VAC and 1300-W output.

16 A maximum at 200 to 240 VAC and 2500-W output.

Note For current ratings of plugs, see Figure E-5 on page E-9.

Frequency 50 to 60 Hz (nominal) (±3 Hz for full range).

Output capacity 1325 W maximum (100 to 120 VAC ) .

2525 W maximum (200 to 240 VAC ) .

Output voltage at 110/120 3.3 V at 15 A; 5 V at 5 A; 12 V at 12 A; 42 V at 27.5 A.

Output voltage at 200/240 3.3 V at 1 5 A; 5 V at 5 A; 12 V at 12 A; 42 V at 55.5 A.

2500-W DC Power Supply

Vo l t a g e -48 VDC to -60 VDC continuous.

Current rating 70 A at -48 VDC; 55 A at -60 VDC; 80 A at -40.5 VDC.

Terminal block Accommodates 2 to 14 AWG copper conductors. Use 90°C

copper conductors for North American installations.

Note Actual size of the wire required is determined by the

installer or local electrician. Terminal block material is

rated at 302°F (150°C).

Output capacity 2525 W maximum (-48 to -60 VDC).

Output voltage 3.3 V at 15 A; 5 V at 5 A; 12 V at 12 A; 42 V at 55.5 A.

3000-W AC Power Supply

Type Autoranging input with power factor corrector.

Vo l t a g e 100 to 240 VAC (±10%).

Current rating 17.6 A maximum at 100 to 120 VAC and 1400-W output.

17.6 A maximum at 200 to 240 VAC and 3000-W output.

For current ratings of plugs, see Figure E-5 on page E-9

Frequency 50 to 60 Hz (nominal) (±3 Hz for full range).

Output capacity 1400 W maximum (100 to 120 VAC ) .

3000 W maximum (200 to 240 VAC ) .

Output voltage at 110/120 3.3 V at 15 A; 12 V at 12 A; 42 V at 27.9 A.

Output voltage at 200/240 3.3 V at 1 5 A; 12 V at 12 A; 42 V at 66 A.

4000-W AC Power Supply

Type High-line input with power factor corrector, 220 VAC,

single-phase circuit.

Vo l t a g e 200 to 240 VAC ( ±1 0% ).

Current rating 23 A

Note For current ratings of plugs, see Figure E-8 on page E-11.

Frequency 50/60 Hz (nominal) (±3% for full range).

Output capacity 4000 W maximum.

Output voltage at 200/240 3.3 V at 15 A; 5 V at 5 A; 12 V at 12 A; 42 V at 91.2 A

Table D-11 Specifications for Cisco MDS 9509 Power Supplies (continued)

Description Specification

Send documentation comments to mdsfeedback-doc@cisco.com.

D-11

Cisco MDS 9500 Series Hardware Installation Guide

OL-17467-02

Appendix D Technical Specifications

Power Specifications for the Cisco MDS 9509 Director

Component Power Requirements and Heat Dissipation for the Cisco MDS 9509

Director

When sizing the air-conditioning requirements for an installation, consider heat dissipation. The power

and heat associated with a Cisco MDS 9509 Director varies based upon the following considerations:

• Power supply type

• Switching module type and number of switching modules installed

• Average switching traffic levels

Table D-12 and Table D-13 list the power requirements and heat dissipation for the components of the

Cisco MDS 9509 Director.

Note Unless noted otherwise, the data listed in Table D-12 and Table D-13 is based on worst-case conditions.

Typical numbers are approximately 30 percent below the numbers listed here.

Ta b l e D-12 Requirements and Heat Dissipation for 2500-, 3000-, and 4000-W AC Power Supplies

Module Type/

Product Number

NX-OS

Release

SAN-OS

Release

Power

Required

(watts)

Heat

Dissipation

(BTU/hr)

Input Current

90 VAC

(amps)

120 VAC

(amps)

180 VAC

(amps)

240 VAC

(amps)

Cisco MDS 9509 chassis with fan

module

DS-C9509

3.x 210 897 2.92 2.19 1.46 1.09

2.x and

1.x

216 920 3.00 2.25 1.50 1.13

Supervisor/fabric 1

DS-X9530-SF1

3.x 210 897 2.92 2.19 1.46 1.09

2.x and

1.x

220 940 3.05 2.29 1.53 1.15

Supervisor-2, DS-X9530-SF2-K9 3.x 126 538 1.75 1.31 0.88 0.66

48-port 4-Gbps switching module,

DS-X9148

3.x 185 790 2.57 1.93 1.28 0.96

2.x and

1.x

— — — — — —

24-port 4-Gbps switching module,

DS-X9124

3.x 147 628 2.04 1.53 1.02 0.77

2.x and

1.x

— — — — — —

12-port 4-Gbps switching module,

DS-X9112

3.x 132 564 1.83 1.38 0.92 0.69

2.x and

1.x

— — — — — —

4-Port 10-Gbps switching module,

DS-X9704

3.x 172 734 2.39 1.79 1.19 0.90

2.x and

1.x

— — — — — —

32-port 1-Gbps/2-Gbps Fibre

Channel module,

DS-X9032

3.x 191 816 .2.65 1.99 1.33 0.99

2.x and

1.x

200 855 2.78 2.08 1.39 1.04

Send documentation comments to mdsfeedback-doc@cisco.com.

D-12

Cisco MDS 9500 Series Hardware Installation Guide

OL-17467-02

Appendix D Technical Specifications

Power Specifications for the Cisco MDS 9509 Director

16-port 1-Gbps/2-Gbps Fibre

Channel module,

DS-X9016

3.x 210 897 2.92 2.19 1.46 1.09

2.x and

1.x

220 940 3.05 2.29 1.53 1.15

18/4 Multiservice module,

DS-X9304-18K9

3.2.(1) 200 855 2.78 2.08 1.39 1.04

MPS-14/2 module DS-X9302-14K9 3.x 200 854 2.78 2.08 1.39 1.04

2.x and

1.x

227 970 3.15 2.37 1.57 1.19

8-port IPS module

DS-X9308-SMIP

3.x 200 854 2.78 2.08 1.39 1.04

2.x and

1.x

220 940 3.05 2.29 1.53 1.15

4-port IPS module

DS-X9304-SMIP

3.x 160 683 2.22 1.67 1.11 0.83

2.x and

1.x

185 789 2.57 1.93 1.28 0.96

32-port SSM

DS-X9032-SSM

3.x 281 1200 3.90 2.93 1.95 1.46

2.x and

1.x

295 1260 4.10 3.07 2.05 1.54

32-port ASM

DS-X9032-SMV

3.x 281 1200 3.90 2.93 1.95 1.46

2.x and

1.x

295 1260 4.10 3.07 2.05 1.54

CSM

DS-X9560-SMC

3.x 200 854 2.78 2.08 1.39 1.04

2.x and

1.x

210 919 2.99 2.19 1.50 1.12

48-port 8-Gbps switching module,

DS-X9248-96K9

4.x 298 1273 4.14 3.11 2.07 1.55

24-port 8-Gbps switching module,

DS-X9224-96K

4.x 273 1163 3.79 2.84 1.90 1.42

4/44-port 8-Gbps Host-Optimized

switching module,

DS-X9248-48K9

4.x 214 915 2.98 2.23 1.49 1.12

Table D-12 Requirements and Heat Dissipation for 2500-, 3000-, and 4000-W AC Power Supplies (continued)

Module Type/

Product Number

NX-OS

Release

SAN-OS

Release

Power

Required

(watts)

Heat

Dissipation

(BTU/hr)

Input Current

90 VAC

(amps)

120 VAC

(amps)

180 VAC

(amps)

240 VAC

(amps)

Send documentation comments to mdsfeedback-doc@cisco.com.

D-13

Cisco MDS 9500 Series Hardware Installation Guide

OL-17467-02

Appendix D Technical Specifications

Power Specifications for the Cisco MDS 9509 Director

Ta b l e D-13 Power Requirements and Heat Dissipation for the 2500-W DC Power Supply

Module Type/

Product Number SAN-OS Release

Power

Required

(watts)

Heat

Dissipation

(BTU/hr)

Input Current

48 VDC

(amps)

60 VDC

(amps)

Cisco MDS 9509

chassis with fan module

DS-C9509

3.x 210 956 5.83 4.67

2.x and 1.x 216 983 6.00 4.80

Supervisor/fabric 1

DS-X9530-SF1

3.x 210 956 5.83 4.67

2.x and 1.x 220 1000 6.10 4.88

32-port 1-Gbps/2-Gbps Fibre Channel

module

DS-X9032

3.x 191 869 5.31 4.24

2.x and 1.x 200 911 5.56 4.45

16-port 1-Gbps/2-Gbps Fibre Channel

module

DS-X9016

3.x 210 956 5.83 4.67

2.x and 1.x 220 1000 6.10 4.88

MSM-18/4 module, DS-X9304-18K9 3.2(1) 200 855 2.78 2.08

MSFM-18/4 module, DS-X9304-18FK9 3.2(1) 200 855 2.78 2.08

MPS-14/2 module

DS-X9302-14K9

3.x 200 910 5.56 4.44

2.x and 1.x 227 970 3.15 2.37

8-port IPS module

DS-X9308-SMIP

3.x 200 910 5.56 4.44

2.x and 1.x 220 1000 6.10 4.88

4-port IPS module

DS-X9304-SMIP

3.x 160 728 4.44 3.56

2.x and 1.x 185 841 5.14 4.11

32-port SSM

DS-X9032-SSM

3.x 281 1279 7.81 6.24

2.x and 1.x 295 1342 8.19 6.56

32-port ASM

DS-X9032-SMV

3.x 281 1279 7.81 6.24

2.x and 1.x 295 1342 8.19 6.56

CSM

DS-X9560-SMC

3.x 200 910 5.56 4.44

2.x and 1.x 210 956 5.83 4.67

Send documentation comments to mdsfeedback-doc@cisco.com.

D-14

Cisco MDS 9500 Series Hardware Installation Guide

OL-17467-02

Appendix D Technical Specifications

Power Specifications for the Cisco MDS 9506 Director

AC Power Consumption for the Cisco MDS 9509 Director

Table D-14 shows the typical AC power consumption for the Cisco MDS 9509 Director

Power Specifications for the Cisco MDS 9506 Director

This section includes the following topics:

• Specifications for the Cisco MDS 9506 Power Supplies, page D-15

• Component Power Requirements and Heat Dissipation for the Cisco MDS 9506 Director, page D-16

• AC Power Consumption for the Cisco MDS 9506 Director, page D-19

Ta b l e D-14 Typical AC Power Consumption for a Cisco MDS 9509 Director

Module Type / Product Number Typical AC Power Consumption (Watts)

Cisco MDS 9509 chassis, DS-C9509, with fan module, and

two Supervisor-2 (DS-X9530-SF2-K9)

380

Cisco MDS 9509 chassis, DS-C9509, with fan module, and

two Supervisor-1 (DS-X9530-SF1-K9)

622

48-port 4-Gbps switching module, DS-X9148 181

24-port 4-Gbps switching module, DS-X9124 127

12-port 4-Gbps switching module, DS-X9112 107

4-Port 10-Gbps switching module, DS-X9704 162

32-port 1-Gbps/2-Gbps Fibre Channel module, DS-X9032 174

16-port 1-Gbps/2-Gbps Fibre Channel module, DS-X9016 144

MPS-14/2 module, DS-X9302-14K9 178

32-port SSM, DS-X9032-SSM 211

8-port IPS module, DS-X9308-SMIP 175

4-port IPS module, DS-X9304-SMIP 128

48-port 8-Gbps switching module, DS-X9248-96K9 230

24-port 8-Gbps switching module, DS-X9224-96K 221

4/44-port 8-Gbps Host-Optimized switching module,

DS-X9248-48K9

175

Send documentation comments to mdsfeedback-doc@cisco.com.

D-15

Cisco MDS 9500 Series Hardware Installation Guide

OL-17467-02

Appendix D Technical Specifications

Power Specifications for the Cisco MDS 9506 Director

Specifications for the Cisco MDS 9506 Power Supplies

Caution The following applies to AC power supplies on the Cisco MDS 9506 only:

The DS-C9506 equipment is suitable for use on TN power systems and the IT-power system connection

of Norway (max 230 v phase-phase). If connected to a 230/400-V IT power system, beware of

high-leakage current. Earth connection is essential before connecting the supply.

The 1900-W AC power supply provides power based upon the input voltage:

• Maximum of 1050 W at input of 100 to 120 VAC

• Maximum of 1900 W at input of 200 to 240 VAC

A 110-VAC power cord (CAB-7513AC=) must be ordered separately.

Table D-15 lists the specifications for the Cisco MDS 9506 power supplies.

Ta b l e D-15 Specifications for Cisco MDS 9506 Power Supplies

Description Specification

1900-W AC Power Supply

Type Autoranging input with power factor corrector.

Vo l t a g e 100 to 240 VAC (±10%).

Current rating 12 A maximum at 100 to 120 VAC and 1050-W

output.

12 A maximum at 200 to 240 VAC and 1900-W

output.

Note For current ratings of plugs, see Figure E-5

on page E-9.

Frequency 50/60 Hz (nominal) (±3 Hz for full range).

Output capacity 1050 W maximum (at input of 100 to 120 VAC ) .

1900 W maximum (at input of 200 to 240 VAC ) .

Output voltage at 110/120 3.3 V at 2.5 A; 1.5 V at 15 A; 50 V at 20.4 A.

Output voltage at 200/240 3.3 V at 2.5 A; 1.5 V at 15 A; 50 V at 37.4 A.

1900-W DC Power Supply

Vo l t a g e -48 to -60 VDC continuous.

Current rating 50 A at -48 VDC, 40 A at -60 VDC, 60 A at -40.5

VDC.

Terminal block Accommodates 2 to 14 AWG copper conductors.

Use 90°C copper conductors for North American

installations.

Note Actual size of the wire required is

determined by the installer or local

electrician. Terminal block material is rated

at 302°F (150°C).

Output capacity 1900 W maximum (at input of -48 to -60 VDC).

Output voltage 3.3 V at 2.5 A; 1.5 V at 15 A; 50 V at 37.4 A.

Send documentation comments to mdsfeedback-doc@cisco.com.

D-16

Cisco MDS 9500 Series Hardware Installation Guide

OL-17467-02

Appendix D Technical Specifications

Power Specifications for the Cisco MDS 9506 Director

Component Power Requirements and Heat Dissipation for the Cisco MDS 9506

Director

When sizing the air-conditioning requirements for an installation, consider heat dissipation. The power

and heat associated with a Cisco MDS 9506 Director varies depending upon the following:

• Power supply type

• Switching module type and number of switching modules installed

• Average switching traffic levels

Table D-16 and Table D-17 list the AC and DC power requirements and heat dissipation for the

components of the Cisco MDS 9506 Director.

Note Unless noted otherwise, the information listed in Table D-16 and Table D-17 is based on worst-case

conditions. Typical numbers are approximately 30 percent below the numbers listed here.

Ta b l e D-16 Power Requirements and Heat Dissipation for the 1900-W AC Power Supply

Module Type/

Product Number

NX-OS

Release

SAN-OS

Release

Power

Required

(watts)

Heat

Dissipation

(BTU/hr)

Input Current

90 VAC

(amps)

120 VAC

(amps)

180 VAC

(amps)

240 VAC

(amps)

Cisco MDS 9506 chassis with fan

module

DS-C9506

3.x 126 538 1.75 1.31 0.88 0.66

2.x and

1.x

126 538 1.75 1.32 0.88 0.66

Supervisor/fabric 1

DS-X9530-SF1

3.x 210 897 2.92 2.19 1.46 1.09

2.x and

1.x

220 940 3.05 2.29 1.53 1.15

Supervisor-2, DS-X9530-SF2-K9 3.x 126 538 1.75 1.31 0.88 0.66

48-port 4-Gbps switching module,

DS-X9148

3.x 185 790 2.57 1.93 1.28 0.96

2.x and

1.x

— — — — — —

24-port 4-Gbps switching module,

DS-X9124

3.x 147 628 2.04 1.53 1.02 0.77

2.x and

1.x

— — — — — —

12-port 4-Gbps switching module,

DS-X9112

3.x 132 564 1.83 1.38 0.92 0.69

2.x and

1.x

— — — — — —

4-Port 10-Gbps switching module,

DS-X9704

3.x 172 734 2.39 1.79 1.19 0.90

2.x and

1.x

— — — — — —

32-port 1-Gbps/2-Gbps Fibre

Channel module

DS-X9032

3.x 191 816 2.65 1.99 1.33 0.99

2.x and

1.x

200 855 2.78 2.08 1.39 1.04

Send documentation comments to mdsfeedback-doc@cisco.com.

D-17

Cisco MDS 9500 Series Hardware Installation Guide

OL-17467-02

Appendix D Technical Specifications

Power Specifications for the Cisco MDS 9506 Director

16-port 1-Gbps/2-Gbps Fibre

Channel module

DS-X9016

3.x 210 897 2.92 2.19 1.46 1.09

2.x and

1.x

220 940 3.05 2.29 1.53 1.15

18/4 Multiservice module,

DS-X9304-18K9

3.2.(1) 200 855 2.78 2.08 1.39 1.04

MPS-14/2 module

DS-X9302-14K9

3.x 200 854 2.78 2.08 1.39 1.04

2.x and

1.x

227 970 3.15 2.37 1.57 1.19

8-port IPS module

DS-X9308-SMIP

3.x 200 854 2.78 2.08 1.39 1.04

2.x and

1.x

220 940 3.05 2.29 1.53 1.15

4-port IPS module

DS-X9304-SMIP

3.x 160 683 2.22 1.67 1.11 0.83

2.x and

1.x

185 789 2.57 1.93 1.28 0.96

32-port SSM

DS-X9032-SSM

3.x 281 1200 3.90 2.93 1.95 1.46

2.x and

1.x

295 1260 4.10 3.07 2.05 1.54

32-port ASM

DS-X9032-SMV

3.x 281 1200 3.90 2.93 1.95 1.46

2.x and

1.x

295 1260 4.10 3.07 2.05 1.54

CSM

DS-X9560-SMC

3.x 200 854 2.78 2.08 1.39 1.04

2.x and

1.x

210 907 2.95 2.22 1.48 1.11

48-port 8-Gbps switching module,

DS-X9248-96K9

4.x 298 1273 4.14 3.11 2.07 1.55

24-port 8-Gbps switching module,

DS-X9224-96K

4.x 273 1163 3.79 2.84 1.90 1.42

4/44-port 8-Gbps Host-Optimized

switching module,

DS-X9248-48K9

4.x 214 915 2.98 2.23 1.49 1.12

Ta b l e D-17 Power Requirements and Heat Dissipation for the 1900-W DC Power Supply

Module Type/

Product Number SAN-OS Release

Power

Required

(watts)

Heat

Dissipation

(BTU/hr)

Input Current

48 VDC (amps) 60 VDC (amps)

Cisco MDS 9506

chassis with fan module

DS-C9506

3.x 126 573 3.50 2.80

2.x and 1.x 126 573 3.50 2.80

Table D-16 Power Requirements and Heat Dissipation for the 1900-W AC Power Supply (continued)

Module Type/

Product Number

NX-OS

Release

SAN-OS

Release

Power

Required

(watts)

Heat

Dissipation

(BTU/hr)

Input Current

90 VAC

(amps)

120 VAC

(amps)

180 VAC

(amps)

240 VAC

(amps)

Send documentation comments to mdsfeedback-doc@cisco.com.

D-18

Cisco MDS 9500 Series Hardware Installation Guide

OL-17467-02

Appendix D Technical Specifications

Power Specifications for the Cisco MDS 9506 Director

Supervisor/fabric 1

DS-X9530-SF1

3.x 210 956 5.83 4.67

2.x and 1.x 220 1000 6.10 4.88

32-port 1-Gbps/2-Gbps

Fibre Channel module

DS-X9032

3.x 191 869 5.31 4.24

2.x and 1.x 200 911 5.56 4.45

16-port 1-Gbps/2-Gbps

Fibre Channel module

DS-X9016

3.x 210 956 5.83 4.67

2.x and 1.x 220 1000 6.10 4.88

18/4 Multiservice

module,

DS-X9304-18K9

3.2.(1) 200 855 2.78 2.08

MPS-14/2 module

DS-X9302-14K9

3.x 200 910 5.56 4.44

2.x and 1.x 227 970 3.15 2.37

8-port IPS module

DS-X9308-SMIP

3.x 200 910 5.56 4.44

2.x and 1.x 220 1000 6.10 4.88

4-port IPS module

DS-X9304-SMIP

3.x 160 728 4.44 3.56

2.x and 1.x 185 841 5.14 4.11

32-port SSM

DS-X9032-SSM

3.x 281 1279 7.81 6.24

2.x and 1.x 295 1342 8.19 6.56

32-port ASM

DS-X9032-SMV

3.x 281 1279 7.81 6.24

2.x and 1.x 295 1342 8.19 6.56

CSM

DS-X9560-SMC

3.x 200 910 5.56 4.44

2.x and 1.x 210 955 5.83 4.66

Table D-17 Power Requirements and Heat Dissipation for the 1900-W DC Power Supply (continued)

Module Type/

Product Number SAN-OS Release

Power

Required

(watts)

Heat

Dissipation

(BTU/hr)

Input Current

48 VDC (amps) 60 VDC (amps)

Send documentation comments to mdsfeedback-doc@cisco.com.

D-19

Cisco MDS 9500 Series Hardware Installation Guide

OL-17467-02

Appendix D Technical Specifications

X2 Transceiver Specifications

AC Power Consumption for the Cisco MDS 9506 Director

Table D-18 shows the typical AC power consumption for the Cisco MDS 9506 Director.

X2 Transceiver Specifications

The Cisco MDS 9500 Series is compatible with X2 transceivers and cables that have SC connectors.

Each transceiver must match the transceiver on the other end of the cable in terms of wavelength, and

the cable must not exceed the stipulated cable length for reliable communications.

Use only Cisco X2 transceivers on the Cisco MDS 9500 Series Switches. Each Cisco X2 transceiver is

encoded with the model information that enables the switch to verify that the SFP transceiver meets the

requirements for the switch.

For information about safety, regulatory, and standards compliance, refer to the Regulatory Compliance

and Safety Information for the Cisco MDS 9000 Family.

Ta b l e D-18 Typical AC Power Consumption for a Cisco MDS 9506 Director

Module Type / Product Number Typical AC Power Consumption (Watts)

Cisco MDS 9506 chassis, DS-C9506, with fan module, and

two Supervisor-2 (DS-X9530-SF2-K9)

395

Cisco MDS 9506 chassis, DS-C9506, with fan module, and

two Supervisor-1 (DS-X9530-SF1-K9)

624

48-port 4-Gbps switching module, DS-X9148 181

24-port 4-Gbps switching module, DS-X9124 127

12-port 4-Gbps switching module, DS-X9112 107

4-Port 10-Gbps switching module, DS-X9704 162

32-port 1-Gbps/2-Gbps Fibre Channel module, DS-X9032 174

16-port 1-Gbps/2-Gbps Fibre Channel module, DS-X9016 144

MPS-14/2 module, DS-X9302-14K9 178

32-port SSM, DS-X9032-SSM 211

8-port IPS module, DS-X9308-SMIP 175

4-port IPS module, DS-X9304-SMIP 128

48-port 8-Gbps switching module, DS-X9248-96K9 230

24-port 8-Gbps switching module, DS-X9224-96K 221

4/44-port 8-Gbps Host-Optimized switching module,

DS-X9248-48K9

175

Send documentation comments to mdsfeedback-doc@cisco.com.

D-20

Cisco MDS 9500 Series Hardware Installation Guide

OL-17467-02

Appendix D Technical Specifications

X2 Transceiver Specifications

Cisco 10-Gbps Fibre Channel X2 Transceivers

Table D-19 lists the Cisco 10-Gbps Fibre Channel X2 transceivers.

General Specification for Cisco 10-Gbps Fibre Channel X2 Transceivers

Table D-20 provides the general specifications for Cisco 10-Gbps Fibre Channel X2 transceivers.

Note The minimum cable distance for all the transceivers, such as multimode fiber (MMF) and single-mode

fiber (SMF), except CX4 which is 2 meters (6.5 feet).

Environmental Conditions and Power Requirement Specifications for Cisco 10-Gbps Fibre Channel

X2 Transceivers

Table D-21 provides the power requirement specifications for Cisco 10-Gbps Fibre Channel X2

transceivers.

Ta b l e D-19 Cisco 10-Gbps Fibre Channel X2 Transceivers

Transceiver Module

Product Number Description Type

DS-X2-FC10G-SR 10-Gbps Fibre Channel SR, X2, SC Short Reach

DS-X2-FC10G-LR 10-Gbps Fibre Channel LR, X2, SC Long Reach

DS-X2-FC10G-ER 10-Gbps Fibre Channel ER, X2, SC Extended Reach

DS-X2-FC10G-CX4 10-Gbps Fibre Channel Copper, X2, CX4 –

Ta b l e D-20 General Specifications for the Cisco 10-Gbps Fibre Channel X2 Transceivers

Wavelength

(nanometer) Fiber Type

Core Size

(micon)

Baud Rate

(GBd) Cable Distance

DS-X2-FC10G-SR 850 MMF 62.5 10.51875 33 m (108 ft)

50.0 (OM3) 10.51875 300 m (984 ft)

DS-X2-FC10G-LR 1310 SMF 9.0 10.51875 24.8 miles (40 km)

DS-X2-FC10G-ER 1550 SMF 9.0 10.51875 6.2 miles (10 km)

DS-X2-FC10G-CX4 –Copper –10.51875 15 m (49.2 ft)

Ta b l e D-21 Power Requirement Specifications for Cisco 10-Gbps Fibre Channel X2 Transceivers

Average Transmit

Power (dBm)

Average Receive

Power (dBm) Fiber Loss Budget (dBm)

Maximum Minimum Maximum Minimum

DS-X2-FC10G-SR -1.2 -7.3 -1.0 -9.9 2.6 (50.0 micron-OM3)

DS-X2-FC10G-LR 0.5 -8.2 0.5 -14.4 6.2

DS-X2-FC10G-ER 4.0 -4.7 -1.0 -15.8 11.1

Send documentation comments to mdsfeedback-doc@cisco.com.

D-21

Cisco MDS 9500 Series Hardware Installation Guide

OL-17467-02

Appendix D Technical Specifications

X2 Transceiver Specifications

Note DS-X2-FC10G-CX4 is not an optical module; therefore, it is not listed in Table D-21.

Table D-22 provides the environmental specifications for the Cisco 10-Gbps Fibre Channel X2

transceivers.

For information about safety, regulatory, and standards compliance, refer to the Regulatory Compliance

and Safety Information for the Cisco MDS 9000 Family.

Cisco 10-Gbps Ethernet X2 Transceivers

Table D-23 lists the Cisco 10-Gbps Ethernet X2 transceivers.

General Specification for Cisco 10-Gbps Ethernet X2 Transceivers

Table D-24 provides the general specifications for Cisco 10-Gbps Ethernet X2 transceivers.

Note The minimum cable distance for the MMF transceiver listed above is 2 meters (6.5 feet).

Ta b l e D-22 Environmental Specifications for the Cisco 10- Gbps Fibre Channel X2 Transceivers

X2 Operating Storage

Maximum Minimum Maximum Minimum

DS-X2-FC10G-SR 40°C 0°C 85°C -40°C

DS-X2-FC10G-LR 40°C 0°C 85°C -40°C

DS-X2-FC10G-ER 40°C 0°C 85°C -40°C

DS-X2-FC10G-CX4 40°C 0°C 85°C -40°C

Ta b l e D-23 Cisco 10-Gbps Ethernet X2 Transceivers

Transceiver Module

Product Number Description Type

DS-X2-E10G-SR 10-Gbps Ethernet Short Reach, X2, SC Short reach

Ta b l e D-24 General Specifications for the Cisco 10-Gbps Ethernet X2 Transceivers

Wavelength

(nanometer) Fiber Type

Core Size

(micon)

Baud Rate

(GBd) Cable Distance

DS-X2-E10G-SR 850 MMF 62.5 10.312 33 (108 ft)

50.0 10.312 300 (984 ft)

Send documentation comments to mdsfeedback-doc@cisco.com.

D-22

Cisco MDS 9500 Series Hardware Installation Guide

OL-17467-02

Appendix D Technical Specifications

SFP and SFP+ Transceiver Specifications

Environmental and Power Requirements Specifications for Cisco 10-Gbps Ethernet X2 Transceiver

Table D-25 provides the power requirement specifications for the Cisco 10-Gbps Ethernet X2

transceiver.

Table D-26 provides the environmental specifications for the Cisco 10-Gbps Ethernet X2 transceivers.

For information about safety, regulatory, and standards compliance, refer to the Regulatory Compliance

and Safety Information for the Cisco MDS 9000 Family.

Cisco 10-Gbps Ethernet DWDM X2 Transceiver

The Cisco 10-Gbps Ethernet DWDM X2 Transceiver pluggable module (DWDM-X2-xx.xx=) provides

high-performance Fibre Channel connectivity for the Cisco MDS 9000 family 10-Gbps Fibre Channel

switching module to an existing Ethernet DWDM infrastructure. The data format transmitted by the

Ethernet DWDM X2 transceiver on the fiber is identical to that transmitted by the Fibre Channel X2

transceiver, except that the Fibre Channel packets are clocked at the 10-Gigabit Ethernet rate.

The main features of the Cisco 10-Gbps Ethernet DWDM X2 Transceiver include:

• Support for 32 nontunable ITU 100-GHz wavelengths compatible with the Cisco ONS DWDM

channel plan.

• Support for digital optical monitoring capability.

For more information, refer to the data sheet at:

http://www.cisco.com/en/US/products/ps6576/index.html

SFP and SFP+ Transceiver Specifications

The Cisco MDS 9500 Series is compatible with SFP and SFP+ transceivers and cables that have LC

connectors. The wavelength of each transceiver must match the transceiver on the other end of the cable,

and the cable must not exceed the stipulated cable length for reliable communications.

Cisco SFP and SFP+ transceivers provide the uplink interfaces, laser transmit (TX) and laser receive

(RX), and support 850 to 1610 nm nominal wavelengths, depending upon the transceiver.

Ta b l e D-25 Power Requirement Specification for Cisco 10-Gbps Ethernet X2 Transceivers

Average Transmit

Power (dBm)

Average Receive

Power (dBm)

Fiber Loss

Budget (dBm)

Maximum Minimum Maximum Minimum

DS-X2-E10G-SR -1.2 -7.3 -1.0 -9.9 2.6 (50.0

micron-OM3)

Ta b l e D-26 Environmental Specifications for Cisco 10-Gbps Ethernet X2 Transceiver

Operating Storage

Maximum Minimum Maximum Minimum

DS-X2-E10G-SR 40°C 0°C 85°C -40°C

Send documentation comments to mdsfeedback-doc@cisco.com.

D-23

Cisco MDS 9500 Series Hardware Installation Guide

OL-17467-02

Appendix D Technical Specifications

SFP and SFP+ Transceiver Specifications

Use only Cisco SFP transceivers on the Cisco MDS 9500 Series. Each Cisco SFP transceiver is encoded

with model information that enables the switch to verify that the SFP transceiver meets the requirements

for the switch.

Note Generation 2 modules will not support 1-Gbps/2-Gbps SFPs. Generation 2 modules only support 4-Gbps

SFPs.

This section provides the following topics:

• Cisco Fibre Channel SFP and SFP+ Transceivers, page D-23

• Cisco Fibre Channel and Gigabit Ethernet Transceivers, page D-28

• Cisco CWDM SFP Transceivers, page D-30

• Cisco Gigabit Ethernet Transceivers, page D-34

• Cisco DWDM SFP Transceivers, page D-34

Cisco Fibre Channel SFP and SFP+ Transceivers

Table D-27 lists the Cisco 2-Gbps and 4-Gbps SFP, and 8-Gbps SFP+ Fibre Channel transceivers.

Ta b l e D-27 Cisco 2-Gbps and 4-Gbps SFP, and 8-Gbps SFP+ Fibre Channel Transceivers

Transceiver Module

Product Number Description Type

DS-SFP-FC4G-SW 1/2/4-Gbps Fibre Channel SW, SFP, LC Short wavelength

DS-SFP-FC4G-MR 1/2/4-Gbps Fibre Channel LW 4-km, SFP, LC Long wavelength

DS-SFP-FC4G-LW 1/2/4-Gbps Fibre Channel LW 10-km, SFP, LC Long wavelength

DS-SFP-FC-2G-SW 1/2-Gbps Fibre Channel SW, SFP, LC Short wavelength

DS-SFP-FC-2G-LW 1/2-Gbps Fibre Channel LW, SFP, LC Long wavelength

DS-SFP-FC8G-SW 2/4/8-Gbps Fibre Channel SW, SFP+, LC Short wavelength

DS-SFP-FC8G-LW 2/4/8-Gbps Fibre Channel LW, SFP+, LC Long wavelength

Send documentation comments to mdsfeedback-doc@cisco.com.

D-24

Cisco MDS 9500 Series Hardware Installation Guide

OL-17467-02

Appendix D Technical Specifications

SFP and SFP+ Transceiver Specifications

General Specifications for Cisco 8-Gbps Fibre Channel SFP+ Transceivers

Table D-28 provides the general specifications for Cisco Fibre Channel SFP+ transceivers.

Environmental and Power Requirements for Cisco 8-Gbps Fibre Channel SFP+ Transceivers

Table D-29 provides the power specification for the Cisco 8-Gbps Fibre Channel SFP+ transceivers.

Ta b l e D-28 General Specifications for Cisco 8-Gbps Fibre Channel SFP+ Transceivers

SFP

Wavelength

(nanometer) Fiber Type

Core Size

(micon)

Baud Rate

(GBd)

Cable Distance

(meter)

DS-SFP-FC8G-SW 850 MMF 62.5 2.125 150 m (492 ft)

62.5 4.250 70 m (230 ft)

62.5 8.500 21 m (69 ft)

50.0 (OM2) 2.125 300 m (984 ft)

50.0 (OM2) 4.250 150 m (492 ft)

50.0(OM2) 8.500 50 m (164 ft)

50. 0 (OM3) 2.125 500 m (1640 ft)

50. 0 (OM3) 4.250 380 m (1246 ft)

50. 0 (OM3) 8.500 150 m (492 ft)

DS-SFP-FC8G-LW 1310 SMF 9.0 2.125 6.2 miles (10 km)

9.0 4.250 6.2 miles (10 km)

9.0 8.500 6.2 miles (10 km)

Ta b l e D-29 Power Requirements Specification for Cisco 8-Gbps Fibre Channel SFP+ Transceivers

SFP

Average Transmit

Power (dBm)

Average Receive

Power (dBm) Fiber Loss Budget (dBm)

Maximum Minimum Maximum Minimum

DS-SFP-FC8G-SW -1.3 -10 (2

Gbps)

-9 (4

Gbps)

-8.2 (8

Gbps)

0–62.5 micron

50.0

microns

[OM2]

50.0

microns

[OM3]

Send documentation comments to mdsfeedback-doc@cisco.com.

D-25

Cisco MDS 9500 Series Hardware Installation Guide

OL-17467-02

Appendix D Technical Specifications

SFP and SFP+ Transceiver Specifications

Table D-30 provides the environment specification for the Cisco 8-Gbps Fibre Channel SFP+

transceivers.

For information about safety, regulatory, and standards compliance, refer to the Regulatory Compliance

and Safety Information for the Cisco MDS 9000 Family.

2.10 (2

Gbps)

1.78 (4

Gbps)

1.58 (8

Gbps)

2.62 (2

Gbps)

2.06 (4

Gbps)

1.68 (8

Gbps)

3.31 (2

Gbps)

2.88 (4

Gbps)

2.04 (8

Gbps)

DS-SFP-FC8G-LW –3 (2

Gbps)

–1 (4

Gbps)

+0.5 (8

Gbps)

–11.7 (2

Gbps)

–8.4 (4

Gbps)

–8.4 (8

Gbps)

–3 (2

Gbps)

–1 (4

Gbps)

+0.5 (8

Gbps)

–7.8 (2 Gbps)

7.8 (4 Gbps)

6.4 (8 Gbps)

Table D-29 Power Requirements Specification for Cisco 8-Gbps Fibre Channel SFP+ Transceivers

(continued)

SFP

Average Transmit

Power (dBm)

Average Receive

Power (dBm) Fiber Loss Budget (dBm)

Maximum Minimum Maximum Minimum

Ta b l e D-30 Environmental Specifications for Cisco 8-Gbps Fibre Channel SFP+ Transceivers

SFP

Operating Storage

Maximum Minimum Maximum Minimum

DS-SFP-FC8G-SW 40°C 0°C 85°C -40°C

DS-SFP-FC8G-LW 40°C 0°C 85°C -40°C

Send documentation comments to mdsfeedback-doc@cisco.com.

D-26

Cisco MDS 9500 Series Hardware Installation Guide

OL-17467-02

Appendix D Technical Specifications

SFP and SFP+ Transceiver Specifications

General Specifications for Cisco 4-Gbps Fibre Channel SFP Transceivers

Table D-31 provides the general specifications for Cisco Fibre Channel SFP transceivers.

Note The minimum cable distance for all the transceivers, such as MMF and SMF, is 2 meters (6.5 feet).

Environmental and Power Requirement for Cisco 4-Gbps Fibre Channel SFP Transceivers

Table D-32 provides the power specification for the Cisco 4-Gbps Fibre Channel SFP transceivers.

Ta b l e D-31 General Specifications for Cisco 4-Gbps Fibre Channel SFP Transceivers

SFP

Wavelength

(nanometer) Fiber Type

Core Size

(micon)

Baud Rate

(GBd)

Cable Distance

(meter)

DS-SFP-FC4G-SW 850 MMF 62.5 1.0625 300 m (984 ft)

62.5 2.125 150 m (492 ft)

62.5 4.250 70 m (230 ft)

50.0 (OM2) 1.0625 500 m (1640 ft)

50.0 (OM2) 2.125 300 m (984 ft)

50.0(OM2) 4.250 150 m (492 ft)

50. 0 (OM3) 1.0625 860 m (2821 ft)

50. 0 (OM3) 2.125 500 m (1640 ft)

50. 0 (OM3) 4.250 380 m (1246 ft)

DS-SFP-FC4G-MR 1310 SMF 9.0 1.0625 6.2 miles (10 km)

9.0 2.125 2.4 miles (4 km)

9.0 4.250 2.4 miles (4 km)

DS-SFP-FC4G-LW 1310 SMF 9.0 1.0625 6.2 miles (10 km)

9.0 2.125 6.2 miles (10 km)

9.0 4.250 2.4 miles (4 km)

Ta b l e D-32 Power Requirement Specification for Cisco 4-Gbps Fibre Channel SFP Transceivers

SFP

Average Transmit

Power (dBm)

Average Receive

Power (dBm)

Fiber Loss Budget

(dBm)

Maximum Minimum Maximum Minimum

DS-SFP-FC4G-SW -2.5 -9 0 – 1.78 (62.5 micron),

2.06 (50 micron -

OM2), 2.88 (50

micron - OM3)

DS-SFP-FC4G-MR -3 -11.2 -1 –4.8

DS-SFP-FC4G-LW -3 -8.4 -1.0 –7.8

Send documentation comments to mdsfeedback-doc@cisco.com.

D-27

Cisco MDS 9500 Series Hardware Installation Guide

OL-17467-02

Appendix D Technical Specifications

SFP and SFP+ Transceiver Specifications

Table D-33 provides the environment specification for the Cisco 4-Gbps Fibre Channel SFP transceivers.

For information about safety, regulatory, and standards compliance, refer to the Regulatory Compliance

and Safety Information for the Cisco MDS 9000 Family.

General Specifications for Cisco 2-Gbps Fibre Channel SFP Transceivers

Table D-34 provides general specification for the 4-Gbps Fibre Channel SFP transceiver.

Note The minimum cable distance for both the transceivers, such as MMF and SMF, is 2 meters (6.5 feet).

Environmental and Power Requirement for Cisco 2-Gbps Fibre Channel SFP Transceivers

Table D-35 provides the power specification for Cisco 2-Gbps Fibre Channel SFP transceivers.

Ta b l e D-33 Environmental Specifications for Cisco 4-Gbps Fibre Channel SFP Transceivers

SFP

Operating Storage

Maximum Minimum Maximum Minimum

DS-SFP-FC4G-SW 40°C 0°C 85°C -40°C

DS-SFP-FC4G-MR 40°C 0°C 85°C -40°C

DS-SFP-FC4G-LW 40°C 0°C 85°C -40°C

Ta b l e D-34 General Specifications for Cisco 4-Gbps Fibre Channel SFP Transceivers

SFP

Wavelength

(nanometer) Fiber Type

Core Size

(micon)

Baud Rate

(GBd)

Cable Distance

(meter)

DS-SFP-FC-2G-SW 850 MMF 62.5 1.0625 300 m (984 ft)

62.5 2.125 150 m (492 ft)

50.0 (OM2) 1.0625 500 m (1640 ft)

50.0 (OM) 2.125 300 m (984 ft)

DS-SFP-FC-2G-LW 1310 SMF 9.0 1.0625 6.2 miles (10 km)

9.0 2.125 6.2 miles (10 km)

Ta b l e D-35 Power Requirement Specification for Cisco 2-Gbps Fibre Channel SFP Transceivers

SFP

Average Transmit

Power (dBm)

Average Receive

Power (dBm)

Fiber Loss Budget

(dBm)

Maximum Minimum Maximum Minimum

DS-SFP-FC-2G-SW -2.5 -10.0 0 – 2.1

(62.5 micron),

2.62 (50 micron

-OM2)

DS-SFP-FC-2G-LW -3 -11.7 -3 –7.8

Send documentation comments to mdsfeedback-doc@cisco.com.

D-28

Cisco MDS 9500 Series Hardware Installation Guide

OL-17467-02

Appendix D Technical Specifications

SFP and SFP+ Transceiver Specifications

Table D-36 provides the environmental specification for Cisco 2-Gbps Fibre Channel SFP transceivers.

For information about safety, regulatory, and standards compliance, refer to the Regulatory Compliance

and Safety Information for the Cisco MDS 9000 Family.

Maximum Environmental and Electrical Ratings for Cisco Fibre Channel SFP Transceivers

Table D-37 provides the maximum environmental and electrical ratings for Cisco Fibre Channel SFP

transceivers.

For information about safety, regulatory, and standards compliance, refer to the Regulatory Compliance

and Safety Information for the Cisco MDS 9000 Family.

Cisco Fibre Channel and Gigabit Ethernet Transceivers

Table D-38 lists the combination Fibre Channel/Gigabit Ethernet SFP transceivers.

Ta b l e D-36 Environmental Specifications for Cisco 2-Gbps Fibre Channel SFP Transceivers

SFP

Operating Storage

Maximum Minimum Maximum Minimum

DS-SFP-FC-2G-SW 40°C 0°C 85°C -40°C

DS-SFP-FC-2G-LW 40°C 0°C 85°C -40°C

Ta b l e D-37 Maximum Environmental and Electrical Ratings for Cisco Fibre Channel SFP

Transceivers

Parameter1

1. Do not operate outside the recommended operating conditions. Device reliability may be affected and damage to the

device may occur over an extended period of time.

Symbol Min. Max.2

2. Absolute maximum ratings are those values beyond which damage to the device may occur if these limits are

exceeded for other than a short period of time.

Unit Notes

Storage temperature TS-40 85 °C 1

Case temperature TC070 °C 1, 2

Relative humidity RH 595 % 1

Ta b l e D-38 Cisco Fibre Channel and Gigabit Ethernet SFP Transceivers

Transceiver Module

Product Number Description Type

DS-SFP-FCGE-LW 1-Gbps Ethernet and 1-Gbps/2-Gbps Fibre Channel-LW SFP,

Long wavelength

DS-SFP-FCGE-SW 1-Gbps Ethernet and 1-Gbps/2-Gbps Fibre Channel-SW SFP,

Short wavelength

Send documentation comments to mdsfeedback-doc@cisco.com.

D-29

Cisco MDS 9500 Series Hardware Installation Guide

OL-17467-02

Appendix D Technical Specifications

SFP and SFP+ Transceiver Specifications

General Specifications for Cisco Fibre Channel and Gigabit Ethernet SFP Transceivers

Table D-39 provides general specification for Cisco Fibre Channel and Gigabit Ethernet SFP transceiver.

Note The minimum cable distance for both the transceivers listed above (multimode fiber (MMF)) and

single-mode fiber (SMF) is 2 meters (6.5 feet).

Environmental and Power Requirement Specifications for Cisco Fibre Channel and Gigabit Ethernet

SFP Transceivers

Table D-40 provides the power requirement specification for Cisco Fibre Channel and Gigabit Ethernet

SFP transceivers.

Ta b l e D-39 General Specifications for Cisco Fibre Channel and Gigabit Ethernet SFP Transceivers

SFP

Wavelength

(nanometer) Fiber Type

Core Size

(micon)

Baud Rate

(GBd)

Cable Distance

(meter)

DS-SFP-FCGE-SW 850 MMF 62.5 1.0625 300 m (984 ft)

62.5 2.125 150 m (492 ft)

50.0 (OM2) 1.0625 500 m (1640 ft)

50.0 (OM2) 2.125 300 m (984 ft)

DS-SFP-FCGE-LW 1310 SMF 9.0 1.0625 6.2 miles (10 km)

9.0 2.125 6.2 miles (10 km)

Ta b l e D-40 Power Requirement Specification for Cisco Fibre Channel and Gigabit Ethernet SFP

Transceivers

SFP

Average Transmit

Power (dBm)

Average Receive

Power (dBm) Fiber Loss Budget (dBm)

Maximum Minimum Maximum Minimum

DS-SFP-FCGE-SW -1.2 -10.0 (FC)

-9.5 (GE)

0-17 (GE) 2.1 (FC - 62.5 micron), 2.62

(FC - 50.0 micron)

2.38 (GE - 62.5 micron),

3.37 (FC - 50.0 micron)

DS-SFP-FCGE-LW -3 -11.0 -3 -19 (GE) 7.8 (FC)

4.57 (GE)

Send documentation comments to mdsfeedback-doc@cisco.com.

D-30

Cisco MDS 9500 Series Hardware Installation Guide

OL-17467-02

Appendix D Technical Specifications

SFP and SFP+ Transceiver Specifications

Table D-41 provides the environmental specification for Cisco Fibre Channel and Gigabit Ethernet SFP

transceivers.

For information about safety, regulatory, and standards compliance, refer to the Regulatory Compliance

and Safety Information for the Cisco MDS 9000 Family.

Cisco CWDM SFP Transceivers

Table D-42 lists the Cisco 1-Gbps and 2-Gbps CWDM SFP transceivers.

Ta b l e D-41 Environmental Specifications for Cisco Fibre Channel and Gigabit Ethernet SFP

Transceivers

SFP

Operating Storage

Maximum Minimum Maximum Minimum

DS-SFP-FCGE-SW 40°C 0°C 85°C -40°C

DS-SFP-FCGE-LW 40°C 0°C 85°C -40°C

Ta b l e D-42 Cisco 1-Gbps and 2-Gbps CWDM SFP Transceivers

Description Color

Cisco CWDM SFP 1470 nm; Gigabit Ethernet and 1-Gbps/2-Gbps FC Gray

Cisco CWDM SFP 1490 nm; Gigabit Ethernet and 1-Gbps/2-Gbps FC Violet

Cisco CWDM SFP 1510 nm; Gigabit Ethernet and 1-Gbps/2-Gbps FC Blue

Cisco CWDM SFP 1530 nm; Gigabit Ethernet and 1-Gbps/2-Gbps FC Green

Cisco CWDM SFP 1550 nm; Gigabit Ethernet and 1-Gbps/2-Gbps FC Yellow

Cisco CWDM SFP 1570 nm; Gigabit Ethernet and 1-Gbps/2-Gbps FC Orange

Cisco CWDM SFP 1590 nm; Gigabit Ethernet and 1-Gbps/2-Gbps FC Red

Cisco CWDM SFP 1610 nm; Gigabit Ethernet and 1-Gbps/2-Gbps FC Brown

Send documentation comments to mdsfeedback-doc@cisco.com.

D-31

Cisco MDS 9500 Series Hardware Installation Guide

OL-17467-02

Appendix D Technical Specifications

SFP and SFP+ Transceiver Specifications

Table D-43 lists the Cisco 4-Gbps CWDM SFP transceivers available through Cisco.

Environmental and Optical Specifications for Cisco 2-Gbps CWDM SFP Transceivers

Table D-44 provides the environmental specifications for the Cisco 2-Gbps CWDM SFP transceivers.

Ta b l e D-43 Cisco 4-Gbps CWDM SFP Transceivers

Description Color

DS-CWDM4G1470: Cisco MDS9000 1470 nm; CWDM 4-Gbps FC Gray

DS-CWDM4G1490: Cisco MDS9000 1490 nm; CWDM 4-Gbps FC Violet

DS-CWDM4G1510: Cisco MDS9000 1510 nm; CWDM 4-Gbps FC Blue

DS-CWDM4G1530: Cisco MDS9000 1530 nm; CWDM 4-Gbps FC Green

DS-CWDM4G1550: Cisco MDS9000 1550 nm; CWDM 4-Gbps FC Yel l ow

DS-CWDM4G1570: Cisco MDS9000 1570 nm; CWDM 4-Gbps FC Orange

DS-CWDM4G1590: Cisco MDS9000 1590 nm; CWDM 4-Gbps FC Red

DS-CWDM4G1610: Cisco MDS9000 1610 nm; CWDM 4-Gbps FC Brown

Ta b l e D-44 Environmental Specifications for Cisco 2-Gbps CWDM SFP Transceivers

SFP

Operating Storage

Maximum Minimum Maximum Minimum

All Cisco 2-Gbps

CWDM SFP

Transceivers

40°C 0°C 85°C -40°C

Send documentation comments to mdsfeedback-doc@cisco.com.

D-32

Cisco MDS 9500 Series Hardware Installation Guide

OL-17467-02

Appendix D Technical Specifications

SFP and SFP+ Transceiver Specifications

Table D-45 provides the optical specifications for the Cisco 2-Gbps CWDM SFP transceivers.

Note • Parameters are specified over temperature and at end of life unless otherwise noted.

• When shorted distances of single-mode fiber are used, it is necessary to insert an in-line optical

attenuator in the link to avoid overloading the receiver.

For information about safety, regulatory, and standards compliance, refer to the Regulatory Compliance

and Safety Information for the Cisco MDS 9000 Family.

Ta b l e D-45 Optical Specification for Cisco 2-Gbps CWDM SFP Transceivers

Parameters Symbol Minimum Typical Maximum Units Notes/Conditions

Transmitter Center

Wavelength

λcx-4 –x+7 nm Available center

wavelengths are

1470, 1490,

1510, 1530,

1550, 1570,

1590, and 1610

Side-mode

Suppression Ratio

SMSR 30 ––dB –

Transmitter Optical

Output Power

Pout 0.0 5.0 dBm Average power

coupled into

single-mode fiber

Receiver Optical

Input Power (BER

<10-12 with PRBS

2-7-1)

Pin -28.0 –-7.0 dBm At 2.12 Gbps,

140°F (60°C)

case temperature

Receiver Optical

Input Power (BER

<10-12 with PRBS

2-7-1)

Pin -29.0 –-7.0 dBm At 1.25 Gbps,

140°F (60°C)

case temperature

Receiver Optical

Input Wavelength

λin 1450 –1620 nm –

Transmitter

Extinction Ratio

OMI 9––dB –

Dispersion Penalty at

62.1 miles (100 km)

–––3dB At 2.12 Gbps

Dispersion Penalty at

62.1 miles (100 km)

–––2dB At 1.25 Gbps

Send documentation comments to mdsfeedback-doc@cisco.com.

D-33

Cisco MDS 9500 Series Hardware Installation Guide

OL-17467-02

Appendix D Technical Specifications

SFP and SFP+ Transceiver Specifications

Environmental and Optical Specifications for Cisco 4-Gbps CWDM SFP Transceivers

Table D-46 provides the environmental specifications for the Cisco 4-Gbps CWDM SFP transceivers.

Table D-47 provides the optical specifications for Cisco 4-Gbps CWDM SFP transceivers.

Note • In typical point-to-point deployments, all wavelengths have a minimum reach of 24.8 miles (40 km).

• Parameters are specified over temperature and at end of life unless otherwise noted.

• When shorted distances of single-mode fiber are used, it is necessary to insert an in-line optical

attenuator in the link to avoid overloading the receiver.

• A maximum of 24 4-Gbps CWDM SFPs are supported in a single MDS switching module.

Ta b l e D-46 Environmental Specifications for Cisco 4-Gbps CWDM SFP Transceivers

SFP

Operating Storage

Maximum Minimum Maximum Minimum

All Cisco 4-Gbps

CWDM SFP

Transceivers

40°C 0°C 85°C -40°C

Ta b l e D-47 Optical Specification for Cisco 4-Gbps CWDM SFP Transceivers

Parameters Symbol Minimum Typical Maximum Units Notes/Conditions

Transmitter Center

Wavelength

λc(x-6) xx+6 nm Available center

wavelengths are

1470, 1490,

1510, 1530,

1550, 1570,

1590, and 1610

Side-mode

Suppression Ratio

SMSR 30 ––dB –

Transmitter Optical

Output Power

Pout 1.0 –5.0 dBm Average power

coupled into

single-mode fiber

Receiver Optical

Input Power (BER

<10-12 with PRBS

2-23-1)

Pin -15.7 –0.0 dBm 140°F (60°C)

case temperature

Link Budget –17.8 ––dB –

Receiver Optical

Input Wavelength

λin 1450 –1620 nm –

Transmitter

Extinction Ratio

OMI 4––dB –

Dispersion Penalty at

62.1 miles (100 km)

–––3dB At 2.12 Gbps

Send documentation comments to mdsfeedback-doc@cisco.com.

D-34

Cisco MDS 9500 Series Hardware Installation Guide

OL-17467-02

Appendix D Technical Specifications

SFP and SFP+ Transceiver Specifications

• When interoperating a Cisco 4-Gbps CWDM SFP transceiver with a Cisco 1/2-Gbps CWDM

transceiver, the speed of ports on the Cisco 4-Gbps CWDM SFP transceiver must be manually

configured to 1-Gbps or 2-Gbps.

For information about safety, regulatory, and standards compliance, refer to the Regulatory Compliance

and Safety Information for the Cisco MDS 9000 Family.

Cisco Gigabit Ethernet Transceivers

A 1-Gbps Gigabit Ethernet SFP transceiver is provided on the Cisco MDS 9000 IPS modules.

Table D-48 lists the transceiver supported on the Cisco MDS 9216.

Note DS-SFP-GE-T is not supported on Cisco MDS 9222.

General Specifications for Cisco Gigabit Ethernet Transceivers

Table D-49 provides the general specification for the Cisco Gigabit Ethernet SFP transceiver.

Environmental and Power Requirement Specifications for Cisco Gigabit Ethernet Transceivers

Table D-50 provides the environmental specifications for the Cisco Gigabit Ethernet transceivers.

For information about safety, regulatory, and standards compliance, refer to the Regulatory Compliance

and Safety Information for the Cisco MDS 9000 Family.

Cisco DWDM SFP Transceivers

The Cisco 2-Gbps DWDM SFP modules enable enterprises and service providers to provide scalable,

easy-to-deploy DWDM Fibre Channel services in their networks.

Ta b l e D-48 Cisco Gigabit Ethernet SFP Transceivers

Transceiver Module Product Number Description

DS-SFP-GE-T 1-Gbps Ethernet SFP

Ta b l e D-49 General Specification for the Cisco Gigabit Ethernet SFP Transceivers

SFP Cable Type Cable Distance

DS-SFP-GE-T Category 5 UTP 100 m (328 ft)

Ta b l e D-50 Environmental Specifications for Cisco Gigabit Ethernet Transceivers

SFP

Operating Storage

Maximum Minimum Maximum Minimum

DS-SFP-GE-T 40°C 0°C 85°C -40°C

Send documentation comments to mdsfeedback-doc@cisco.com.

D-35

Cisco MDS 9500 Series Hardware Installation Guide

OL-17467-02

Appendix D Technical Specifications

SFP and SFP+ Transceiver Specifications

The main features of the Cisco DWDM SFP include:

• Support for International Telecommunication Union (ITU) 100-GHz wavelength grid.

• Match for wavelength plan of Cisco ONS 100-GHz product family.

• Fixed-wavelength SFP with 32 SFP models.

Note A single Cisco MDS 9000 family switching module supports up to eight 2-Gbps DWDM SFPs.

For more information, refer to the data sheet at:

http://www.cisco.com/en/US/prod/collateral/modules/ps5455/ps6576/product_data_sheet0900aecd805

82763.html.

Send documentation comments to mdsfeedback-doc@cisco.com.

D-36

Cisco MDS 9500 Series Hardware Installation Guide

OL-17467-02

Appendix D Technical Specifications

SFP and SFP+ Transceiver Specifications

Send documentation comments to mdsfeedback-doc@cisco.com.

E-1

Cisco MDS 9500 Series Hardware Installation Guide

OL-17467-02

APPENDIX

Cable and Port Specifications

This appendix provides the cable and port specifications, and includes the following sections:

• Cables and Adapters Provided, page E-1

• Console Port, page E-2

• COM1 Port, page E-3

• MGMT 10/100/1000 Ethernet Port, page E-4

• MGMT 10/100 Ethernet Port, page E-6

• Supported Power Cords and Plugs, page E-7

Cables and Adapters Provided

The Cisco MDS 9500 Series accessory kit includes the following items:

• RJ-45 rollover cable

• DB-9F/RJ-45F PC—RJ-45 to DB-9 female DTE adapter (labeled “Terminal”)

• RJ-45/DSUB F/F adapter—RJ-45 to DB-25 female DTE adapter (labeled “Terminal”)

• RJ-45/DSUB R/P adapter—RJ-45 to DB-25 male DCE adapter (labeled “Modem”)

Note Additional cables and adapters can be ordered from your customer service representative.

Note If you purchased Cisco support through a Cisco reseller, contact the reseller directly. If you purchased

support directly from Cisco Systems, contact Cisco Technical Support at this URL:

http://www.cisco.com/warp/public/687/Directory/DirTAC.shtm

Send documentation comments to mdsfeedback-doc@cisco.com.

E-2

Cisco MDS 9500 Series Hardware Installation Guide

OL-17467-02

Appendix E Cable and Port Specifications

Console Port

The console port is an asynchronous RS-232 serial port with an RJ-45 connector. You can use the RJ-45

rollover cable and the RJ-45/DSUB F/F adapter or the DB-9F/RJ-45F PC terminal adapter to connect the

console port to a computer running terminal emulation software.

Console Port Pinouts

Table E-1 lists the pinouts for the console port on the Cisco MDS 9500 Series.

Connecting the Console Port to a Computer Using the DB-25 Adapter

You can use the RJ-45 rollover cable and RJ-45/DSUB F/F adapter (labeled “Terminal”) to connect the

console port to a computer running terminal emulation software. Table E-2 lists the pinouts for the

console port, the RJ-45 rollover cable, and the RJ-45/DSUB F/F adapter.

Ta b l e E-1 Console Port Pinouts

Pin Signal

1. Pin 1 is connected internally to pin 8.

RTS

2DTR

3TxD

4GND

5GND

6RxD

7DSR

8CTS

Ta b l e E-2 Port Mode Signaling and Pinouts with the DB-25 Adapter

Console Port RJ-45 Rollover Cable

RJ4-5/DSUB F/F

Terminal Adapter

Console

Device

Signal RJ-45 Pin RJ-45 Pin DB-25 Pin Signal

RTS 1 8 5 CTS

DTR 2 7 6 DSR

TxD 3 6 3 RxD

GND 4 5 7 GND

GND 5 4 7 GND

RxD 6 3 2 TxD

DSR 7 2 20 DTR

CTS 8 1 4 RTS

Send documentation comments to mdsfeedback-doc@cisco.com.

E-3

Cisco MDS 9500 Series Hardware Installation Guide

OL-17467-02

Appendix E Cable and Port Specifications

COM1 Port

Connecting the Console Port to a Computer Using the DB-9 Adapter

You can use the RJ-45 rollover cable and DB-9F/RJ-45F PC terminal (labeled “Terminal”) to connect

the console port to a computer running terminal emulation software. Table E-3 lists the pinouts for the

console port, the RJ-45 rollover cable, and the DB-9F/RJ-45F PC terminal.

COM1 Port

The COM1 port is a serial port with a DB-9 connector. The COM1 port can be connected to a modem

using the cable and adapters provided in the accessory kit.

COM1 Port Pinouts

Table E-4 lists the pinouts for the COM1 port on the Cisco MDS 9500 Series.

Note Additional cables and adapters can be ordered from your customer service representative.

Ta b l e E-3 Port Mode Signaling and Pinouts with the DB-9 Adapter

Console Port RJ-45 Rollover Cable

DB9F/RJ45F PC

Terminal

Console

Device

Signal RJ-45 Pin RJ-45 Pin DB-9 Pin Signal

RTS 1 8 8 CTS

DTR 2 7 6 DSR

TxD 3 6 2 RxD

GND 4 5 5 GND

GND 5 4 5 GND

RxD 6 3 3 TxD

DSR 7 2 4 DTR

CTS 8 1 7 RTS

Ta b l e E-4 COM1 Port Pinouts

Pin Signal

1DCD

2RxD

3TxD

4DTR

5GND

6DSR

7RTS

Send documentation comments to mdsfeedback-doc@cisco.com.

E-4

Cisco MDS 9500 Series Hardware Installation Guide

OL-17467-02

Appendix E Cable and Port Specifications

MGMT 10/100/1000 Ethernet Port

Connecting the COM1 Port to a Modem

You can use the DB-9F/RJ-45F PC terminal (labeled “Terminal”) to connect to the COM1 port, and the

RJ-45/DSUB R/P adapter (labeled “Modem”) to connect to the modem. You can use the RJ-45 rollover

cable to connect these adapters.

Table E-5 lists the pinouts for the COM1 port, the DB-9F/RJ-45F PC terminal, RJ-45 rollover cable, and

the RJ-45/DSUB R/P adapter.

MGMT 10/100/1000 Ethernet Port

The MGMT 10/100/1000 Ethernet port is an Ethernet port with an RJ-45 connector. You can use a

modular, RJ-45, straight-through UTP cable to connect the management port to an external hub, switch,

or router (see Figure E-1).

Figure E-1 RJ-45 Interface Cable Connector

8CTS

9RI

Table E-4 COM1 Port Pinouts (continued)

Pin Signal

Ta b l e E-5 Port Mode Signaling and Pinouts for Modem with DB-25 Connection

COM1 Port

DB-9F/RJ45F

PC terminal

RJ-45

Rollover Cable

RJ-45/DSUB R/P

Adapter Modem

Signal DB-9 Pin RJ-45 Pin RJ-45 Pin DB-25 Pin Signal

CTS 8 8 1 5 CTS

DSR 6 7 2 8 DCD

RxD 2 6 3 3 RxD

GND 5 5 4 7 GND

GND 5 4 5 7 GND

TxD 3 3 6 2 TxD

DTR 4 2 7 20 DTR

RTS 7 1 8 4 RTS

1Pin 1 2Pin 8

94971

RJ-45 (both ends)

Send documentation comments to mdsfeedback-doc@cisco.com.

E-5

Cisco MDS 9500 Series Hardware Installation Guide

OL-17467-02

Appendix E Cable and Port Specifications

MGMT 10/100/1000 Ethernet Port

Table E-6 lists the connector pinouts and signal names for a 10/100/1000BASE-T management port

(MDI) cable.

Note The RJ-45 interface only uses pins 1, 2, 3, and 6.

Figure E-2 shows a schematic of the 10/100/1000BASE-T cable required to connect the management

port to a switch or hub (not provided with the switch).

Figure E-2 Twisted-Pair 10/100/1000BASE-T Cable Schematic

Ta b l e E-6 10/100/1000BASE-T Management Port Cable Pinout (MDI)

Pin Signal

1TD+

2TD-

3RD+

6RD–

4Not used

5Not used

7Not used

8Not used

1 TXD+

2 TXD-

3 RXD+

6 RXD-

1 RXD+

MGMT 10/100 Switch/Hub

2 RXD-

3 TXD+

6 TXD-

4NC

5NC

7NC

8NC

4NC

5NC

7NC

8NC

99343

Send documentation comments to mdsfeedback-doc@cisco.com.

E-6

Cisco MDS 9500 Series Hardware Installation Guide

OL-17467-02

Appendix E Cable and Port Specifications

MGMT 10/100 Ethernet Port

The MGMT 10/100 Ethernet port is an Ethernet port with an RJ-45 connector. You can use a modular,

RJ-45, straight-through UTP cable to connect the management port to an external hub, switch, or router

(see Figure E-3).

Figure E-3 RJ-45 Interface Cable Connector

Table E-7 lists the connector pinouts and signal names for a 10/100BASE-T management port (MDI)

cable.

Note The RJ-45 interface only uses pins 1, 2, 3, and 6.

1Pin 1 2Pin 8

94971

RJ-45 (both ends)

Ta b l e E-7 10/100BASE-T Management Port Cable Pinout (MDI)

Pin Signal

1TD+

2TD-

3RD+

6RD–

4Not used

5Not used

7Not used

8Not used

Send documentation comments to mdsfeedback-doc@cisco.com.

E-7

Cisco MDS 9500 Series Hardware Installation Guide

OL-17467-02

Appendix E Cable and Port Specifications

Supported Power Cords and Plugs

Figure E-4 shows a schematic of the 10/100BASE-T cable required to connect the management port to

a switch or hub (not provided with the switch).

Figure E-4 Twisted-Pair 10/100BASE-T Cable Schematic

Supported Power Cords and Plugs

Each power supply has a separate power cord. Standard power cords or jumper power cords are available

for connection to a power distribution unit having IEC 60320 C19 outlet receptacles. The jumper power

cords, for use in cabinets, are available as an optional alternative to the standard power cords.

Power Cords

The standard power cords have an IEC C19 connector on the end that plugs into the switch. The optional

jumper power cords have an IEC C19 connector on the end that plugs into the switch, and an IEC C20

connector on the end that plugs into an IEC C19 outlet receptacle.

Note Only the regular power cords or jumper power cords provided with the switch are supported.

Table E-8 lists the power cords for the Cisco MDS 9500 Series switches and provides their lengths in

feet and meters.

1 TXD+

2 TXD-

3 RXD+

6 RXD-

1 RXD+

MGMT 10/100 Switch/Hub

2 RXD-

3 TXD+

6 TXD-

4NC

5NC

7NC

8NC

4NC

5NC

7NC

8NC

99343

Ta b l e E-8 Power Cords for the MDS 9500 Series Switches

Description

Length

Feet Meters

MDS 9513 and MDS 9509 - 3000W Power Supply

Power Cord, 125VAC 20A NEMA 5-20 Plug,

North America/Japan

14 4.27

Power Cord, 250VAC 16A US/Japan, Src Plug NEMA

6-20

13.16 4

Power Cord, 250VAC 16A US/Japan, Src Plug NEMA

L6-20

13.58 4.14

Send documentation comments to mdsfeedback-doc@cisco.com.

E-8

Cisco MDS 9500 Series Hardware Installation Guide

OL-17467-02

Appendix E Cable and Port Specifications

Supported Power Cords and Plugs

Power Cord, 250VAC 16A Europe, Src Plug CEE 7/7 13.65 4

Power Cord, 250VAC 16A International, Src Plug IEC 309 13.58 4.14

Power Cord, 250VAC 16A Switzerland, Src Plug SEV 5934-2

Type 23

82.5

Power Cord, 250VAC 16A South Africa, Src Plug EL208,

SABS 164-1

14 4.27

Power Cord, 250VAC 16A Israel, Src Plug SI16S3 14 4.27

Power Cord, 250VAC 16A China, Src Plug GB16C 14 4.27

Power Cord, 250VAC 16A Australia, Src Plug AU20S3 14.76 4.5

Power Cord, 250VAC 16A Korea, Src Plug CEE (7) VII 14.83 4.5

Cabinet Jumper Power Cord, 250VAC 16A, C20-C19

Connectors

92.74

MDS 9509 - 2500W Power Supply

Power Cord, 250VAC 20A NEMA, 6-20 Plug, USA 13.12 4

Power Cord, 250VAC 20A NEMA L6-20 Twist Lock Plug,

USA

13.58 4.14

Power Cord, 250VAC 16A CEE 7/7 Plug, EU 13.12 4

Power Cord, 250VAC 16A IEC 309 Plug, International 13.58 4.14

Power Cord, 250VAC 16A SEV 1011 Plug, Switzerland 82.44

Power Cord, 250VAC SABS 1661 Plug, South Africa 14 4.27

Power Cord, 250VAC 16A SI16S3 Plug, Israel 14 4.27

Cabinet Jumper Power Cord, 250VAC 16A, C20-C19

Connectors

92.74

MDS 9506

Power Cord, 250VAC 20A NEMA 6-20 Plug, US 13.94 4.25

Power Cord, 250VAC 20A NEMA L6-20 Twist Lock Plug, US 13.94 4.25

Power Cord, 250VAC 16A CEE 7/7 Plug, EU 13.94 4.25

Power Cord, 250VAC16A IEC 309 Plug, INTL 13.94 4.25

Power Cord, 250VAC SEV 1011 Plug, SWITZ 13.94 4.25

Power Cord, 250VAC SABS 1661 Plug, South Africa 13.94 4.25

Power Cord, 250VAC 16A SI16S3 Plug, Israel 13.94 4.25

Power Cord, 250VAC 13A BS1363 Plug (13A fuse), UK 13.94 4.25

Power Cord, 250VAC 10A GB1002 Plug, China 13.94 4.25

Power Cord, 250VAC 13A KSC8305 Plug, Korea 13.94 4.25

Power Cord, 250VAC 15A CNS10917-2 Plug, Taiwan 13.94 4.25

Cabinet Jumper Power Cord, 250VAC 16A C20-C19

Connectors

92.74

Table E-8 Power Cords for the MDS 9500 Series Switches (continued)

Description

Length

Feet Meters

Send documentation comments to mdsfeedback-doc@cisco.com.

E-9

Cisco MDS 9500 Series Hardware Installation Guide

OL-17467-02

Appendix E Cable and Port Specifications

Supported Power Cords and Plugs

Supported Plugs for 6000-W AC, 2500-W AC, and 1900-W AC Power Supplies

Figure E-5 shows the supported plugs for the 6000-W AC, 3000-W AC, 2500-W AC, and 1900-W AC

power supplies.

Figure E-5 6000-W AC, 3000-W AC, 2500-W AC, and 1900-W AC Power Supply Plugs

1International

(6000 W, 3000 W, 2500 W, and 1900 W)

IEC 309 (20 A)

4North America (locking)

(6000 W, 3000 W, 2500 W, and 1900 W)

NEMA L6-20 plug (2 0A)

2Europe

(6000 W, 3000 W, 2500 W, and 1900 W)

CEE 7/7 (16 A)

5Switzerland

(6000 W, 3000 W, 2500 W, and 1900 W)

23 G SEV 1011 (16 A)

3North America (non-locking)

(6000 W, 3000 W, 2500 W, and 1900 W)

NEMA 6-20 plug (20 A)

6South Africa

(6000 W, 3000 W, 2500 W, and 1900 W)

EL 208, SABS 164-1 (16 A)

94973

4 5

Send documentation comments to mdsfeedback-doc@cisco.com.

E-10

Cisco MDS 9500 Series Hardware Installation Guide

OL-17467-02

Appendix E Cable and Port Specifications

Supported Power Cords and Plugs

Figure E-6 shows an additional plug that is supported for the 1900-W AC power supply only.

Figure E-6 Additional Power Supply Plug Supported for 1900-W Only

Figure E-7 shows an additional plug that is supported for the 3000-W and 2500-W power supply, using

110 VAC.

Note Using the plug in Figure E-7 at 110 VAC results in 1300 W available to the system.

Figure E-7 Additional Power Supply Plug Supported for 3000-W and 2500-W 110 VAC Only

1United Kingdom

BS89/13, BS 1363/A

(13 A; replaceable fuse)

113147

1NEMA 5-20P

North American power cord product ID: CAB-7513AC

110 VAC (20 A)

113168

Send documentation comments to mdsfeedback-doc@cisco.com.

E-11

Cisco MDS 9500 Series Hardware Installation Guide

OL-17467-02

Appendix E Cable and Port Specifications

Supported Power Cords and Plugs

Supported Plugs for the 4000-W AC Power Supply

Figure E-8 shows the supported plugs for the 4000-W AC power supply. The power cable on the 4000

W power supply is nondetachable.

Figure E-8 4000-W Power Supply Plugs

Jumper Power Cord

Figure E-9 shows the C19 and C20 connectors on the optional jumper power cord for the Cisco MDS

9500 Series. The C19 connector plugs into the C20 inlet on the Cisco MDS 9500 Series power supply,

while the C20 connector plugs into the C19 receptacle of a power distribution unit for a cabinet.

Figure E-9 End of C19 and C20 Connectors on Jumper Power Cord for Cisco MDS 9500 Series

1International

(4000-W power supply)

IEC 60309 (3 0A, 250 V)

2North America (Locking)

(4000-W power supply)

NEMA L6-30 plug (30 A, 250 V)

94974

1C19 and C20 connectors on jumper power cord for Cisco 9500 Series

Power cord product ID:CAB-C19-CBN

250 VAC 16 A, C20-C19 connectors

113148

C20

C19

Send documentation comments to mdsfeedback-doc@cisco.com.

E-12

Cisco MDS 9500 Series Hardware Installation Guide

OL-17467-02

Appendix E Cable and Port Specifications

Supported Power Cords and Plugs

Power Supply AC Power Cords

Table E-9 lists the specifications for the 6000 W AC power cords that are available for the AC-input

power supply. Included in the table are references to illustrations of the power cords.

Ta b l e E-9 Power Supply AC Power Cords

Locale

Power Cord

Part Number Source Plug Type Cordset Rating

Power Cord

Reference

Illustration

North

America/Japan

CAB-9K2A-NA NEMA 5-20 20 A, 125 VAC Figure E-10

US/Japan CAB-9K16A-US2 NMEA L6-20 16 A, 250 VAC Figure E-11

Australia CAB-9K16A-AUS AU20S3 16 A, 250 VAC Figure E-12

China CAB-9k16A-CH GB16C 16 A, 250 VAC Figure E-13

Switzerland CAB-9K16A-SW SEV 5934 16 A 250 VAC Figure E-14

Continental

Europe

CAB-9K16A-EU CEE7/7 16 A 250 VAC Figure E-15

Cabinet Jumper

Power Cord

CAB-C19-CBN C 20-C19 16 A 250 VAC Figure E-16

Send documentation comments to mdsfeedback-doc@cisco.com.

E-13

Cisco MDS 9500 Series Hardware Installation Guide

OL-17467-02

Appendix E Cable and Port Specifications

Supported Power Cords and Plugs

AC Power Cord Illustrations

This section contains the AC power cord illustrations. An AC power cord can be used with several power

supplies. See the power supply specifications tables for the correct AC power cord illustrations for your

power supply.

Figure E-10 CAB-9K20A-NA

Figure E-11 CAB-9K16A-US2

Cordset rating: 20 A, 125 V

Length: 14 ft 0 in. (4.26 m)

113356

Connector: IEC 60320 C19

Plug: NEMA 5-20

Cordset rating: 16 A, 250 V

Length: 14 ft 0 in. (4.26 m)

113363

Connector: IEC 60320 C19

Plug: NEMA L6-20

Send documentation comments to mdsfeedback-doc@cisco.com.

E-14

Cisco MDS 9500 Series Hardware Installation Guide

OL-17467-02

Appendix E Cable and Port Specifications

Supported Power Cords and Plugs

Figure E-12 CAB-9K16A-AUS

Figure E-13 CAB-9K16A-CH

Figure E-14 CAB-9K16A-SW

Cordset rating: 16 A, 250 V

Length: 14 ft 0 in. (4.26 m)

140586

Connector: IEC 60320 C19

Plug: AU20S3

Connector: IEC 60320-1 C19

Plug: GB16C

Cordset rating: 16 A, 250 V

Length: (4270 mm)

185066

Plug: SEV 5934-2

Type 23

Cordset rating: 16 A, 250 V

Length: 8 ft 2 in. (2.5 m)

113364

Connector: IEC 60320 C19

Send documentation comments to mdsfeedback-doc@cisco.com.

E-15

Cisco MDS 9500 Series Hardware Installation Guide

OL-17467-02

Appendix E Cable and Port Specifications

Supported Power Cords and Plugs

Figure E-15 CAB-9K16A-EU

Figure E-16 CAB-C19-CBN

Connector: IEC 60320 C15

Cordset rating: 16 A, 250 V

Length: 8 ft 2 in. (2.5 m)

Plug: CEE 7/7

113348

Connector: IEC 60320 C19

Plug: IEC 60320 C20

240902

Send documentation comments to mdsfeedback-doc@cisco.com.

E-16

Cisco MDS 9500 Series Hardware Installation Guide

OL-17467-02

Appendix E Cable and Port Specifications

Supported Power Cords and Plugs

Send documentation comments to mdsfeedback-doc@cisco.com.

F-1

Cisco MDS 9500 Series Hardware Installation Guide

OL-17467-02

APPENDIX

Site Planning and Maintenance Records

This appendix provides a Site Planning list and includes the following records to use when installing the

Cisco MDS 9500 Series:

• Contacting Customer Service, page F-1

• Site Preparation Checklist, page F-4

• Contact and Site Information, page F-6

• Chassis and Module Information, page F-7

Note For information on how to query the switch for configuration information, see Cisco MDS 9000 Family

CLI Configuration Guide or the Cisco MDS 9000 Family Fabric Manager Configuration Guide.

Contacting Customer Service

If you are unable to solve a startup problem after using the troubleshooting suggestions in this appendix,

contact your customer service representative for assistance and further instructions. Before you call,

have the following information ready to help your service provider assist you as quickly as possible:

• Date you received the switch.

• Chassis serial number. See the “Finding the Chassis Serial Number” section on page F-2.

• Type of software and release number.

• Maintenance agreement or warranty information.

• Brief description of the problem.

• Brief explanation of the steps you have already taken to isolate and resolve the problem.

Note If you purchased Cisco support through a Cisco reseller, contact the reseller directly. If you

purchased support directly from Cisco, contact Cisco Technical Support at this URL:

http://www.cisco.com/warp/public/687/Directory/DirTAC.shtm

Send documentation comments to mdsfeedback-doc@cisco.com.

F-2

Cisco MDS 9500 Series Hardware Installation Guide

OL-17467-02

Appendix F Site Planning and Maintenance Records

Contacting Customer Service

Finding the Chassis Serial Number

Tip If you have CLI access, run the show sprom backplane 1 command to display the backplane

contents, including the switch serial number.

Figure F-1 shows the location of the serial number label on the Cisco MDS 9513 Director.

Figure F-1 Serial Number Location on Cisco MDS 9513 Director

In later releases of the Cisco MDS 9509 Director, the chassis serial number label was moved, as shown

in Figure F-2. Earlier releases may have the serial number label on the right side instead of the left.

144956, 781-00448-01

Cisco 11 character label

SN: XXXNNNNXXXX

Send documentation comments to mdsfeedback-doc@cisco.com.

F-3

Cisco MDS 9500 Series Hardware Installation Guide

OL-17467-02

Appendix F Site Planning and Maintenance Records

Contacting Customer Service

Figure F-2 Serial Number Location on Cisco MDS 9509 Director

The Cisco MDS 9506 Director chassis serial number label is shown in Figure F-3.

Figure F-3 Serial Number Location on Cisco MDS 9506 Director

113305

SN: AAANNNNXXXX

113872, 781-00275-01A0

SN: AAANNNNXXXX

Send documentation comments to mdsfeedback-doc@cisco.com.

F-4

Cisco MDS 9500 Series Hardware Installation Guide

OL-17467-02

Appendix F Site Planning and Maintenance Records

Site Preparation Checklist

Planning the location and layout of your equipment rack or wiring closet is essential for successful

switch operation, ventilation, and accessibility. Table F-1 lists the site planning tasks that Cisco

recommends completing before installing the Cisco MDS 9500 Series.

Consider heat dissipation when sizing the air-conditioning requirements for an installation. See

Table D-1 on page D-1 for the environmental requirements. See the“Power Specifications for the Cisco

MDS 9513 Director” section on page D-6, the “Power Specifications for the Cisco MDS 9509 Director”

section on page D-9, and the “Power Specifications for the Cisco MDS 9506 Director” section on

page D-14 for power and heat ratings.

Ta b l e F-1 Site Planning Checklist

Task No. Planning Activity Verified By Time Date

1Space evaluation:

• Space and layout

• Floor covering

• Impact and vibration

• Lighting

• Maintenance access

2Environmental evaluation:

• Ambient temperature

• Humidity

• Altitude

• Atmospheric

contamination

• Air flow

3Power evaluation:

• Input power type

• Power receptacles (20 A)1

• Receptacle proximity to

the equipment

• Dedicated (separate)

circuits for redundant

power supplies

• UPS2 for power failures

• DC systems: proper gauge

wire and lugs

4Grounding evaluation:

• Circuit breaker size

• CO ground (AC- and

DC-powered systems)

Send documentation comments to mdsfeedback-doc@cisco.com.

F-5

Cisco MDS 9500 Series Hardware Installation Guide

OL-17467-02

Appendix F Site Planning and Maintenance Records

Site Preparation Checklist

5Cable and interface equipment

evaluation:

• Cable type

• Connector type

• Cable distance limitations

• Interface equipment

(transceivers)

6EMI3 evaluation:

• Distance limitations for

signaling

• Site wiring

• RFI4 levels

1. Verify that each power supply installed in the chassis has a dedicated AC source or DC source circuit.

2. UPS = uninterruptible power supply

3. EMI = electromagnetic interference

4. RFI = radio frequency interference

Table F-1 Site Planning Checklist (continued)

Task No. Planning Activity Verified By Time Date

Send documentation comments to mdsfeedback-doc@cisco.com.

F-6

Cisco MDS 9500 Series Hardware Installation Guide

OL-17467-02

Appendix F Site Planning and Maintenance Records

Contact and Site Information

Use the following worksheet (Figure F-3) to record contact and site information.

Ta b l e F-2 Contact and Site Information

Contact person

Contact phone

Contact e-mail

Building/site name

Data center location

Floor location

Address (line 1)

Address (line 2)

City

State

Zip code

Country

Send documentation comments to mdsfeedback-doc@cisco.com.

F-7

Cisco MDS 9500 Series Hardware Installation Guide

OL-17467-02

Appendix F Site Planning and Maintenance Records

Chassis and Module Information

Use the following worksheets (Table F-3 and Table F-4) to record information about the chassis and

modules.

Contract number_______________________________________________

Chassis serial number___________________________________________

Product number________________________________________________

Ta b l e F-3 Network-Related Information

Switch IP address

Switch IP netmask

Host name

Domain name

IP broadcast address

Gateway/router address

DNS address

Modem telephone number

Ta b l e F-4 Module Information

Slot Module Type Module Serial Number Notes

Supervisor

Send documentation comments to mdsfeedback-doc@cisco.com.

F-8

Cisco MDS 9500 Series Hardware Installation Guide

OL-17467-02

Appendix F Site Planning and Maintenance Records

Chassis and Module Information

Note Slots 7, 8, and 9 are only available in the Cisco MDS 9509 Director.

Supervisor

Table F-4 Module Information (continued)

Slot Module Type Module Serial Number Notes

Send documentation comments to mdsfeedback-doc@cisco.com.

IN-1

Cisco MDS 9500 Series Hardware Installation Guide

OL-17467-02

INDEX

Numerics

12-port 4-Gbps Fibre Channel switching modules

description 1-35

figure 1-35

14/2-port Multiprotocol Services module. See MPS-14/2

16-port switching modules

description 1-38

figure 1-38

LEDs (table) 1-37, 1-40

24-port 4-Gbps Fibre Channel switching modules

description 1-35

figure 1-35

24-port 8-Gbps Fibre Channel switching modules

description 1-33

figure 1-33

32-port Fibre Channel Advanced Services Module. See

ASM

32-port Fibre Channel Storage Services Module. See SSM

32-port switching modules

description 1-37

figure 1-38

LEDs (table) 1-37, 1-40

4/44-port 8-Gbps Host-Optimized Fibre Channel switching

modules

description 1-33

figure 1-33

48-port 4-Gbps Fibre Channel switching modules

connectors 1-33, 1-34

description 1-34

figure 1-33, 1-34

LEDs (figure) 1-34

48-port 8-Gbps Fibre Channel switching modules

description 1-33

figure 1-33

4-port 10-Gbps Fibre Channel switching modules

description 1-36

figure 1-36

AC power

installing (MDS 9509 Director) 2-57

providing (MDS 9506 Director) 2-30, 2-32

providing (MDS 9509 Director) 2-30, 2-32

providing (MDS 9513 Director) 2-29

removing (MDS 9509 Director) 2-56

removing (MDS 9513 Director) 2-52

airflow specifications D-4

ASM

description 1-48

figure 1-48

LEDs (table) 1-49

audience

description 1-xv

backplane

description 1-8

batteries on CSM 2-50

binary images

downloading 1-48, 1-50

Bladeswitch 1-9

Send documentation comments to mdsfeedback-doc@cisco.com.

Index

IN-2

Cisco MDS 9500 Series Hardware Installation Guide

OL-17467-02

cabinet installation guidelines 2-2

cabinets

perforated, requirements C-3

requirements C-1

Cisco Systems Mds 9500 Series Installation Manual

MDS 9500 Series to the manual 34b5288c-c8b8-43a6-a43c-dd09d9a4251d

Navigation menu

Versions of this User Manual:

Views

Navigation